Sanyo Cell Phone MM 5600 User Guide
Sprint PCS Vision  
Multimedia Phone  
MM-5600 by Sanyo  
User’s Guide  
®
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dialing From the Contacts Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30  
Using Speed Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31  
Using Abbreviated Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31  
Entering Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32  
Selecting a Character Input Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32  
Entering Characters Using T9 Text Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33  
Entering Characters by Tapping the Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34  
2B. ControllingYour Phone’s Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35  
Sound Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36  
Ringer Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36  
Selecting a Tone Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38  
Setting a Start-up/Power-off Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38  
Using Voice Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38  
Setting Up Key Press Echo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39  
Adjusting the Phone’s Volume Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39  
Alert Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41  
Silence All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42  
Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43  
Changing the Text Greeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43  
Changing the Backlight Time Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44  
Changing the Display Screen Animation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45  
Changing the Display for Incoming Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45  
Changing the Display for Area Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46  
Changing the LED Indicator Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46  
Changing the Display for Standby Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47  
Changing the Screen Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48  
Changing the Phone’s Menu Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48  
Changing the Display for My Buddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49  
Changing the Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49  
Changing the Font Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50  
Setting Return to Standby Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51  
Sleep Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51  
Location Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52  
Airplane Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53  
TTY Use With Sprint PCS Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Phone Setup Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55  
Shortcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55  
Auto Answer Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56  
Display Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56  
Setting the Open/Close Flip Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57  
Setting Any Key Answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58  
Setting the Side Key Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58  
Using the Mini-Flashlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58  
Setting Abbreviated Dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59  
Using the Stereo Headset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60  
Setting Message Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61  
Editing Preset Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61  
Setting a Callback Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62  
Setting Your Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62  
2C. SettingYour Phone’s Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63  
Accessing the Security Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64  
Using Your Phone’s Lock Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64  
Locking Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64  
Unlocking Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
Locking the Pictures and Videos Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
Lock Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
Changing the Lock Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66  
Calling in Lock Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66  
Restricting Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66  
Using Special Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67  
Erasing the Contacts Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67  
Erasing All Voice Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67  
Erasing All Downloads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68  
Resetting Your Pictures Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68  
Resetting Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68  
Resetting and Locking Your Phone Through SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69  
SM  
Security Features for Sprint PCS Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70  
Enabling and Disabling Sprint PCS Vision Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70  
2D. ControllingYour Roaming Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71  
Understanding Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Your Phone’s Roam Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74  
Controlling Roaming Charges Using Call Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75  
2E. NavigatingThrough Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76  
Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77  
Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77  
Viewing the Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78  
2F. Managing Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81  
Viewing History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82  
Call History Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83  
Making a Call From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83  
Saving a Phone Number From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84  
Prepending a Phone Number From Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85  
Erasing Call History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85  
2G. Using the Contacts Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86  
Displaying the Contacts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Adding a New Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Finding Contacts List Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88  
Contacts List Entry Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89  
Adding a Phone Number to a Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90  
Editing a Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90  
Erasing a Contact Entry From the List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90  
Assigning Speed Dial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91  
Assigning an Image to a Contacts Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92  
Selecting a Ringer for an Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92  
Secret Contacts Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93  
Dialing Sprint PCS Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93  
2H. Personal Organizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94  
Managing the Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Displaying Your Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Setting Holidays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Using Your Phone’s Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96  
Adding an Event to the Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96  
Event Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Event Alert Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Using the Call Alarm Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adding a Call Alarm to the Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98  
Call Alarm Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99  
Call Alarm Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99  
Editing an Event or Call Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100  
Viewing a Future or Past Day’s Scheduled Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100  
Erasing an Event or Call Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100  
Using the To Do List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Adding To Do List Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Viewing the To Do List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Editing To Do List Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Adding a To Do List Item to the Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102  
Deleting Items From the To Do List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102  
Viewing Memory in Your Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
Purging All Events, Call Alarms, or To Do List Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
Personal Information Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Displaying Your User Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Finding Icon Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Displaying the Version Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Displaying Advanced Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105  
Using Your Phone’s Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105  
Using the Alarm Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105  
Using the World Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106  
Using the Stop Watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106  
Using the Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107  
Downloading Files Through Sprint PCS Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108  
Confirming the Downloaded Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111  
Downloaded Data Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112  
Erasing the Downloaded Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114  
2I. UsingYour Phone’s Voice Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115  
Using Automatic Speech Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116  
Activating Automatic Speech Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116  
Making a Voice Call by Using ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117  
Finding Contacts List Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118  
Making a Call Using a Voice Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119  
Programming a Voice Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reviewing Voice Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120  
Erasing a Voice Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120  
Making International Calls by Using ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121  
Making a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call by Using ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122  
Using Digit Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123  
Phone Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124  
ASR Help Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124  
Using the Voice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125  
Displaying the Voice Recorder Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125  
Recording a Voice Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125  
Recording a Voice Memo in the miniSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126  
Playing Voice Recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126  
Voice Recording Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127  
miniSD Voice Folder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128  
Setting the Recording Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128  
Erasing Voice Recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129  
Recording Call Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129  
Reviewing Call Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130  
Erasing Call Memos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130  
Setting Up Screen Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131  
Activating Screen Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131  
Selecting an Announcement for Screen Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132  
Recording Your Name for a Pre-Recorded Announcement . . . . . . . .132  
Recording a Customized Announcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133  
Reviewing an Announcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133  
Erasing an Announcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133  
2J. Using the miniSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134  
Using Your Phone’s miniSD Card and the miniSD Adapter . . . . . . . . . .135  
Using the miniSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135  
Using the miniSD Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137  
miniSD Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138  
Creating Folders in the miniSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138  
Viewing Memory in the miniSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138  
Formatting the miniSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138  
miniSD Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Displaying the miniSD Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139  
Playing Media Player in the miniSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140  
Setting Up the Digital Print Order Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142  
Clearing the DPOF Print Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142  
Reviewing an Order Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143  
Printing Pictures Directly From Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143  
Connecting Your Phone to Your PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145  
2K. Using Sprint PCS Ready Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146  
Getting Started With Sprint PCS Ready Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147  
Setting Sprint PCS Ready Link Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147  
Preparing Your Phone for Sprint PCS Ready Link Service . . . . . . . . .147  
Ready Link Call Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148  
Making and Receiving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
Displaying the Sprint PCS Ready Link List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
Selecting Contacts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
Making a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call (1-to-1 Call) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150  
Making a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call (Group Call) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151  
Making a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call by Entering a Number . . . . . . .152  
Missed Call Notification for Sprint PCS Ready Link Calls . . . . . . . . . .153  
Receiving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154  
Adding and Editing Ready Link Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155  
Copying an Entry to Personal List or Personal Group List . . . . . . . . .155  
Saving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155  
Finding an Entry in the Sprint PCS Ready Link List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156  
Sprint PCS Ready Link Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156  
Adding a New Contact to Your Personal List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157  
Editing a Contact in Your Personal List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157  
Adding a New Group to Your Personal Group List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158  
Editing a Group in Your Personal Group List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159  
Erasing Ready Link List Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160  
Erasing an Entry in Your Personal List or Personal Group List . . . . . .160  
Erasing a Sprint PCS Ready Link List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161  
Updating Your Sprint PCS Ready Link Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161  
Updating the Company Lists and Personal Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161  
Managing Sprint PCS Ready Link Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Assigning Speed Dialing for Sprint PCS Ready Link Entries . . . . . . . .162  
Restarting the Sprint PCS Ready Link Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162  
Setting Ready Link Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163  
Setting Ringer Types for Sprint PCS Ready Link Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . .163  
Setting an Alert Notification for Sprint PCS Ready Link Calls . . . . . . .164  
Setting the Speakerphone for Sprint PCS Ready Link Calls . . . . . . . .164  
Setting the Default View of the Sprint PCS Ready Link List . . . . . . . .165  
Setting the Floor Display of the Sprint PCS Ready Link Calls . . . . . . .165  
2L. UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166  
Taking Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167  
SM  
Creating Your Sprint PCS Picture Mail Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169  
Camera Mode Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170  
Selecting Camera Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175  
Viewing Your Camera’s Status Area Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177  
Storing Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179  
Selecting the Storage Area for Pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179  
In Camera Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179  
In Camera Folder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180  
Saved to Phone Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182  
Saved to Phone Folder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183  
miniSD Picture Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184  
miniSD Picture Folder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184  
Taking Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185  
Video Mode Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187  
Selecting Camcorder Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188  
Viewing Your Video’s Status Area Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189  
Storing Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190  
Selecting the Storage Area for Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190  
In Camcorder Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191  
In Camcorder Folder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191  
Saved to Phone Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193  
Saved to Phone Folder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194  
miniSD Video Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194  
miniSD Video Folder Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .195  
Sending Sprint PCS Picture Mail and Sprint PCS Video Mail . . . . . . . . . .196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sending Pictures From the In Camera Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196  
Sending Videos From the In Camcorder Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197  
Sending Sprint PCS Picture Mail From Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198  
Sending to Various Destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199  
Managing Sprint PCS Picture Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200  
Using the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200  
Managing Online Pictures and Videos From Your Phone . . . . . . . . . .200  
Uploading Your Pictures and Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201  
Downloading Your Online Pictures and Videos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202  
Sending Online Sprint PCS Picture Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203  
Accessing Online Picture and Video Options From Your Phone . . .204  
2M.UsingYour Phone’s Built-in Media Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206  
Your Multimedia Channel Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207  
Accessing Your Media Player’s Channel Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208  
Playing a Video or Audio Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209  
Multimedia Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211  
Multimedia FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212  
Section 3:Sprint PCS Service Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216  
3A. Sprint PCS Service Features:The Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217  
Using Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218  
Setting Up Your Voicemail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218  
Voicemail Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218  
New Voicemail Message Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219  
Retrieving Your Voicemail Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219  
Voicemail Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221  
Clearing the Message Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223  
Displaying Your Voicemail Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223  
Voicemail Menu Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224  
Using Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225  
Responding to Call Waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225  
Making a Three-Way Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226  
Using Call Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227  
SM  
3B.Sprint PCS Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228  
Getting Started With Sprint PCS Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229  
Your User Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Launching a Sprint PCS Vision Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231  
Net Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232  
Sprint PCS Vision Connection Status and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232  
Navigating the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233  
Using the Sprint PCS Vision Multimedia Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235  
Purchasing Multimedia Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235  
Playing an Audio or Video Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236  
Understanding Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237  
Message Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237  
New Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237  
Displaying Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238  
Sending a Text Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239  
Message Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240  
Changing the Display Font Size of a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243  
Prepending a Phone Number From a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243  
Message Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244  
Erasing Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245  
Signing Up for Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245  
Using Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246  
Accessing Email Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246  
Composing Email Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246  
Accessing Alternate Email Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247  
Using Alternate Email Providers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247  
Using Instant Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248  
Accessing Instant Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248  
Experiencing Wireless Online Chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249  
Downloading Premium Services Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250  
Accessing Games . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252  
Accessing Ringers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254  
Accessing Screen Savers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256  
Exploring the Web . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258  
Using the Browser Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259  
Sprint PCS Vision FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264  
SM  
3C.Sprint PCS Voice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265  
SM  
Getting Started With Sprint PCS Voice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Creating Your Own Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266  
Making a Call With Sprint PCS Voice Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267  
Accessing Information Using Sprint PCS Voice Command . . . . . . . . . .267  
Section 4:Safety Guidelines and Warranty Information . .268  
4A. Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269  
Getting the Most Out of Your Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270  
Maintaining Safe Use of and Access to Your Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271  
Caring for the Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .273  
Acknowledging Special Precautions and the FCC Notice . . . . . . . . . . .274  
Consumer Information on Wireless Phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276  
Owner’s Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291  
User’s Guide Proprietary Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291  
4B. Terms & Conditions and Manufacturer’s Warranty . . . . . . .292  
Terms and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293  
Manufacturer’s Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310  
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Welcome to Sprint  
Sprinthasthemostcomplete, all-digitalwirelessnetworkinthenation.  
Dependonit. We are committed to bringing you the best wireless  
technology available. With Sprint, you get the most complete,  
all-digital wireless network in the nation so all your services work the  
same wherever you go on the network. We built our network right  
from the start, so no matter where you are on the Sprint Nationwide  
PCS Network, all your services – whether it’s Voicemail, Caller ID,  
email, or Sprint PCS Picture Mail – will work the same.  
This guide will familiarize you with our technology and your new  
Sprint PCS Vision Phone through simple, easy-to-follow instructions.  
If you have already reviewed the StartHeretoActivate guide that  
was packaged with your new phone, then you’re ready to explore  
the advanced features outlined in this guide.  
If you have not read your StartHeretoActivate guide, go to  
Section One – Getting Started. This section provides all the  
information you need to unlock your phone, set up your voicemail,  
and much more. It also contains information on how to contact  
Sprint if you have any questions about your service, wish to check  
your account balance, or want to purchase additional products or  
services.  
Sprint is different. All your services work the same wherever you  
go on the most complete, all-digital wireless network in the nation.  
Welcome and thank you for choosing Sprint.  
i
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
This User’sGuide introduces you to Sprint PCS Service and all the  
features of your new phone. It’s divided into four sections:  
ࡗ
 Section1: Getting Started  
ࡗ
 Section2: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone  
ࡗ
 Section3: Sprint PCS Service Features  
ࡗ
 Section4: Safety Guidelines and Warranty Information  
Throughout this guide, you’ll find tips that highlight special  
shortcuts and timely reminders to help you make the most of your  
new phone and service. The Table of Contents and Index will also  
help you quickly locate specific information.  
You’ll get the most out of your phone if you read each section.  
However, if you’d like to get right to a specific feature, simply locate  
that section in the Table of Contents and click on the page number  
to go directly to that page. Follow the instructions in that section,  
and you’ll be ready to use your phone in no time.  
Note: You can view this guide online or print it to keep it on hand. If you’re viewing  
it online, simply click on a topic in the Table of Contents or Index or on any page  
reference. The PDF will automatically display the appropriate page.  
ii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 1  
Getting Started  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 1A  
Setting Up Service  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
GettingStartedWithSprintPCS Service  
SettingUpYourVoicemail  
SprintPCSAccountPasswords  
GettingHelp  
SettingupserviceonyournewSprintPCSVisionPhoneisquickandeasy.  
This section walks you through the necessary steps to set up  
your phone, unlock your phone, set up your voicemail, establish  
passwords, and contact Sprint for assistance with your Sprint PCS  
Service.  
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
2
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting StartedWith Sprint PCS Service  
DeterminingifYourPhoneisAlreadyActivated  
If you received your MM-5600 by Sanyo in the mail or purchased it at a  
Sprint Store, it probably has already been activated. All you need to do  
is unlock your phone.  
If your phone is not activated, please refer to the Start Here Guide  
included with your phone.  
UnlockingYourPhone  
Tounlockyourphone,followtheseeasysteps:  
1. Press  
to turn the phone on.  
2. Press Unlock (left softkey).  
Note: To select a softkey, press the softkey button directly below the softkey text  
that appears at the bottom left and bottom right of your phone’s display screen.  
Softkey actions change according to the screen you’re viewing and will not  
appear if there is no corresponding action available.  
3. Enter your four-digit lock code. (For security purposes, the  
code is not visible as you type.)  
Tip: If you can’t recall your lock code, try using the last four digits of either your  
Social Security number or Sprint PCS Phone Number or try 0000. If none of these  
work, call Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4PCS (4727).  
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting UpYourVoicemail  
All unanswered calls to your Sprint PCS Vision Phone are automatically  
transferred to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or turned  
off. Therefore, you will want to set up your voicemail and personal  
greeting as soon as your Sprint PCS Vision Phone is activated.  
Tosetupyourvoicemail:  
1. Press and hold  
.
2. Follow the system prompts to:  
Ⅲ
Create your passcode  
Ⅲ
Record your greeting  
Ⅲ
Record your name announcement  
Ⅲ
Choose whether or not to activate One-Touch Message  
Access (a feature that lets you access messages simply by  
pressing and holding  
enter your passcode)  
, bypassing the need for you to  
Note: The voicemail setup process may vary in certain Affiliate areas.  
For more information about using your voicemail, see  
“Using Voicemail” on page 218.  
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sprint PCSAccount Passwords  
As a Sprint PCS customer, you enjoy unlimited access to your  
personal account information, your voicemail account, and your  
Sprint PCS Vision account. To ensure that no one else has access to  
your information, you will need to create passwords to protect your  
privacy.  
AccountPassword  
If you are the account owner, you’ll have an account password to sign  
on to www.sprintpcs.com and to use when calling Sprint Customer  
Service. Your default account password is the last four digits of your  
Social Security number. If you are not the account owner (if someone  
else receives the invoice for your Sprint PCS Service), you can get a  
sub-account password at www.sprintpcs.com.  
VoicemailPassword  
You’ll create your voicemail password (or passcode) when you set up  
your voicemail. See “Setting Up Your Voicemail” on page 4 for more  
information on your voicemail password.  
SprintPCSVisionPassword  
If you have a Sprint PCS Vision Phone, you can set up a Sprint PCS  
Vision Password. This optional password may be used to authorize  
purchase of Premium Services content and to protect personal  
information on multi-phone accounts.  
For more information or to change your passwords, sign on to  
www.sprintpcs.com or call Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4PCS  
(4727).  
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Help  
VisitOurWebsite  
You can get up-to-date information on Sprint PCS Services and  
Options by signing onto our Website at www.sprintpcs.com.  
When you visit us online, you can  
ⅷ
Review coverage maps  
ⅷ
Learn how to use voicemail  
ⅷ
Access your account information  
ⅷ
Purchase accessories  
ⅷ
Discover additional options to your service plan  
ⅷ
Check out frequently asked questions  
ⅷ
And more  
ReachingSprintCustomerService  
You can reach Sprint Customer Service many different ways:  
ⅷ
Dial  
on your Sprint PCS Vision Phone  
ⅷ
ⅷ
Sign on to your account at www.sprintpcs.com  
Call us toll-free at 1-888-211-4727 (Consumer customers) or  
1-888-788-4727 (Business customers)  
ⅷ
Write to us at Sprint Customer Service, P.O. Box 8077,  
London, KY 40742  
ReceivingAutomatedInvoicingInformation  
For your convenience, your phone gives you access to invoicing  
information on your Sprint PCS Account. This information includes  
balance due, payment received, invoicing cycle, and the number of  
minutes used since your last invoicing cycle. (Normal airtime usage  
will apply.)  
Toaccessautomatedinvoicing information:  
ᮣ
Press  
.
Note: This service may not be available in all Affiliate areas.  
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SprintPCSDirectoryAssistance  
You have access to a variety of services and information through  
Sprint PCS Directory Assistance, including residential, business, and  
government listings; assistance with local or long-distance calls;  
movie listings; and hotel, restaurant, shopping, and major local event  
information. There is a per-call charge and you will be billed for  
airtime.  
TocallSprintPCSDirectoryAssistance:  
ᮣ
Press  
.
SprintPCSOperatorServices  
Sprint PCS Operator Services provides assistance when placing  
collect calls or when placing calls billed to a local telephone calling  
card or third party.  
ToaccessSprintPCSOperatorServices:  
ᮣ
Press  
.
For more information or to see the latest in products and services,  
visit us online at www.sprintpcs.com.  
Note: Sprint PCS Operator Services may not be available in all Affiliate areas.  
Section 1A: Setting Up Service  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2A  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone: The Basics  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
FrontViewofYourPhone  
ViewingtheDisplayScreen  
FeaturesofYourSprintPCSVisionMultimediaPhone  
TurningYour PhoneOnandOff  
UsingYourPhone’sBatteryandCharger  
DisplayingYourPhoneNumber  
MakingandAnsweringCalls  
EnteringText  
YourSprintPCSVisionMultimediaPhoneispackedwithfeaturesthat  
simplifyyourlifeandexpandyourabilitytostayconnectedtothepeople  
andinformationthatareimportanttoyou. This section will guide you  
through the basic functions and calling features of your MM-5600  
by Sanyo.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FrontView ofYour Phone  
1. Earpiece  
S p r i n t  
F e b 2 5 , 0 5 ( F r i )  
1 0 : 3 0 a m  
2. Main LCD  
R-Link  
Web  
3. Softkey (left)  
17. Softkey (right)  
16. Side Voice/Call Key  
4. Navigation Key  
5. MENU/OK  
15. Back Key  
6. Camera Key  
7. TALK Key  
14. Side Camera Key  
13. END/POWER Key  
12. SPEAKER Key  
11. Keypad  
8. Microphone  
9. Accessories Connector  
10. Charger Jack  
18. miniSD Card Slot  
24. Antenna  
19. Camera  
Lens  
25. Headset  
Jack  
20. Macro/Normal  
Switch  
26. Ready Link  
/
Recorder Button  
21. Flash/LED  
Indicator  
S p r i n t  
1 0 : 3 0 a F e b 2 5  
27. Side Volume  
Key  
22. Speaker  
23. Sub LCD  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Key Features  
1. Earpiece: Lets you hear the caller’s voice.  
2. MainLCD(display): Displays the phone’s main menu, features,  
modes, etc.  
3. Softkey(left): Lets you select the menu corresponding to the  
bottom left line on the Main LCD.  
4. NavigationKey: Lets you navigate quickly and easily through the  
menu options. You can access the menu shortcuts by pressing  
Right: Contacts, Left: Shortcut, Up: Messaging, and  
Down: Downloads.  
5. MENU/OK: Lets you access the phone’s menus and select menu  
options.  
6. CameraKey: Lets you access the Pictures & Videos menu and  
take pictures and videos.  
7. TALKKey: Lets you place or receive calls, answer Call Waiting, or  
use Three-Way Calling and Automatic Speech Recognition.  
8. Microphone: To speak into or record your voice.  
9. AccessoriesConnector: Connects the USB cable (included).  
10. ChargerJack: Connects the travel charger (included).  
11. Keypad: Lets you enter numbers, letters, and characters, and  
navigate within menus. Press and hold keys 2-9 for speed dialing.  
12. SPEAKERKey: Lets you place or receive calls in speakerphone  
mode. You can also use it to activate Automatic Speech  
Recognition.  
13. END/POWERKey: Lets you turn the phone on/off, end a call, or  
return to standby mode.  
14. SideCameraKey: Lets you activate camera and video mode and  
take pictures and videos.  
15. BackKey: Lets you display the previous page or clear characters  
from the screen.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
16. SideVoice/CallKey: Lets you place calls by using Automatic  
Speech Recognition.  
17. Softkey(right): Lets you select the menu corresponding to the  
bottom right line on the Main LCD.  
18. miniSDCardSlot: Lets you use the miniSD card to expand the  
memory of your phone. (See “Using the miniSD Card” on  
page 134.)  
19. CameraLens: The built-in camera lens lets you take pictures  
and videos.  
20. Macro/NormalSwitch: Lets you switch between macro and  
normal for close-up shots.  
21. Flash/LEDIndicator: The built-in flash lets you take pictures and  
videos in low light and the LED indicator shows your phone’s  
connection status at a glance.  
22. Speaker: Lets you hear the different ringers and sounds.  
You can mute the ringer when receiving incoming calls by  
pressing  
,
, or any of the side keys.  
23. SubLCD: Lets you monitor the phone’s status and see who’s  
calling without opening the phone.  
24. Antenna: Fully extend the antenna for the best reception.  
25. HeadsetJack: Allows you to plug in either a stereo headset  
(included) to listen to music or an optional phone headset for  
hands-free phone use.  
26. ReadyLink/RecorderButton: Allows you to access the Sprint PCS  
Ready Link List or Voice Recorder menu. (See “Using Sprint PCS  
SM  
Ready Link ” on page 146 or “Using the Voice Recorder” on  
page 125.)  
27. SideVolumeKey: Lets you adjust the receiver volume during a  
call or ringer volume in standby mode. You can also use it to  
scroll up or down to navigate through the different menu options.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Viewing the Display Screen  
Your phone’s display screen provides a wealth of information about  
your phone’s status and options. This list identifies the symbols you’ll  
see on your phone’s display screen:  
shows your current signal strength. The more lines you have, the  
stronger your signal.  
means your phone cannot find a signal.  
indicates the call is on hold.  
tells you a call is in progress.  
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is enabled.  
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is enabled and the  
speakerphone mode is set to on.  
indicates the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is disabled.  
indicates Sprint PCS Vision/Sprint PCS Ready Link access is  
dormant.  
indicates Sprint PCS Vision/Sprint PCS Ready Link access is  
active.  
indicates Sprint PCS Vision/Sprint PCS Ready Link access is  
disabled.  
indicatesyouare“roaming” offtheSprintNationwidePCSNetwork.  
indicates you have missed voice calls.  
indicates you have missed Ready Link calls.  
indicates you have schedule events or call alarms.  
indicates you have alarm clock notifications.  
indicates you have new picture messages.  
indicates you have new voicemail messages. Press and hold  
to call your voicemail box.  
indicates you have new text messages.  
indicates you have picture messages, voicemail messages, and  
text messages.  
indicates you have urgent messages.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
shows the level of your battery charge. The more black you see,  
the more power you have left.  
shows your battery is charging.  
indicates the vibrate feature is set.  
indicates volume level 4 or 1 and vibrate feature are set.  
indicates 1 beep feature is set.  
indicates the voice call ringer setting is off.  
indicates all the sound settings are off.  
indicates the Location Service of your phone is enabled.  
indicates the Location Service of your phone is disabled.  
indicates you have a new caller’s message.  
indicates the Screen Call Auto setting is on.  
indicates your phone is in TTY mode.  
indicates Headset mode is set to Sprint PCS Ready Link and a  
headset is connected.  
indicates the Alarm Clock setting is on.  
indicates the speakerphone mode is set to on.  
indicates miniSD is inserted your phone.  
indicates miniSD is being accessed.  
Note: Display indicators help you manage your roaming charges by letting you  
know when you’re off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and whether you’re  
operating in digital or analog mode. (For more information, see Section 2D:  
Controlling Your Roaming Experience on page 71.)  
Tip: You can access display screen icon descriptions in your phone’s menu.  
Press , select Settings, select Phone Info, and select Help. To display an icon’s  
description, highlight it and press  
.
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Features ofYour Sprint PCSVision  
Multimedia Phone  
Congratulations on the purchase of your Sprint PCS Vision Multimedia  
Phone MM-5600 by Sanyo. This phone is lightweight, easy-to-use, and  
reliable, and it also offers many significant features and service options.  
The following list previews some of those features and options and  
provides page numbers where you can find out more:  
ⅷ
Dual-band/tri-mode capability allows you to make and receive  
calls while on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and to roam  
on other analog and 800 and 1900 MHz digital networks where  
Sprint has implemented roaming agreements (page 71).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Sprint PCS Vision provides access to the wireless Internet in  
digital mode (page 228).  
Email provides quick and convenient text messaging capabilities  
(page 246).  
SM  
Sprint PCS Voice Command lets you dial phone numbers by  
speaking someone’s name or the digits of their phone number  
(page 265).  
ⅷ
Games, ringers, screen savers, and other applications can be  
downloaded to your phone to make your Sprint PCS Vision Phone  
as unique as you are (page 250).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
The built-in organizer lets you schedule alerts to remind you of  
important events (page 94).  
The Contacts directory (page 86) can store up to 500 numbers  
and 300 email and Web addresses in 300 entries (entries can store  
up to seven numbers each). A separate Sprint PCS Ready Link  
Contacts List (page 149) provides easy access to up to 200  
personal contacts and 200 company-provided contacts.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
The equipped miniSD memory card and its adapter allow you to  
expand the phone’s available memory space (page 134).  
The built-in camera allows you to take full-color digital pictures  
and videos, view your pictures and videos using the phone’s  
display, and instantly send them to family and friends using  
SM  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail service (page 166).  
ⅷ
Sprint PCS Ready Link allows you to enjoy quick, two-way,  
“walkie-talkie-style” communication with one or several  
Sprint PCS Ready Link users (page 146).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
The Automatic Speech Recognition (ASR) lets you place and  
receive calls by speaking to your phone (page 116).  
The Media Player allows you to enjoy streaming video and audio  
with your phone (page 206).  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TurningYour Phone On and Off  
TurningYourPhoneOn  
Toturnyourphoneon:  
ᮣ
Press  
.
Once your phone is on, it displays “Looking for service...” which  
indicates that your phone is searching for a signal. When your phone  
finds a signal, it automatically enters standby mode – the phone’s idle  
state. At this point, you are ready to begin making and receiving calls.  
If your phone is unable to find a signal after 15 minutes of searching, a  
Power Save feature is automatically activated. When a signal is found,  
your phone automatically returns to standby mode.  
In Power Save mode, your phone searches for a signal periodically  
without your intervention. You can also initiate a search for  
Sprint PCS Service by pressing any key (when your phone is turned on).  
Tip: The Power Save feature helps to conserve your battery power when you are  
in an area where there is no signal.  
TurningYourPhoneOff  
Toturnyourphoneoff:  
ᮣ
Press and hold  
until you see the powering down  
animation on the display screen.  
Your screen remains blank while your phone is off (unless the battery  
is charging).  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UsingYour Phone’s Battery and Charger  
BatteryCapacity  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone is equipped with a Lithium Ion (LiIon)  
battery. It allows you to recharge your battery before it is fully drained.  
The battery provides up to 3.4 hours of continuous digital talk time  
(up to 1.9 hours in analog).  
When the battery reaches 5% of its capacity, the low battery icon  
appears. When there are approximately five minutes of talk time left,  
the phone sounds an audible alert and then powers down.  
Note: Long backlight settings, searching for service, vibrate mode, Sprint PCS  
Ready Link mode, and browser use affect the battery’s talk and standby times.  
Tip: Be sure to watch your phone’s battery level indicator and charge the battery  
before it runs out of power.  
InstallingtheBattery  
ToinstalltheLiIonbattery:  
1. Place the battery into the space beneath  
the antenna with the metal contacts at  
the bottom, facing downward.  
2. Gently press down until it’s in place and  
the battery release latch snaps.  
RemovingtheBattery  
Toremoveyourbattery:  
1. Make sure the power is off so that you  
don’t lose any stored numbers or  
messages.  
2. Push the battery release latch up and  
hold the battery.  
3. Pull the battery up and out at a 45-degree  
angle.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ChargingtheBattery  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone’s LiIon battery is rechargeable and should  
be charged as soon as possible so you can begin using your phone.  
Keeping track of your battery’s charge is important. If your battery  
level becomes too low, your phone automatically turns off and you  
will lose all the information you were just working on. For a quick  
check of your phone’s battery level, glance at the battery charge  
indicator located in the upper-right corner of your phone’s display  
screen. If the battery charge is getting too low, the low battery icon  
(
) appears and the phone sounds a warning tone.  
Always use a Sprint-approved travel charger or vehicle power adapter  
to charge your battery.  
Warning! Using the wrong battery charger could cause damage to your phone  
and void the warranty.  
UsingtheTravel Charger  
Tousethetravelchargerprovidedwithyourphone:  
1. Plug the travel charger into a wall outlet.  
2. Plug the other end of the travel charger into the bottom of your  
phone (with the battery installed).  
Ⅲ
Chargingwhenyourphoneisturnedon:  
The battery icon  
appears on the display while charging.  
when charging is completed.  
Chargingwhenyourphoneisturnedoff:  
The battery icon turns to  
Ⅲ
The battery icon  
appears, and the message “BATTERY  
CHARGING--Power Off--” is shown on the display while  
charging. When the battery is completely discharged, it may  
take several minutes until the message is shown on the  
display. The battery icon turns to  
, and the message  
changes to “CHARGING COMPLETE--Power Off--” when  
charging is completed.  
It takes approximately 4 hours to fully recharge a completely  
rundown battery. With the Sprint-approved LiIon battery, you can  
recharge the battery before it becomes completely run down.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DisplayingYour Phone Number  
Just in case you forget your phone number, your Sprint PCS Vision  
Phone can remind you.  
Todisplayyourphonenumber:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Contacts and press  
.
3. Select MyPhone# and press  
.
Note: To access the phone’s main menu, press  
from standby mode. Menu  
items may be selected by highlighting them with the navigation key and pressing  
, or you can press the number corresponding to the menu item on your keypad.  
Tip: You can also display your phone number from the Phone Info menu.  
Press , select Settings, select Phone Info, and select Phone#/User ID.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making andAnswering Calls  
Making Calls  
Placing a call from your Sprint PCS Phone is as easy as making a call  
from any land line phone. Just enter the number and press  
you’re on your way to clear calls.  
and  
Toplaceacallusingyourkeypad:  
1. Make sure your phone is on.  
2. Enter a phone number. (If you make a mistake while dialing,  
press  
to erase one digit at a time. Press and hold  
to  
erase the entire number.)  
3. Press or . (To place a call when you are roaming and  
Call Guard is enabled, see “Controlling Roaming Charges Using  
Call Guard” on page 75.)  
4. When you’re finished, press  
to end the call.  
Tip: When making calls off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, always dial  
using 11 digits (1 + area code + phone number).  
You can also place calls from your Sprint PCS Phone by using  
SM  
Sprint PCS Voice Command (page 265), Speed Dialing (page 31),  
Automatic Speech Recognition (page 116), and using your Call  
History listings (page 81).  
Important: To maximize performance when using your Sprint PCS Phone, extend  
the antenna before a call and do not touch the antenna during a call (see page 270).  
Correct  
Incorrect  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dialing Options  
Dialing options are displayed when you press Options (right softkey)  
after entering numbers in the phone’s standby mode.  
To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
Abbrev. Dial to dial the phone number in your Contacts list that  
ends with the appropriate digits you entered. (See “Using  
Abbreviated Dialing” on page 31.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.  
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.  
SendMessage to send a text message, picture, or video (mobile  
numbers only). (See page 196 or 239 for details.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number in your Contacts list. (See  
“Saving a Phone Number” on page 28.)  
Find to display Contacts list entries that end with the digits you  
entered. (See “Finding a Phone Number” on page 29.)  
H HardPause to insert a hard pause. (See “Dialing and Saving  
Phone Numbers With Pauses” on page 29.)  
T 2-Sec. Pause to insert a 2-second pause. (See “Dialing and  
Saving Phone Numbers With Pauses” on page 29.)  
Hyphen to insert a hyphen. (Hyphens are generally for visual  
appeal only; they are not necessary when entering numbers.)  
Tip: To speed dial a phone number, press and hold the appropriate speed dial key  
(locations 2-9). See “Assigning Speed Dial Numbers” on page 91.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Answering Calls  
Toansweranincomingcallwiththeflipopen:  
1. Make sure your phone is on. (If your phone is off, incoming calls  
go to voicemail.)  
2. Press  
or  
to answer an incoming call. (Depending on  
your phone’s settings, you may also answer incoming calls by  
opening the phone or by pressing any number key. See “Setting  
Any Key Answer” on page 58 for more information.)  
Tip: Press Ignore (left softkey) when you do not want to answer the call.  
Toansweranincomingcallwiththeflipclosed:  
1. Make sure your phone is on. (If your phone is off, incoming calls  
go to voicemail.)  
2. When your phone rings or vibrates, press and hold the Side  
Voice/Call key ( ) on the right side of the phone. (The call  
will be answered in speakerphone mode.)  
– or –  
Open the phone to use the earpiece.  
Note: If the setting for Open Flip is set to “No Action,” opening the phone will not  
answer the call. (See “Setting the Open/Close Flip Option” on page 57.)  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone notifies you of incoming calls in the  
following ways:  
ⅷ
The phone rings and/or vibrates.  
ⅷ
The LED flashes.  
ⅷ
The backlight illuminates.  
ⅷ
The screen displays an incoming call message.  
ⅷ
If available, the phone number of the caller is displayed.  
ⅷ
If the phone number is in your Contacts list, the contact’s name is  
displayed.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The following options are also displayed by pressing Options (right  
softkey). To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
CallGuard to answer the call when you are in roaming mode.  
See page 75 for setting Call Guard.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Answer to answer the call.  
Answer:Speaker to answer the call in speakerphone mode.  
AnsweronHold to put the call on hold. (See “Setting Answer on  
Hold” below.)  
ⅷ
ScreenCall to answer the call by using a pre-recorded  
announcement. (Appears when you are in a Sprint PCS Service  
area or digital roaming area. See page 131 for the setting.)  
ⅷ
QuietRinger to mute the ringer. (Appears when the ringer is set.)  
Tip: Your Sprint PCS Phone offers additional ways to answer calls. (See page 56  
for Auto Answer and see page 58 for Any Key Answer.)  
AnsweringaRoamCallWithCallGuardEnabled  
Call Guard is an option that helps you manage your roaming charges  
when making or receiving calls while outside the Sprint Nationwide  
PCS Network. Please see Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming  
Experience for more information about roaming.  
ToansweracallwhenyouareroamingandCallGuardisenabled:  
1. Press  
or  
.
2. Press  
to proceed while the pop-up message is displayed.  
Note: When your phone is off, in an active Sprint PCS Vision Connection, or on a  
Sprint PCS Ready Link call, incoming calls go directly to voicemail.  
SettingAnsweronHold  
This feature allows you to hold an incoming call when you cannot  
answer immediately.  
TosetAnsweronHold:  
1. When you receive an incoming call, press Options (right  
softkey).  
2. Highlight AnsweronHold and press . (The caller hears a  
message to wait your answer.  
will display on the screen  
while the call is on hold.)  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Toresumethecall:  
ᮣ
Press Answer (left softkey) or  
-or-  
.
ᮣ
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Answer or  
Answer:Speaker and press  
.
Note: Answer on Hold is not available in analog areas.  
EndingaCall  
To disconnect a call when you are finished:  
WiththeFlipopen:  
ᮣ
Close the phone or press  
.
WiththeFlipclosed:  
ᮣ
Press and hold  
.
Note: If the setting for Close Flip is not set to “End,” closing the phone will not end  
the call. (See “Setting the Open/Close Flip Option” on page 57.)  
Tip: Time/Date is displayed when you press  
while the phone is in use.  
Using the Speakerphone  
The speakerphone feature lets you hear audio through the speaker  
and talk without holding the phone. When the speakerphone is  
activated, use the volume control keys on the side of the phone to  
adjust the volume.  
Toturnthespeakerphoneonduringacall:  
ᮣ
Press  
– or –  
.
Press Options (right softkey), highlight SpeakerOn, and press  
.
.
Toturnthespeakerphoneoffduringacall:  
ᮣ
Press  
– or –  
.
Press Options (right softkey), highlight SpeakerOff, and press  
Warning! Due to higher volume levels, do not place the phone near your ear  
during speakerphone use.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Ringer Volume  
To change the ringer volume, press the Side Volume key when the  
phone is open and in standby mode.  
Note: To change the ringer volume from the main menu, see “Adjusting the  
Phone’s Volume Settings” on page 39.  
Adjusting Volume During a Conversation  
When you need to adjust the receiver volume during a conversation,  
use the side volume key, or press the navigation key up or down  
while a call is in progress.  
Muting a Call  
There are times when it’s necessary to mute a call so that your caller  
does not hear you or certain background noise.  
Tomuteacallwiththeflipopen:  
ᮣ
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Mute, and press  
.
(When the phone is muted, “Mute” appears on the display.)  
Tounmuteacallwiththeflipopen:  
ᮣ
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Unmute, and press  
.
Tomuteacallwiththeflipclosed:  
ᮣ
Simply press  
(located on the side of your phone).  
Tounmuteacallwiththeflipclosed:  
ᮣ
Press  
once again during a call.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Missed Call Notification  
When an incoming call is not answered, the Missed Call log and the  
icon are displayed on your screen.  
TocalltheMissedCallentry:  
ᮣ
Press  
or  
.
Tip: If you have two or more notifications, the event list will appear.  
ToerasetheMissedCalllog:  
ᮣ
Press Dismiss (right softkey).  
Tip: If you press  
before checking your notification, Events (right softkey)  
appears in standby mode. Press Events (right softkey) to display the notification list.  
To call the entry, highlight the entry and press Call (left softkey).  
Calling Emergency Numbers  
You can place calls to 911 (dial  
and press  
),  
even if your phone is locked or your account is restricted. Once you  
dial the numbers, your phone will enter Emergency mode.  
Press Options (right softkey) to display the options. To select an option,  
highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
SpeakerOn to activate speakerphone mode. (If you are in  
speakerphone mode, the option will appear as SpeakerOff to  
deactivate.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
UnlockPhone to unlock your phone (appears only if the phone is  
locked).  
CloseMenu to close the pop-up menu (appears only if the phone  
is unlocked).  
Tip: Press My Phone (left softkey) to display your phone number during  
Emergency mode.  
ToexitEmergencymode:  
1. Press  
2. Press Options (right softkey) to display the options.  
3. Highlight ExitEmergency and press  
Note: When you are in Emergency mode, you can only exit from the options menu.  
.
.
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ToselectEmergencymodeoptions:  
1. Press during a 911 call.  
2. Press Options (right softkey).  
Ⅲ
Call911 to call 911.  
Ⅲ
Call911:Speaker to call 911 in speakerphone mode.  
Ⅲ
ExitEmergency to exit Emergency mode.  
3. Select an option and press  
.
In-Call Options  
During a call, your phone displays menu options when you press  
Options (right softkey).  
To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
Flash to answer an incoming Call Waiting call or to connect a third  
party during Three-Way Calling.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
Mute or Unmute to mute or reactivate your phone’s microphone.  
SpeakerOn or SpeakerOff to activate or deactivate speakerphone  
mode. You can adjust the speakerphone volume using the Side  
Volume key.  
Warning! Due to higher volume levels, do not place the phone near your ear  
during speakerphone use.  
ⅷ
Three-WayCall to call a third party.  
ⅷ
CallHistory to access the Call History menu. (See “Managing Call  
History” on page 81.)  
ⅷ
Contacts to access the Contacts menu. (See “Using the Contacts  
Directory” on page 86.)  
ⅷ
Messaging to access the Messaging menu. (See “Sprint PCS  
Messaging” on page 237.)  
ⅷ
Settings to access the Settings menu. (See “Controlling Your  
Phone’s Settings” on page 35.)  
ⅷ
Tools/Extras to access the Tools/Extras menu. (See “Personal  
Organizer” on page 94.)  
Note: The Flash menu appears only for Call Waiting and Three-Way Calling.  
The Mute menu does not appear during a 911 call. The Three-Way Call menu  
does not appear in Roaming areas.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
End-of-Call Options  
To display the following options, press Options (right softkey) within  
10 seconds after disconnecting a call.  
To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
CallAgain to dial the phone number.  
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.  
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number in your Contacts list.  
Ⅲ
GotoPh. Book appears when the number is already in your  
Contacts list. (See “Saving a Phone Number” below.)  
Note: The End-of-Call options are not displayed for calls identified as No ID or  
Restricted.  
Saving a Phone Number  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone can store up to 500 phone numbers in  
up to 300 Contacts entries (an entry may contain up to seven  
numbers). Each entry’s name can contain 16 characters. Your phone  
automatically sorts the Contacts entries alphabetically. (For more  
information, see Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory on page 86.)  
Tosaveanumberfromstandbymode:  
1. Enter a phone number.  
2. Press Options (right softkey).  
3. Highlight SavePhone# and press  
4. Select a label by highlighting Mobile, Home, Work, Pager, Fax,  
Other, or NoLabel and press  
.
.
5. Enter a name and press . If you have already stored entries  
in the Contacts list, you are prompted to select the following  
entry modes:  
Ⅲ
NewName to enter a new name.  
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select a name from the Contacts entry list.  
6. Press Save (left softkey).  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Finding a Phone Number  
You can search Contacts list entries for phone numbers that contain a  
specific string of numbers.  
Tofindaphonenumber:  
1. Enter the last four or more digits of the number and press  
Options (right softkey). (The more numbers you enter, the more  
specific the search becomes.)  
2. Highlight Find and press . (The Contacts entry that ends with  
the digits you entered appears.)  
3. Scroll to your desired entry.  
Ⅲ
Press  
Press  
to display the entry details.  
or to dial.  
Ⅲ
Dialing and Saving Phone NumbersWith Pauses  
You can dial or save phone numbers with pauses for use with  
automated systems, such as voicemail or credit card billing numbers.  
There are two types of pauses available on your phone:  
ⅷ
HardPause sends the next set of numbers when you press  
.
ⅷ
2-Sec. Pause automatically sends the next set of numbers after  
two seconds.  
Note: You can have multiple pauses in a phone number and combine 2-second  
and hard pauses.  
Todialorsavephonenumberswithpauses:  
1. Enter the phone number and press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight either HardPause or 2-Sec. Pause and press  
.
(Hard pauses are displayed as a “H” and 2-second pauses as a “T”.)  
3. Enter additional numbers (for example, a passcode or an  
extension).  
4. To dial the number, press  
with a hard pause, press  
– or –  
or  
. (When dialing a number  
to send the next set of numbers.)  
To save the number in your Contacts list, press Options (right  
softkey), highlight SavePhone#, and press  
.
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making International CallsWith Plus Code Dialing  
Your phone’s Plus Code Dialing feature can automatically dial the  
international access code when you are traveling outside of the  
United States. (Not available in some areas.)  
TomakeacallusingPlusCodeDialing:  
1. From standby mode, press and hold  
until a “+” sign  
appears on the phone display.  
2. Enter the country code and phone number and press  
or  
.
Toremovetheplussignfromyourphone’sdisplay:  
ᮣ
Press and hold  
while the plus sign is displayed or press  
to cancel the call.  
Dialing From the Contacts Directory  
TodialdirectlyfromaContactsentry:  
1. Press  
2. Select Contacts and press  
3. Select Find/AddEntry and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
Shortcut: Press the navigation key right to list entries.  
4. Scroll to the desired entry in the Contacts list and press  
5. Select the number you want to call.  
.
6. Press Options (right softkey) for the menu options.  
7. Highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn and press  
to place a call.  
Tip: You can also place a call by pressing  
step 5 above.  
,
, or Call (left softkey) during  
Note: The icons next to each entry represent the Contacts labels (for example,  
Mobile, Home, Work, etc.). A triangle next to an icon means there is another label  
for the entry. Press the navigation key right or left to select the desired label.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Speed Dialing  
With this feature, you can dial your favorite entries using one key press  
for locations 2-9. (See “Assigning Speed Dial Numbers” on page 91.)  
Tousespeeddialforvoicecalls:  
ᮣ
From standby mode, press and hold the appropriate key for  
approximately two seconds.  
– or –  
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the appropriate key and  
press  
or  
.
The display confirms that the number has been dialed when it shows  
“Connecting...”.  
TousespeeddialforSprintPCSReadyLinkcalls:  
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the appropriate key and press  
.
(See “Assigning Speed Dialing for Sprint PCS Ready Link Entries”  
on page 162.)  
The display confirms that the number has been dialed when it shows  
“R-Link calling...”.  
Note: Speed dialing is not available when you are roaming; when you are  
roaming off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, you must always dial using  
eleven digits (1 + area code + number).  
Using Abbreviated Dialing  
Abbreviated Dialing is another form of speed dialing. It allows you to  
dial a number by entering the last 3-6 digits of any number in your  
Contacts directory. This feature becomes available when you enable  
Abbreviated Dialing and enter the appropriate digits of a phone  
number. See page 59 for the setting.  
ToplaceacallusingAbbreviatedDialing:  
1. Dial the last 3-6 digits of a contact’s phone number.  
2. Press Options (right softkey) to display the dialing options.  
3. Highlight Abbrev. Dial and press  
,
, or  
.
Tip: You can also place a call by pressing  
or  
during step 2 above.  
Note: If there is no matched number, your phone dials the number you set for  
abbreviated dial with the last four or five digits you entered. If there are matched  
numbers in your Contacts list, the abbreviated dial list will be displayed. To place  
a call, select a number and press  
.
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EnteringText  
Selecting a Character Input Mode  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone provides convenient ways to enter  
words, letters, punctuation, and numbers whenever you are  
prompted to enter text (for example, when adding a Contacts entry  
or when sending email messages).  
Tochangethecharacterinputmode:  
1. When you display a screen where you can enter text, press  
Mode (right softkey).  
2. Select a character input mode:  
Ⅲ
PresetMessages to enter preset messages. (For Text Message  
and Picture Mail only.)  
Ⅲ
RecentMessages to enter messages you have used recently.  
(For Text Message and Picture Mail only.)  
Ⅲ
Signature to enter your signature. (For Text Message and  
Picture Mail only.)  
Ⅲ
T9Word to enter characters using predictive  
T9 Text Input (see next page).  
Ⅲ
Alphabet to enter characters by tapping the keypad.  
Ⅲ
SYMBOL to enter symbols.  
Ⅲ
NUMBER to enter numbers.  
Ⅲ
PRESETSUFFIX to enter a preset suffix.  
Ⅲ
SMILEYS to enter smile pictures.  
Ⅲ
Emoticons to enter an emotion icon. (For Text Message only.)  
Note: Preset Suffix and Smileys do not apply in Sprint PCS Ready Link mode.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering Characters Using T9Text Input  
T9 Text Input lets you enter text in your Sprint PCS Vision Phone by  
pressing keys just once per letter. (To select the T9Word mode when  
entering text, see “Selecting a Character Input Mode” on the  
previous page.)  
T9 Text Input analyzes the letters you enter using an intuitive word  
database and creates a suitable word. (The word may change as you  
enter more letters.) If the word you want does not display after you  
have entered all the letters, press  
to scroll through additional  
word selections. To accept a word and insert a space, press  
.
If you make a mistake, press to erase a single character. Press  
and hold to delete an entire entry.  
AddingaWordtotheT9Database  
If a word you want to enter does not display as an option when you  
are using T9 Text Input, you can add it to the database.  
ToaddawordtotheT9TextInputdatabase:  
1. Select the Alphabet input mode. (See “Selecting a Character  
Input Mode” on the previous page.)  
2. Enter the word using multi-tap text entry. (See “Entering  
Characters by Tapping the Keypad” on the next page.)  
3. Press Mode (right softkey), highlight T9Word, and press  
.
(The word will appear as an option the next time you scroll  
through options during T9 Text Input.)  
For more information about T9 Text Input, visit the Tegic Website at  
www.T9.com.  
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering Characters byTapping the Keypad  
To enter characters by tapping the keypad, select the Alphabet mode  
(see “Selecting a Character Input Mode” on page 32). Press the  
corresponding key repeatedly until the desired character appears.  
By default, the first letter of an entry is capitalized and following  
letters are lowercase.  
Characters scroll in the following order:  
English Sequence  
Key  
Upper Case  
Lower Case  
.,@ 1 ? ! # /  
*
A B C 2  
a b c 2  
D E F 3  
G H I 4  
J K L 5  
M N O 6  
P Q R S 7  
T U V 8  
W XY Z 9  
0
d e f 3  
g h i 4  
j k l 5  
m n o 6  
p q r s 7  
t u v 8  
w x y z 9  
Space  
Unshifted One-character- shifted Caps Lock  
In Spanish mode, characters scroll in the following order:  
Spanish Sequence  
Key  
Upper Case  
Lower Case  
.,@ 1 ¿ ? ¡ ! # /  
*
A Á B C 2  
a á b c 2  
D E É F 3  
G H I Í 4  
J K L 5  
d e é f 3  
g h i í 4  
j k l 5  
M N Ñ O Ó 6  
P Q R S 7  
T U Ú Ü V 8  
W XY Z 9  
0
m n ñ o ó 6  
p q r s 7  
t u ú ü v 8  
w x y z 9  
Space  
Unshifted One-character- shifted Caps Lock  
(See page 56 for changing to Spanish language mode.)  
After a character is entered, the cursor automatically advances to the  
next space after two seconds or when you enter a character on a  
different key.  
Tip: The beginning of the word after the space is changed to upper/lower case  
depending on shift mode. You can change the shift mode by pressing  
.
Section 2A: Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone – The Basics  
34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2B  
Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
SoundSettings  
DisplaySettings  
LocationSettings  
AirplaneMode  
TTYUseWithSprintPCSService  
PhoneSetupOptions  
UsingthemenuoptionsavailableonyourSprintPCSVisionPhone, youcan  
customizeyourphonetosound, look, andoperatejustthewayyouwantitto.  
This section describes how you can change your phone’s settings to  
best suit your needs. Take a few moments to review these options and  
to adjust or add settings that are right for you.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sound Settings  
Ringer Types  
Ringer types help you identify incoming calls and messages. You can  
assign ringer types to individual Contacts entries, types of calls, and  
types of messages.  
ⅷ
PreprogrammedRingers include a variety of standard ringer types  
and familiar music.  
ⅷ
VibratingRinger alerts you to calls or messages without  
disturbing others.  
ⅷ
DownloadedRingerscan be downloaded right to your phone.  
(See “Downloading Premium Services Content” on page 250 and  
“Ringers” on page 254.)  
SelectingRingerTypesforVoiceCalls  
Your MM-5600 by Sanyo provides a variety of ringer options that  
allow you to customize your ringer and volume settings. These  
options allow you to identify incoming calls by the ringer.  
Toselectaringertypeforvoicecalls:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Sounds and press  
.
4. Select RingerType and press  
.
5. Select VoiceCalls and press  
.
6. Select WithCallerID or NoCallerID and press  
.
7. Scroll to your desired ringer type and press  
.
Toselectadistinctiveringerforvoicecallswhileroaming:  
1. Follow steps 1-5 above.  
2. Select Roaming and press  
.
3. Select Distinctive and press  
.
Ⅲ
To confirm the ringer, press Play (right softkey).  
Ⅲ
If you want to deactivate this feature, select Normal during  
step 3 above.  
Note: When you are in analog area, the Distinctive ringer will be played even if  
your voice call setting of roaming is Normal.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SelectingRingerTypesforSprintPCSReadyLinkCalls  
ToselectaringertypeforSprintPCSReadyLinkcalls:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Sounds and press  
.
4. Select RingerType and press  
.
5. Select ReadyLink and press  
.
6. Select ReadyLinkCalls, R-LinkMissed, or R-LinkFloorTone, and  
press  
.
7. Scroll to your desired ringer type and press  
.
SelectingRingerTypesforVoicemail,Messaging,or  
Calendar/Alarm  
Toselectaringertypeforvoicemail,messaging,orcalendar/alarm:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Sounds and press  
.
4. Select RingerType and press  
5. Select Voicemail, Messaging, or Calendar/Alarm, and press  
6. Press , scroll to your desired ringer type, and press  
.
.
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting a Tone Length  
Longer tone lengths may be better for tone recognition when dialing  
voicemail or other automated systems.  
Toselectatonelength:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Sounds and press  
4. Select Others and press  
.
.
.
5. Select ToneLength and press  
.
6. Select Short or Long and press  
.
Setting a Start-up/Power-offTone  
1. Follow steps 1-4 in “Selecting a Tone Length.”  
2. Select Start-upTone or Power-offTone and press  
.
3. Scroll to your desired tone and press  
.
Ⅲ
To confirm the tone, press Play (right softkey).  
Using Voice Prompt  
This feature allows you to hear voice prompts at Automatic Speech  
Recognition (ASR), Voice Recorder, Screen Call setting, etc. (default  
setting is Off).  
Toenableordisablevoiceprompt:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Sounds and press  
4. Select Others and press  
.
.
.
5. Select VoicePrompt and press  
6. Select On or Off and press  
Tip: When ringer volume is set to “Silence All,” voice prompts cannot be heard.  
.
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Up Key Press Echo  
With this feature, you can hear a voice say the numbers when you  
press the keypad. This feature is available when you are in standby  
mode.  
ToturnKeyPressEchoonoroff:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Sounds and press  
4. Select Others and press  
.
.
.
5. Select KeyPressEcho and press  
6. Select On or Off and press  
.
.
Adjusting the Phone’s Volume Settings  
You can adjust your phone’s volume settings to suit your needs and  
your environment.  
Toadjusttheringerandkeyvolume:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Sounds and press  
.
4. Select Ringer/KeyVol. and press  
5. Select RingerVolume, Calendar/Alarm, Start-up/Pw-off, or KeyBeep  
and press  
6. Adjust a volume level by pressing the navigation key up or down  
and press  
.
.
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Toadjusttheearpieceorspeakervolume:  
1. Press to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Sounds and press  
.
4. Select ReceiverVol. and press  
5. Select either Earpiece or Speaker and press  
6. Adjust a volume level by pressing the navigation key up or down  
and press  
.
.
.
Tip: You can adjust the ringer volume in standby mode (or the earpiece volume  
during a call) by using the Side Volume key.  
Toadjusttheapplicationvolume:  
This setting is available for the volume of video, Media Player,  
downloaded data, and browser.  
1. Follow steps 1-3 above.  
2. Select ApplicationVol. and press  
3. Press , select a volume level by pressing the navigation key  
up or down, and press  
.
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Alert Notification  
Your Sprint PCS Phone can alert you with an audible tone when you  
change service areas, once a minute during a voice call, for incoming  
or missed Sprint PCS Ready Link calls, or when a call has been  
connected.  
Tosetalerts:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Sounds and press  
4. Select Alerts and press  
.
.
.
5. Select your desired option and press  
.
Ⅲ
Service sets an alert to notify you of network services  
parameter changes.  
Ⅲ
ReadyLink sets an alert to notify you of Ready Link calls.  
Select ReadyLinkCalls for incoming Sprint PCS Ready Link  
calls, or R-LinkMissed for missed Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Voicemail sets an alert to notify you of voice messages.  
Messaging sets an alert to notify you of text messages.  
MinuteBeep sets a minute reminder that beeps ten seconds  
before the end of each minute during a call.  
Ⅲ
SignalFade sets an alert to notify you when your phone loses  
a signal during a call.  
Tip: You can select Once or Repeat Alert if you select Ready Link Calls,  
R-Link Missed, Voicemail, or Messaging. Repeat Alert sounds an alert every two  
minutes for twenty minutes.  
Tip: To set alerts for Sprint PCS Ready Link calls, see “Setting an Alert Notification  
for Sprint PCS Ready Link Calls” on page 164 for details.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SilenceAll  
There may be times when you need to silence your phone entirely.  
The phone’s Silence All option allows you to mute all sounds without  
turning your phone off.  
ToactivateSilenceAll:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Sounds and press  
.
4. Select Ringer/KeyVol. and press  
.
5. Select RingerVolume and press  
.
6. Press the navigation key down until SilenceAll appears on the  
display and press  
.
Tip: When Ringer Volume is set as Silence All, other items are changed to Off and  
cannot be highlighted.  
TodeactivateSilenceAll:  
ᮣ
Press the volume key up repeatedly to select a desired  
volume level.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Display Settings  
Changing theText Greeting  
The text greeting can be up to fifteen characters and is displayed on  
your phone’s screen in standby mode. You may choose to display a  
custom greeting or you may display “Sprint” on the phone’s screen.  
Todisplayorchangeyourcustomgreeting:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Display and press  
4. Select Greeting and press  
.
.
.
5. Select Custom and press  
.
Ⅲ
You can customize the greeting by entering a personalized  
greeting. (See “Entering Text” on page 32.)  
6. Press  
.
Todisplaythedefaultgreeting(“Sprint”):  
1. Follow steps 1-4 above.  
2. Select Default and press  
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the BacklightTime Length  
The backlight setting lets you select how long the display screen and  
keypad are backlit after any key press is made.  
TochangetheMainLCDorSubLCDbacklightsetting:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Display and press  
4. Select Backlight and press  
.
.
.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press  
.
6. Select AlwaysOn, AlwaysOff, or your defined time length and  
press  
.
Ⅲ
AlwaysOff always turns the backlight off.  
Ⅲ
AlwaysOn keeps the backlight on indefinitely.  
Note: The Always On setting returns to the previous value the next time you turn  
on the phone.  
TochangetheKeypadbacklightsetting:  
1. Select Key during step 5 above, and press  
.
2. Select AlwaysOff or your defined time length and press  
.
Note: Long backlight settings affect the battery’s talk and standby times.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Display ScreenAnimation  
Your new Sprint PCS Vision Phone offers options for what you see on  
the display screen during various phone functions.  
Tochangetheanimationdisplay:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Display and press  
4. Select Animation and press  
.
.
.
5. Select Standby, OutgoingCalls, or ServiceSearch, and press  
.
6. Press , scroll to your desired option and press  
.
Ⅲ
For standby, you can also set the animation starting time.  
Select after and press , then highlight your desired setting  
time and press  
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 6 above.  
7. Press OK (left softkey) to assign the desired image.  
Changing the Display for Incoming Calls  
You can set the color or downloaded image to be shown on the  
Incoming Calls display.  
Tochangetheincomingcallsdisplay:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select IncomingCalls and press  
.
5. Press , scroll to your desired option, and press  
.
6. Select your desired color or image, and press OK (left softkey).  
7. Press OK (left softkey) to save.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Display for Area Name  
This feature enables you to show the area of the phone number you  
are calling or are called from when the number is not registered in  
your Contacts list. For example, a call to or from 213-555-5555 will  
display “California.”  
Tosetyourareanamedisplay:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select MatchAreaCode and press  
.
5. Select On or Off and press  
.
Ⅲ
This feature is available only when the phone number is  
10 digits, or 11 digits beginning with 1 and matches an  
area code.  
Ⅲ
The area name will not be displayed when the number of an  
incoming call is saved in your Contacts list.  
Changing the LED Indicator Color  
Tochangethephone’sLEDindicatorcolor:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select LED and press  
.
5. Select DuringCall, IncomingCalls, Voicemail, Messaging, or  
Calendar and press  
.
Ⅲ
IncomingCalls allows you to select the menu from  
WithCallerID, NoCallerID, or Roaming.  
To select your desired menu, highlight it and press  
.
6. Select your desired color patterns and press  
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 6 above.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Display for Standby Mode  
This feature enables you to select a variety of items to display in  
standby mode.  
Tosetyourstandbydisplay:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select StandbyDisplay and press  
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press  
6. Select Others and press  
.
.
.
7. Select your desired item and press  
.
Ⅲ
Calendar displays the Calendar. (Main LCD only)  
DigitalClock displays the local time in digital view.  
AnalogClock displays the local time in analog view.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
WorldClock displays the time of the selected city or country  
along with the local time.  
Ⅲ
Default returns the standby display to its default setting.  
8. Press  
to save the setting to follow each system prompt or  
when confirming the preview display.  
Tip: In an area without service, the signal search display appears instead of the  
display for standby mode.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Screen Saver  
Your new Sprint PCS Phone offers you the option of displaying a  
screen saver while in standby mode.  
Tochangethescreensaver:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select StandbyDisplay and press  
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press  
6. Select ScreenSaver and press  
7. Press , scroll to your desired option and press  
.
.
.
.
8. Select your desired screen saver and press OK (left softkey).  
9. Press OK (left softkey) to save.  
Changing the Phone’s Menu Style  
Your Sprint PCS Phone allows you to choose how the main menu  
appears on your display screen.  
Tochangethemainmenustyle:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select MainMenu and press  
.
5. Select either Graphic or Text and press  
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Display for My Buddy  
This feature enables you to see a funny animation for 15 seconds on  
the Main LCD by opening the flip.  
ToactivateordeactivateMyBuddy:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Display and press  
4. Select MyBuddy and press  
5. Select On or Off and press  
.
.
.
.
Changing the Background  
You can customize your phone display’s appearance by selecting a  
color scheme to reflect your personality.  
Tochangethedisplay’sbackground:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select Background and press  
.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press  
.
6. Select your desired color and press  
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Font Size  
You can change the font size settings for the message and browser.  
Tochangethefontsize:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Display and press  
4. Select FontSize and press  
.
.
.
5. Select either Messaging or Browser and press  
.
6. Select your desired font size.  
7. Press  
to set the selected font.  
Tip: From the font example display, select your desired font size by pressing the  
navigation key right or left.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Return to Standby Mode  
This feature allows you to select the way to return to standby mode.  
Tosetthisfeature:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select ReturntoIdle and press  
.
5. A message appears. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.  
6. Select Automatically or EndKey and press  
.
Ⅲ
Automatically to return to standby mode automatically  
in 30 seconds.  
Ⅲ
EndKey to return to standby mode by pressing  
.
Note: End Key setting affects the battery’s talk and standby times.  
Sleep Mode  
This feature helps conserve your battery power by restricting the  
display.  
Tosetsleepmode:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select SleepMode and press  
.
5. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press  
.
.
6. Select your desired option and press  
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Off during step 6 above.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Location Settings  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone is equipped with a Location feature for  
use in connection with location-based services that may be available  
in the future.  
The Location feature allows the network to detect your position.  
Turning Location off will hide your location from everyone  
except 911.  
Note: Even if the Location feature is enabled, no service may use your location  
without your express permission.  
Toturnyourphone’sLocationfeatureonoroff:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Location and press . (You will see a message on the  
display.)  
4. Press  
or OK (left softkey) to continue.  
Ⅲ
Press the navigation key down to read the whole message.  
5. Select On or Off and press  
.
When the Location feature is on, your phone’s standby screen will  
display the  
display.  
icon. When Location is turned off, the  
icon will  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Airplane Mode  
Airplane Mode allows you to use many of your phone’s features, such  
as Games, Voice Recorder, etc., when you are in an airplane or in any  
other area where making or receiving calls or data is prohibited.  
When your phone is in Airplane Mode, it cannot send or receive any  
calls or access online information.  
ToturnAirplaneModeonoroff:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Others and press  
.
4. Select AirplaneMode and press . (You will see a message on  
the display.)  
5. Press  
or OK (left softkey) to continue.  
6. Select On or Off and press  
.
While in Airplane Mode, your phone’s standby screen will display  
“Phone Off.”  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TTY UseWith Sprint PCS Service  
A TTY (also known as a TDD or Text Telephone) is a  
telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf  
or hard of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities, to  
communicate by telephone.  
Your phone is compatible with select TTY devices. Please check with  
the manufacturer of your TTY device to ensure that it supports digital  
wireless transmission. Your phone and TTY device will connect via a  
special cable that plugs into your phone’s headset jack. If this cable  
was not provided with your TTY device, contact your TTY device  
manufacturer to purchase the connector cable.  
When establishing your Sprint PCS Service, please call Sprint Customer  
Service via the state Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) by first  
dialing  
. Then provide the state TRS with this  
number: 866-727-4889.  
ToturnTTY modeonoroff:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Others and press  
.
.
4. Select TTY and press . (You will see a message on the display.)  
5. Press or OK (left softkey) to continue.  
6. Select Enable or Disable and press  
.
Note: When you connect TTY devices, your phone will display the icon in TTY  
mode. If TTY mode is enabled, the audio quality of non-TTY devices connected to  
the headset jack may be impaired.  
IMPORTANT NOTICE: 911 Emergency Calling  
Sprint recommends that TTY users make Emergency calls by other means,  
including Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS), analog cellular, and  
landline communications. Wireless TTY calls to 911 may be corrupted when  
received by public safety answering points (PSAPs) rendering some  
communications unintelligible. The problem encountered appears related to TTY  
equipment or software used by PSAPs. This matter has been brought to the  
attention of the FCC, and the wireless industry and PSAP community are  
currently working to resolve this.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Phone Setup Options  
Shortcut  
Your phone offers you the option of assigning a shortcut key to a  
favorite or often-used function. Pressing the navigation key to the left  
in standby mode will launch your personally designated shortcut.  
Toassignyourshortcutkey:  
1. Press the navigation key left.  
2. Select an unassigned number and press Add (right softkey).  
3. Select your desired menu and press Assign (right softkey).  
Toedittheshortcutname:  
1. Press the navigation key left.  
2. Select your desired menu and press Options (right softkey).  
3. Highlight EditName and press  
.
4. Edit the name and press OK (left softkey).  
5. Press Save (left softkey) to save the name.  
Tounassigntheshortcut:  
1. Press the navigation key left.  
2. Select your desired menu and press Options (right softkey).  
3. Highlight Unassign and press  
.
4. Select Yes and press  
.
Ⅲ
To unassign all shortcuts, select UnassignAll during  
step 3 above.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AutoAnswer Mode  
You may set your phone to automatically pick up incoming calls in  
speakerphone mode or when connected to an optional hands-free  
car kit and headset.  
TosetAutoAnswermode:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Others and press  
.
4. Select AutoAnswer and press  
.
5. Select CarKit/Headset or Speakerphone and press  
.
6. Select 5Seconds, 15Seconds, or Off and press  
.
Display Language  
You can choose to display your Sprint PCS Phone’s onscreen menus  
in English or in Spanish.  
Toassignalanguageforthephone’sdisplay:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Others and press  
4. Select Language and press  
.
.
.
5. Select English or Español and press  
.
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting the Open/Close Flip Option  
This feature enables you to answer an incoming call by opening the  
flip or to end a call by closing the flip.  
ToactivatetheOpenFlipfeature:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Others and press  
.
4. Select Open/CloseFlip and press  
5. Select Open and press  
.
.
6. Select AnswerCall and press  
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select NoAction during  
step 6 above.  
ToactivatetheCloseFlipfeature:  
1. From step 5 above, select Close and press . (You will see a  
message on the display.)  
2. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.  
3. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
End to end the call.  
Ⅲ
Continue(Mute) to continue the call. Your voice is muted,  
however you can hear the caller’s voice from the speaker.  
Ⅲ
Contin(Unmute) to continue the call. You can hear the caller’s  
voice and speak to the phone to answer.  
Note: The Close Flip feature does not apply during Ready Link calls or when you  
are using the speakerphone, a headset, or a car kit.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Any KeyAnswer  
This feature allows you to answer incoming calls by pressing  
any key (except  
,
, softkeys and sidekeys).  
Toturnanykeyansweronoroff:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Others and press  
.
.
4. Select AnyKeyAnswer and press  
5. Select On or Off and press  
.
.
Setting the Side Key Guard  
This feature enables you to lock your side keys while the flip is closed.  
ToturnanySideKeyGuardonoroff:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Others and press  
.
4. Select SideKeyGuard and press  
.
5. Select On or Off and press  
.
Ⅲ
KeyGuard appears on the Sub LCD while the flip is closed.  
Note: This feature does not apply when the flip is open.  
Tip: You can deactivate this feature temporarily to use side keys by pressing and  
holding  
while the clamshell is closed.  
Using the Mini-Flashlight  
This function allows you to use the phone’s camera flash as a  
miniature flashlight. To use this function, your phone must be in  
standby mode with the Side Key Guard unlocked. (See above for the  
Side Key Guard.)  
Tousetheminiflashlight:  
ᮣ
With the flip closed and in standby mode, press and hold the  
Side Volume key (  
). (The light flashes for 8 seconds.)  
Note: This function doesn’t apply when a Missed Call or Notification is displayed.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Abbreviated Dialing  
Abbreviated Dialing is another form of speed dialing. It allows you to  
dial a number by entering 3-6 digits of any number in your Contacts  
Directory. If the digits you enter do not match any stored Contacts  
entry, your phone will automatically prepend the digits you specify.  
Toactivatethisfeature:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Others and press  
.
4. Select Abbrev. Dial and press  
.
5. Select Ph. BookMatch and press  
.
6. Select Enable and press  
.
Tip: With the Phone Book match feature, your phone displays the Contact’s name  
and phone number if the incoming call or outgoing call is in your Contacts list.  
Tosetyourprependnumber:  
1. Follow steps 1-4 above.  
2. Select Prepend and press  
3. Select Enable and press  
4. Select Prepend# and press  
.
.
.
5. Enter a five- or six-digit number and press  
or OK (left softkey).  
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, highlight Disable during  
step 3 above.  
Tip: To dial the prepend number, see “Using Abbreviated Dialing” on page 31.  
Note: This setting does not apply to 911 or Directory Assistance.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the Stereo Headset  
Your phone comes with a stereo headset for hands free operation.  
Set the headset mode to Voice Call or Ready Link and press the Turbo  
Button (the operation button) on the headset to activate useful  
functions.  
Toconnectthestereoheadset:  
ᮣ
Simply plug the headset into your phone’s headset jack.  
Tosetheadsetmode:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Others and press  
.
4. Select HeadsetMode and press  
.
5. Select TurboButton and press  
.
6. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
VoiceCalls: Press the Turbo Button to activate ASR  
(Automatic Speech Recognition). Press twice to redial the  
last call. Press and hold the button to record a Call Memo.  
(See page 116 for ASR.)  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
ReadyLink: Press the Turbo Button to make a Ready Link call  
by using ASR (Automatic Speech Recognition). Press twice  
to redial the last Ready Link call. (See page 116 for ASR.)  
Off: Turns this feature off.  
Tosetthesoundmode:  
1. Follow steps 1-4 above.  
2. Select Earpiece and press  
.
3. Select either Stereo or Mono and press  
.
Note: Use only the supplied stereo headset; Please make sure to insert the  
headset plug into the headset jack as far as it goes. Improper connection of the  
headset plug can cause abnormal sounds.  
Note: When using the headset, DO NOT set the volume too high. Listening at high  
volume for an extensive period of time may cause hearing loss.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Message Notification  
You can see an icon and/or a pop-up message notification when you  
receive a text message or voicemail while you are in Sprint PCS Vision  
applications, browser mode, or voice calls.  
Tosetmessagenotification:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Messaging and press  
.
4. Select Notification and press  
.
5. Select MsgsandIcon or IconOnly and press  
.
Editing Preset Messages  
Your phone can store pre-set messages for use with text messaging  
and Sprint PCS Picture Mail. You can edit your phone’s default preset  
messages through the Settings menu.  
Toedityourphone’spresetmessages:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Messaging and press  
.
4. Select PresetMsgs and press  
5. Select the message you want to edit and press  
6. Use your keypad to edit the message and press OK (left softkey)  
.
.
or  
to save your changes. (“Preset Message Saved” will display.)  
Ⅲ
To reset all messages, press Options (right softkey), select  
ResetAllMsgs, and press  
during step 5 above.  
Note: For information on editing text, see “Entering Text” on page 32.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting a Callback Number  
With this feature, you can notify your recipients of your callback  
number with the text message.  
Tosetthecallbacknumber:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Messaging and press  
.
4. Select SendCallback# and press  
.
5. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
None to send no callback number.  
Ⅲ
MyPhone# to send your phone number.  
Ⅲ
Other to send a specific callback number. To set a number,  
enter a phone number and press  
.
SettingYour Signature  
This feature allows you to send a message with your signature.  
Tosetyoursignature:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Messaging and press  
4. Select Signature and press  
.
.
.
5. Press , select On, and press  
6. Select Text and press  
.
.
7. Enter your signature and press OK (left softkey).  
8. Press Save (left softkey) to save your signature.  
Note: You can insert your signature even when your signature setting is off.  
Press Mode (right softkey) and select Signature while composing your message.  
Section 2B: Controlling Your Phone’s Settings  
62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2C  
Setting Your Phone’s Security  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
AccessingtheSecurityMenu  
UsingYourPhone’sLockFeatures  
RestrictingCalls  
UsingSpecialNumbers  
ErasingtheContactsDirectory  
ErasingAllVoiceTags  
ErasingAllDownloads  
ResettingYourPicturesAccount  
ResettingYourPhone  
ResettingandLockingYourPhoneThroughSMS  
SM  
SecurityFeaturesforSprintPCSVision  
ByusingthesecuritysettingsonyourSprintPCSVisionPhone, you  
receivepeaceofmindwithoutsacrificingflexibility. This section will  
familiarize you with your phone’s security settings. With several  
options available, you can customize your phone to meet your  
personal needs.  
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security  
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Accessing the Security Menu  
All of your phone’s security settings are available through the  
Security menu. You must enter your lock code to view the  
Security menu.  
ToaccesstheSecuritymenu:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
.
3. Select Security and press  
4. Enter your lock code. (The Security menu is displayed.)  
Tip: If you can’t recall your lock code, try using the last four digits of either your  
Social Security number or Sprint PCS Phone Number or try 0000. If none of these  
work, call Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4PCS (4727).  
UsingYour Phone’s Lock Features  
LockingYour Phone  
When your phone is locked, you can only receive incoming calls or  
make calls to 911, Sprint Customer Service, or special numbers.  
Tolockyourphone:  
1. From the Security menu (see “Accessing the Security Menu”  
above), select LockPhone and press  
2. Select LockNow or OnPower-up and press  
3. Depending on your preference, highlight either FullLock or  
.
.
Excep. IncomingCalls and press  
.
Ⅲ
FullLock: No phone calls can be made and only special  
numbers can be received. (You can still make a call to  
Emergency number, Sprint Customer Service, and special  
numbers.)  
Ⅲ
Excep. IncomingCalls: No phone calls can be made, however  
all incoming calls can be received. (You can still make a call  
to Emergency number, Sprint Customer Service, and special  
numbers.)  
Tip: If you want to cancel the “On Power-up” setting before turning the phone off,  
select Unlocked during step 2 above.  
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security  
64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UnlockingYour Phone  
Tounlockyourphone:  
1. Press Unlock (left softkey).  
2. Enter your lock code.  
Locking the Pictures andVideos Menu  
With this feature, you must enter your lock code when you access the  
Pictures and Videos menu.  
TolockthePicturesmenu:  
1. From the Security Menu, select LockPic&Video and press  
.
2. Select LockNow and press  
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Unlocked during  
step 2 above.  
Lock Services  
With this feature, you can choose to restrict access to Sprint PCS  
Vision services and incoming and outgoing voice calls and Sprint PCS  
Ready Link calls.  
Toactivatelockservices:  
1. From the Security Menu, select Others and press  
2. Select LockServices and press  
3. Select VoiceCalls, PCSVision, or ReadyLink and press  
.
.
.
4. Select Locked and press  
.
Ⅲ
To deactivate this feature, select Unlocked during  
step 4 above.  
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Lock Code  
Tochangeyourlockcode:  
1. From the Security Menu, select Others and press  
.
2. Select ChangeLock and press  
.
3. Enter a new lock code (“1234” for example).  
4. Reenter the new code.  
Calling in Lock Mode  
You can place calls to 911, Sprint Customer Service, and to your  
special numbers when in lock mode. (For information on special  
numbers, see “Using Special Numbers” on the next page.)  
Toplaceanoutgoingcallinlockmode:  
ᮣ
To call an Emergency number, special number, or Sprint  
Customer Service, enter the phone number and press  
.
Restricting Calls  
There may be occasions when you want to limit the numbers your  
phone can call or from which it can receive calls. You can use the  
Restrict Calls setting to do just that. (The Restrict Calls setting does  
not apply to 911 or Sprint Customer Service.)  
Torestrictcalls:  
1. From the Security Menu, select Others and press  
2. Select LimitUse and press  
3. Select OutgoingCalls or IncomingCalls and press  
.
.
.
4. Select your desired option and press  
.
Ⅲ
AllowAll lets you make or receive all calls.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
PhoneBookOnly lets you make or receive calls to or from  
Contacts entries, voicemail, or special numbers only.  
Special#sOnly lets you make or receive calls to or from three  
special numbers only. (See “Using Special Numbers” on the  
next page.)  
Note: Restricted incoming calls are forwarded to voicemail.  
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security  
66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Special Numbers  
Special numbers are important numbers that you have designated as  
being “always available.” You can receive calls from special numbers  
even if your phone is locked.  
You can save 3 special numbers in addition to your Contacts entries  
(the same number may be in both directories).  
Toaddorreplaceaspecialnumber:  
1. From the Security Menu, select Others and press  
2. Select Special#s and press  
3. Select an entry number and press  
.
.
.
4. Enter your desired phone number and press  
.
– or –  
Press Options (right softkey), select FromPh. Book or Voicemail,  
and press  
.
Note: Special numbers cannot be called in the voice call locked state.  
Erasing the Contacts Directory  
You can quickly and easily erase all of the contents of your  
Contacts Directory.  
ToeraseallthenamesandphonenumbersinyourContactsDirectory:  
1. From the Security Menu, select ErasePh. Book and press  
2. If you’re sure you want to erase your Contacts, select Yes and  
press  
.
.
ErasingAll VoiceTags  
You can quickly and easily erase all voice tags you have recorded.  
Toerasethevoicetags:  
1. From the Security Menu, select EraseVoiceTag and press  
.
2. If you’re sure you want to erase the voice tags, select Yes and  
press  
.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ErasingAll Downloads  
ToerasealldatadownloadedfromtheWeb:  
1. From the Security Menu, select EraseDownload and press  
.
2. If you’re sure you want to erase all data downloaded from the  
Web, select Yes and press  
.
Ⅲ
If you have assigned downloaded data, the function returns  
to its default setting.  
ResettingYour PicturesAccount  
This option resets your authentication ID for your Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail account.  
Toresetyourpicturesaccount:  
1. From the Security Menu, select ResetPictures and press  
2. If you’re sure you want to reset your pictures account, select Yes  
and press  
.
.
After resetting, you are prompted to reenter the password when you  
use Online Pictures.  
Note: Your account will be locked if you enter wrong password 10 times after  
resetting your acount. In this case, please contact Sprint Customer Service.  
ResettingYour Phone  
Resetting the phone restores all the factory defaults, including the  
ringer types and display settings. The Contacts, Call History,  
Scheduler, and Messaging are not affected.  
Toresetyourphone:  
1. From the Security Menu, select ResetPhone and press  
2. If you’re sure you want to reset your phone, select Yes and  
press  
.
.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security  
68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ResettingandLockingYourPhoneThroughSMS  
When your phone is lost or stolen, you can erase your important  
personal information (such as Contacts entries, call history, and  
messages) and lock your phone by sending a special formatted SMS  
message to your phone.  
From your computer, sign on to www.sprintpcs.com and send a message  
to your phone (input your 10-digit Sprint PCS Phone Number) in the  
following format:  
\ \ RESET **<Passcode>** RESET  
<Passcode> – your defined passcode.  
The default passcode is your phone’s 11-digit ESN  
(Electronic Serial Number), which is written on the  
package or on the phone itself.  
The locked phone will display the following message:  
“If found, please call Sprint Customer Service 1-888-211-4727.”  
Note: To send a message from mailer software, input your 10-digit Sprint PCS  
Phone Number followed by “@messaging.sprintpcs.com.”  
Toactivatethisfeature,thefollowingpresettingisrequired:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Security and press  
4. Enter your lock code.  
5. Select Others and press  
6. Select FoundMe and press  
.
.
.
.
7. Select Reset/Lock and press  
8. Select Enable and press  
.
.
To unlock a phone that has been locked through SMS, bring the  
phone to a Sprint Store.  
ChangingthePasscode  
TochangethepasscodeforthespecialformattedSMSmessages:  
1. Follow steps 1-6 above.  
2. Select ChgPasscode and press  
3. Enter new passcode (11 digits).  
4. Reenter the new passcode.  
.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SM  
Security Features for Sprint PCSVision  
Enabling and Disabling Sprint PCSVision Services  
You can disable Sprint PCS Vision services without turning off your  
phone; however, you will not have access to all Sprint PCS Vision  
services, including Web and messaging. Disabling Sprint PCS Vision  
will avoid any charges associated with Sprint PCS Vision services.  
While signed out, you can still place or receive phone calls, check  
voicemail, and use other voice services. You may enable Sprint PCS  
Vision services again at any time.  
TodisableSprintPCSVisionservices:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select PCSVision and press  
.
4. Select DisableVision and press . (A message will appear.)  
5. Press Disable (right softkey) to confirm that you want to sign out.  
ToenableSprintPCSVisionservices:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select PCSVision and press  
.
4. Select EnableVision and press  
5. Press OK (left softkey) to sign in.  
.
Section 2C: Setting Your Phone’s Security  
70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2D  
Controlling Your Roaming Experience  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
UnderstandingRoaming  
SettingYourPhone’sRoamMode  
ControllingRoamingChargesUsingCallGuard  
Roamingistheabilitytomakeorreceivecallswhenyou’reoffthe  
SprintNationwidePCSNetwork. Your new dual-band/tri-mode  
Sprint PCS Vision Multimedia Phone MM-5600 by Sanyo works  
anywhere on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and allows you  
to roam on other analog and 1900 and 800 MHz digital networks  
where we’ve implemented roaming agreements with other carriers.  
This section explains how roaming works as well as special features  
that let you manage your roaming experience.  
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Understanding Roaming  
RecognizingIconsontheDisplayScreen  
Your phone’s display screen always lets you know when you’re off  
the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and whether your phone is  
operating in analog or digital mode. The following chart indicates  
what you’ll see depending on where you’re using your phone.  
Main LCD/Sub LCD  
Roaming Indicator  
Analog Indicator  
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network  
Other Digital Networks  
Digital Roam  
Analog Networks  
Analog Roam  
Tip: Remember, when you are using your phone off the Sprint Nationwide  
PCS Network, always dial numbers using 11 digits (1 + area code + number).  
Note: Unless your Sprint PCS Service Plan includes roaming, you will pay a  
higher per-minute rate for roaming calls.  
RoamingonOtherDigitalNetworks  
When you’re roaming on digital networks, your call quality and  
security will be similar to the quality you receive when making calls  
on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. However, you may not be  
able to access certain features, such as Sprint PCS Vision.  
Note: Sprint PCS Ready Link Service is not available in roaming areas.  
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience  
72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RoamingonAnalogNetworks  
When you roam on analog networks, you will experience a similar  
quality provided by other analog carriers today. Although some  
features, such as Sprint PCS Vision, Sprint PCS Ready Link, and  
Sprint PCS Voice Command, will be unavailable, you can still make  
and receive calls and access voicemail. If you are accustomed to  
Sprint PCS Service, you may notice some of the following differences  
when using analog service:  
ⅷ
You are more likely to experience static, cross-talk, fade-out, and  
dropped calls.  
ⅷ
Some features which are standard on the Sprint Nationwide PCS  
Network, such as call waiting, Sprint PCS Vision, Sprint PCS  
Ready Link, and direct international dialing, may not be available.  
ⅷ
Though callers can leave voicemail messages while you are  
roaming, you may not receive notification until you return to the  
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network. (See “Checking for Voicemail  
Messages While Roaming” on the next page.)  
ⅷ
There are security and privacy risks (eavesdropping and cloning)  
that exist with conventional analog services today.  
ⅷ
Your battery’s charge will deplete more quickly and you will need  
to recharge it more often when you use your phone for analog  
roaming.  
Note: If you’re on a call when you leave the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network and  
enter an area where roaming is available (whether digital or analog), your call is  
dropped. If your call is dropped in an area where you think Sprint PCS Service is  
available, turn your phone off and on again to reconnect to the Sprint Nationwide  
PCS Network.  
Note: When using your phone in analog mode, the phone may feel warm. This is  
normal for analog operation.  
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience  
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CheckingforVoicemailMessagesWhileRoaming  
When you are roaming off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, you  
may not receive on-phone notification of new voicemail messages.  
Callers can still leave messages, but you will need to periodically  
check your voicemail for new messages if you are in a roaming  
service area for an extended period of time.  
Tocheckyourvoicemailwhileroaming:  
ᮣ
Dial 1+area code+your Sprint PCS Phone Number.  
When you return to the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, voicemail  
notification will resume as normal.  
SettingYour Phone’s Roam Mode  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone allows you to control your roaming  
capabilities. By using the Roaming menu option, you can determine  
which signals your phone accepts.  
SetMode  
Choose from three different settings on your dual-band/tri-mode  
phone to control your roaming experience.  
Tosetyourphone’sroammode:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Roaming and press  
4. Select SetMode and press  
.
.
.
5. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Sprint allows you to access the Sprint Nationwide PCS  
Network only and prevents roaming on other networks.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Automatic seeks Sprint PCS Service. When Sprint PCS Service  
is unavailable, the phone searches for an alternate system.  
Analog forces the phone to seek an analog roaming system.  
The previous setting (Sprint or Automatic) is restored the  
next time the phone is turned on.  
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience  
74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ControllingRoamingChargesUsingCallGuard  
Your phone has two ways of alerting you when you are roaming off  
the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network: the onscreen roaming icon and  
Call Guard. Call Guard makes it easy to manage your roaming charges  
by requiring an extra step before you can place or answer a roaming  
call. (This additional step is not required when you make or receive  
calls while on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.)  
ToturnCallGuardonoroff:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select Roaming and press  
4. Select CallGuard and press  
5. Select On or Off and press  
.
.
.
.
ToplaceroamingcallswithCallGuardon:  
1. From standby mode, dial 1 + area code + the seven-digit  
number. (You can also initiate a call from the Contacts directory,  
Call History, or Messaging.)  
2. Press  
or  
(or press Options [right softkey] and  
highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn and press ).  
3. Press to proceed while the pop-up message is displayed.  
– or –  
Press any key to erase the pop-up message, press Options (right  
softkey), highlight RoamCall, or Roam:SpeakerOn, and press  
.
ToanswerincomingroamingcallswithCallGuardon:  
ᮣ
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Answer or  
Answer:Speaker, and press  
.
– or –  
1. Press  
or  
.
2. Press  
to proceed while the pop-up message is displayed.  
Reminder: If the Call Guard feature is set to On, you need to take extra steps to  
make and receive roaming calls, even if you have selected the Analog setting  
(see the previous page).  
Section 2D: Controlling Your Roaming Experience  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2E  
Navigating Through Menus  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
MenuNavigation  
MenuStructure  
ViewingtheMenus  
EveryfunctionandfeatureofyourMM-5600bySanyocanbeaccessed  
throughanonscreenmenu. This section is a road map to using your  
Sprint PCS Vision Phone. Please take a few moments to learn your  
way around and you’ll find your phone easier to use.  
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus  
76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Menu Navigation  
The navigation key on your Sprint PCS Vision Phone allows you to  
scroll through menus quickly and easily. The scroll bar at the right of  
the menu keeps track of your position in the menu at all times.  
To navigate through a menu, simply press the navigation key up  
or down.  
Menu Structure  
SelectingMenuItems  
As you navigate through the menu, menu options are highlighted.  
Select any numbered option by simply pressing the corresponding  
number on the phone’s keypad. You may also select any item by  
highlighting it and pressing  
Forexample,ifyouwanttoviewyourlastincomingcall:  
1. Press to access the main menu.  
2. Select CallHistory by pressing . (It may already be highlighted.)  
3. Select Incoming by pressing or by highlighting it and  
.
pressing . (If you have received any calls, they are displayed  
on the screen.)  
BackingUpWithinaMenu  
Togotothepreviousmenu:  
ᮣ
Press  
.
Toreturntostandbymode:  
ᮣ
Press  
.
Shortcuts  
Use your navigation key to quickly access your phone’s menus.  
ⅷ
Right to take a shortcut to the Contacts menu.  
ⅷ
Left to take a shortcut to the MyShortcut menu. (See page 55 for  
setting.)  
ⅷ
Up to take a shortcut to the Messaging menu.  
ⅷ
Down to take a shortcut to the Downloads menu.  
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Viewing the Menus  
MenuDiagram  
The following list outlines your phone’s menu structure.  
1. Call History  
1. Outgoing  
2. Incoming  
3. Missed  
4. Erase History  
2. Contacts  
1. Find/Add Entry  
2. Speed Dial #s  
3. My Phone#  
4. Services  
3. Messaging  
1. Send Message  
2. Picture Mail  
3. Text Msgs  
4. Instant Msg.  
5. Go to Email  
6. Voicemail  
4. Web  
5. Pictures&Videos  
1. Camera  
2. Camcorder  
3. My Pictures  
4. My Videos  
5. Online Albums  
6. Settings and Info  
7. Wap Link 1-3 (if applicable)  
6. Downloads  
1. Games  
2. Ringers  
3. Screen Savers  
4. Applications  
5. Dynamic 1-10 (If applicable)  
6. Others (If applicable)  
7. Media Player  
1. Channel Listing  
2. miniSD  
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus  
78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Settings  
1. Sounds  
1. Ringer/Key Vol.  
2. Ringer Type  
3. Alerts  
4. Receiver Vol.  
5. Application Vol.  
6. Others  
2. Display  
1. Backlight  
2. Greeting  
3. Font Size  
4. Background  
5. Animation  
6. Incoming Calls  
7. Match Area Code  
8. Standby Display  
9. Main Menu  
10.My Buddy  
11.Return to Idle  
12.Sleep Mode  
13.LED  
3. PCS Vision  
1. Enable (or Disable) Vision  
2. Net Guard  
3. Update Profile  
4. Ready Link  
1. Enable/Disable  
2. List Update  
3. Sounds  
4. Speakerphone  
5. Default View  
6. Floor Display  
7. R-Link Guard  
8. Restart  
9. Help  
5. Location  
6. Roaming  
1. Set Mode  
2. Call Guard  
7. Messaging  
1. Notification  
2. Preset Msgs  
3. Send Callback#  
4. Signature  
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Security  
1. Lock Phone  
2. Lock Pic&Video  
3. Erase Ph. Book  
4. Erase VoiceTag  
5. Erase Download  
6. Reset Pictures  
7. Reset Phone  
8. Others  
9. Others  
1. Any Key Answer  
2. Auto Answer  
3. Open/Close Flip  
4. Abbrev. Dial  
5. Headset Mode  
6. TTY  
7. Side Key Guard  
8. Airplane Mode  
9. Language  
0. Phone Info  
1. Phone#/User ID  
2. Help  
3. Version  
4. Advanced  
9. Tools/Extras  
1. Voice Services  
1. Voice Recorder  
2. Screen Call  
2. Calendar  
3. Clock  
1. Alarm Clock  
2. World Clock  
3. Stop Watch  
4. Calculator  
5. PC Sync  
1. Ringers  
2. Images  
3. Erase Data  
6. USB Connection  
1. PictBridge  
2. Mass Storage  
7. miniSD  
1. miniSD Folders  
2. DPOF Print Order  
3. miniSD Settings  
Section 2E: Navigating Through Menus  
80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2F  
Managing Call History  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ViewingHistory  
CallHistoryOptions  
MakingaCallFromCallHistory  
SavingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory  
PrependingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory  
ErasingCallHistory  
TheCallHistorykeepstrackofincomingcalls, callsmadefromyour  
SprintPCSVisionPhone, andmissedcalls. This section guides you  
through accessing and making the most of your Call History.  
Section 2F: Managing Call History  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Viewing History  
You’ll find the Call History feature very helpful. They are lists of the  
last 20 voice calls and the last 10 Ready Link calls that you placed,  
accepted, or missed. Call History makes redialing a number fast and  
easy. It is continually updated as new numbers are added to the  
beginning of the list and the oldest entries are removed from the  
bottom of the list.  
Each entry contains the phone number (if it is available) and  
contact’s name (if the phone number is in your Contacts List).  
Duplicate calls (same number and type of call) may only appear once  
on the list (except missed calls).  
ToviewaCallHistoryentry:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select CallHistory and press  
.
3. Select Outgoing, Incoming, or Missed and press . (The selected  
Call History list will display.)  
Tip: You can switch the voice call history to the Sprint PCS Ready Link call history  
by pressing R-Link (left softkey). To return to the voice call history, press Voice Call  
(left softkey). This option is not available when Sprint PCS Ready Link mode is set to  
Disable (see page 147), or Sprint PCS Ready Link is locked (see page 65).  
Section 2F: Managing Call History  
82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Call History Options  
For additional information and options on a particular call, highlight  
a Call History entry and press Options (right softkey).  
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.  
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.  
ⅷ
SendMessage to send a text message, picture, or video.  
(See page 196 or 239 for details.)  
ⅷ
SavePhone# to save the phone number (if applicable).  
Ⅲ
GotoPh. Book appears when the number is already in your  
Contacts list. (See “Saving a Phone Number From Call  
History” on the next page.)  
ⅷ
Prepend to add numbers to the beginning of the phone number.  
(See “Prepending a Phone Number From Call History” on  
page 85.)  
ⅷ
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to the Ready Link  
Personal List. (Only appears when Sprint PCS Ready Link mode is  
set to Enable and the number does not match any stored entry in  
your Personal List.)  
ⅷ
Erase to erase the entry.  
Making a Call From Call History  
ToplaceacallfromCallHistory:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select CallHistory and press  
.
3. Select Outgoing, Incoming or Missed and press  
.
4. Scroll to the entry you want to call.  
5. Press  
or  
.
– or –  
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn,  
and press  
.
Note: You cannot make calls from Call History to entries identified as No ID or  
Restricted.  
Section 2F: Managing Call History  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Saving a Phone Number From Call History  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone can store up to 500 phone numbers in  
up to 300 Contacts entries (an entry may contain up to seven  
numbers). Each entry’s name can contain sixteen characters.  
TosaveaphonenumberfromCallHistory:  
1. Scroll to the call history entry you want to save.  
2. Press Options (right softkey) to display the options.  
3. Highlight SavePhone# and press  
4. Select the appropriate label (Mobile, Home, Work, Pager, Fax,  
Other, or NoLabel) and press  
.
.
5. Enter a name and press . If you have already stored entries in  
the Contacts list, you are prompted to select the following entry  
mode:  
Ⅲ
NewName to enter a name directly.  
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select a name from the Contacts list.  
6. Press Save (left softkey).  
Note: You cannot save phone numbers already in your Contacts list or from calls  
identified as No ID or Restricted. If the selected entry has already been stored in  
the Contacts list, Go to Ph. Book appears during step 3 above.  
Section 2F: Managing Call History  
84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PrependingaPhoneNumberFromCallHistory  
If you need to place a call from Call History and you happen to be  
outside your local area code, you can add the appropriate prefix by  
prepending the number.  
ToprependaphonenumberfromCallHistory:  
1. Scroll to a call history entry and press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight Prepend and press  
3. Enter the digits you want to add to the number.  
4. Press or to place a call.  
To select another option, press Options (right softkey), highlight it  
.
and press  
.
ⅷ
Call to dial the phone number.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.  
SavePhone# to store the phone number in your Contacts  
directory.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
H
T
HardPause to insert a hard pause.  
2-Sec. Pause to insert a 2-second pause.  
Erasing Call History  
To erase individual Call History entries, see “Call History Options” on  
page 83.  
ToeraseCallHistory:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select CallHistory and press  
.
3. Select EraseHistory and press  
.
4. Select Outgoing, Incoming, Missed, or All and press  
.
5. Select VoiceCalls or ReadyLink and press  
.
Ⅲ
VoiceCalls to erase call history for voice calls.  
Ⅲ
ReadyLink to erase call history for Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
6. Select Yes and press  
.
Section 2F: Managing Call History  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2G  
Using the Contacts Directory  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
DisplayingtheContactsList  
AddingaNewContactsEntry  
FindingContactsListEntries  
ContactsListEntryOptions  
AddingaPhoneNumbertoaContactsEntry  
EditingaContactsEntry  
ErasingaContactEntryFromtheList  
AssigningSpeedDialNumbers  
AssigninganImagetoaContactsEntry  
SelectingaRingerforanEntry  
SecretContactsEntries  
DialingSprintPCSServices  
Nowthatyouknowthebasicsthatmakeiteasiertostayintouchwith  
peopleandinformation, you’rereadytoexploreyourphone’smore  
advancedfeatures. This section explains how to use your phone’s  
Contacts Directory and helps you make the most of your contacts  
and time when you are trying to connect with the important  
people in your life.  
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory  
86  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Displaying the Contacts List  
You can change the display view for the Contacts List. You may  
choose to display a List view (the default setting) or you may display  
the list with picture ID.  
Todisplayyourcontactslist:  
ᮣ
Press the navigation key right.  
– or –  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Contacts and press  
.
3. Select Find/AddEntry and press  
Tochangethecontactsdisplayview:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
.
2. Press Options (right softkey), then select Thumbnail or List and  
press to switch between Thumbnail/List’s display mode.  
Adding a New Contacts Entry  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone can store up to 500 phone numbers in  
up to 300 Contacts entries (an entry may contain up to seven  
numbers). Each entry’s name can contain sixteen characters.  
Toaddanewentry:  
1. Press the navigation key right to display the Contacts list.  
2. Highlight <AddContact> and press  
3. Enter a name and press  
4. Select the appropriate label, enter the phone number or  
address and press  
.
.
.
5. Press Save (left softkey).  
– or –  
1. Press the navigation key right to display the Contacts list.  
2. Highlight an entry and press Options (right softkey).  
3. Highlight AddContact and press  
.
4. Follow steps 3-5 above.  
Tip: You can also add a new Contacts entry by entering a number from standby  
mode. See “Saving a Phone Number” on page 28.  
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory  
87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Finding Contacts List Entries  
There are several ways to display your Contacts entries: by name, by  
speed dial number, by Sprint PCS Ready Link List, and by voice tags.  
Follow the steps outlined in the sections below to display entries  
from the Contacts list menu.  
FindingNames  
TofindContactslistentriesbyname:  
1. Press the navigation key right to display the Contacts list.  
2. Scroll to select your desired entry or press Options (rightsoftkey),  
select the option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Find:FullName will search the entry by part of the name.  
Ⅲ
Find:FirstName will search the entry by first name.  
3. Enter the first letter of the name or part of the name. (The  
display shows the entries beginning with the letter entered.)  
4. To display the entry’s details, select your desired entry and  
press  
.
5. To make the call, press  
,
, or Call (left softkey).  
TofindSprintPCSReadyLinkListentries:  
1. Press the navigation key right to display your Contacts list.  
2. Press Goto (left softkey). Highlight your desired list and press  
.
Ⅲ
PhoneBook to display the Contacts list.  
Ⅲ
CompanyList to display the Company List.  
Ⅲ
CompanyGrps. to display the Company Group List.  
Ⅲ
PersonalList to display the Personal List.  
Ⅲ
PersonalGrps. to display the Personal Group List.  
3. Scroll through the list to select your desired entry.  
Note: The Go to (left softkey) option does not appear when Sprint PCS Ready Link  
mode is set to Disable (see page 147), or Sprint PCS Ready Link is locked (see  
page 65).  
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory  
88  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FindingSpeedDialNumbers  
Tofindphonenumbersyouhavestoredinspeeddiallocations:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Contacts and press  
.
3. Select SpeedDial#s and press . (The Speed Dial numbers list  
appears.)  
FindingVoiceTags  
TofindVoiceTagsinyourphone:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
.
2. You’ll hear a tone followed by the prompt. Say “Tools.”  
3. After the prompt, say “ReviewVoiceTag.” (The list of Voice tags  
appears.)  
Contacts List Entry Options  
To access a contact’s options, display the Contacts list, highlight an  
entry and press . Then select a phone number and press Options  
(right softkey). To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
Edit to edit the selected entry.  
ⅷ
Call to dial the selected number.  
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to dial the phone number in speakerphone mode.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
SendMessage to send a text message, picture, or video (mobile  
numbers only). (See page 196 and 239 for details.)  
CallAlarm to set a call alarm for the entry. (See page 98 for Call  
Alarm.)  
SetSpeedDial to assign speed dial numbers to your favorite  
entries. (See “Assigning Speed Dial Numbers” on page 91.)  
Prepend to alter a phone number by adding numbers to the  
beginning of the entry. (See “Prepending a Phone Number From  
Call History” on page 85.)  
ⅷ
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to your Ready Link  
Personal List. (Only appears when Sprint PCS Ready Link mode is  
set to Enable and the number does not match any stored entry in  
your Personal List.)  
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adding a Phone Number to a Contacts Entry  
Toaddaphonenumbertoanentry:  
1. Press the navigation key right to display the Contacts list.  
2. Scroll to the entry you wish to add and press  
3. Select a phone number, press Options (right softkey), highlight  
Edit, and press  
4. Select the label field you want to add and press  
.
.
.
5. Enter the number and press  
.
6. Press Save (left softkey).  
Editing a Contacts Entry  
Tomakechangestoanentry:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Scroll to the entry you wish to edit and press  
.
3. Select a phone number, press Options (right softkey), highlight  
Edit, and press  
.
– or –  
Select an email address or Web address and press Edit (right  
softkey).  
4. Select the field you want to edit and press  
.
5. Edit the entry by using your keypad and press  
.
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save your changes.  
Erasing a Contact Entry From the List  
Toerasetheselectedentry:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Scroll to the entry you wish to delete by using the navigation  
key and press Options (right softkey).  
3. Highlight EraseContact and press  
4. Select Yes and press  
.
.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory  
90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Assigning Speed Dial Numbers  
With this feature you can dial Contacts Directory entries with one  
key press for locations 2-9. For details on how to make calls using  
speed dial numbers, see “Using Speed Dialing” on page 31.  
ToassignSpeedDial:  
1. Press  
2. Select Contacts and press  
3. Select SpeedDial#s and press  
4. Select an available speed dial location and press  
5. Select an entry from the list and press  
6. Select the phone number you want to set as a speed dial and  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
.
.
press  
.
– or –  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Scroll to your desired entry in the Contacts list and press  
.
3. Select the phone number you want to set as a speed dial and  
press Options (right softkey).  
4. Highlight SetSpeedDial and press  
.
5. Select an available speed dial location and press  
.
Note: If you attempt to assign an already in-use speed dial location to a new  
phone number, a dialog will appear asking if you wish to overwrite the existing  
speed dial assignment. Select Yes to assign the location to the new phone  
number or No to cancel. To delete the previous speed dial assignment, select  
Unassign.  
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Assigning an Image to a Contacts Entry  
You can assign an image to a Contacts entry. The image is displayed  
when the entry calls you.  
Toassignanimageforanentry:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Select the entry for which you want to assign the image and  
press  
3. Press Options (right softkey), highlight Edit, and press  
you are selecting email/web address, press Edit (right softkey).  
4. Scroll down to the box next to icon and press  
.
or if  
.
5. Select your desired option and press , then select your  
desired image and press OK (left softkey).  
6. Press OK (left softkey) to assign and then press Save (left  
softkey) to save.  
ToswitchtheContactslistdisplaymode:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Press Options (right softkey), select Thumbnail or List and  
press  
to switch between Thumbnail/List’s display mode.  
Selecting a Ringer for an Entry  
You can assign a ringer type to a Contacts entry so you can identify  
the caller by the ringer type. (See “Ringer Types” on page 36.)  
Toselectaringertypeforanentry:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Select the entry for which you want to set the incoming ringer  
and press  
3. Press Options (right softkey), highlight Edit, and press  
you are selecting email/web address, press Edit (right softkey).  
4. Scroll down to the box next to icon and press  
.
or if  
.
5. Scroll to your desired ringer and press . (When you highlight  
a ringer type, a sample ringer will sound.)  
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save the ringer type.  
Note: If you set an animation ringer (indicated with the  
icon) and an image,  
your Sprint PCS Phone plays the ringer (audio) of the animation ringer and  
displays the image you selected.  
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory  
92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Secret Contacts Entries  
You can hide an entry’s phone number(s) and require your lock code  
to edit the entry by making it secret. The entry name is still displayed,  
but the entry’s phone numbers are replaced with “<Secret>”.  
Tomakeanentrysecret:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Scroll to the Contacts entry you want to tag as secret.  
3. Press Options (right softkey) to display the menu options.  
4. Highlight SetSecret and press  
.
5. Enter the 4-digit lock code.  
6. Select On and press  
.
Tomakeanentrypublic:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Scroll to the Contacts entry you want to tag as public.  
3. Press Options (right softkey) to display the menu options.  
4. Highlight SetSecret and press  
.
5. Enter the 4-digit lock code.  
6. Select Off and press  
.
Tip: If you can’t recall your lock code, try using the last four digits of either your  
Social Security number or your Sprint PCS Phone Number or try 0000.  
If none of these work, call Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4PCS (4727).  
Dialing Sprint PCS Services  
Your Contacts list is preprogrammed with contact numbers for  
various Sprint PCS Services. You must be in digital mode to access  
Sprint PCS Services.  
Todialaservice:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Contacts and press  
.
.
3. Select Services and press  
4. Select CustomerService, DirAssistance, AccountInfo,  
SprintOperator, or VoiceCommand and press  
.
5. Press  
or  
.
– or –  
Press Options (right softkey), highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn,  
and press  
.
Section 2G: Using the Contacts Directory  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2H  
Personal Organizer  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ManagingtheScheduler  
UsingYourPhone’sScheduler  
UsingtheCallAlarmFeature  
UsingtheToDoList  
PurgingAllEvents, CallAlarms, orToDoListItems  
PersonalInformationManagement  
UsingYourPhone’sTools  
DownloadingFilesThroughSprintPCSVision  
YourSprintPCSVisionPhoneisequippedwithseveralpersonal  
informationmanagementfeaturesthathelpyoumanageyourbusy  
lifestyle. This section shows you how to use these features to turn  
your phone into a time management planner that helps you keep  
up with your contacts, schedules, and commitments. It takes  
productivity to a whole new level.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
94  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Managing the Scheduler  
Use the Calendar to remind you of events or important calls you need  
to make. You can schedule up to 100 events, 15 Call Alarms, and  
20 To-Do List items.  
DisplayingYour Calendar  
Todisplayyourcalendar:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
.
3. Select Calendar and press  
.
Note: In a no-service area or an analog service area, it’s necessary to set the  
actual time and date to use the Calendar function after removing and installing  
your battery. Set the current Time/Date by using numeric keys and/or the  
navigation key (Right/Left: move cursor, Up/Down: change value). You can set  
any time from 12:00 AM, Jan 1, 2000 to 11:59 PM, Dec 31, 2099.  
Setting Holidays  
You can set your personal holidays by displaying the date in red on  
the Calendar display. The default holidays displayed in red are  
Sundays and national holidays.  
Note: You can set holidays from Jan 1, 2000 to Dec 31, 2020.  
Tosetpersonalholidays:  
1. From the Calendar display, highlight the day you want to set to  
the holiday by using the navigation key.  
2. Press Options (right softkey), highlight Holiday, and press  
.
3. Highlight SetDate or SetWeekly from the options and press  
.
Ⅲ
SetDate sets the selected date for the holiday.  
Ⅲ
SetWeekly sets weekly holidays.  
Ⅲ
ResetDate resets the holiday setting for the selected date.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
ResetWeekly resets the weekly holiday setting.  
ResetAll resets all the holiday settings and returns to the  
default settings.  
Tip: If you selected Set Weekly, Reset Weekly, or Reset All, you’ll be prompted to  
select Yes or No.  
Tip: The current day is framed by a rectangle.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UsingYour Phone’s Scheduler  
Adding an Event to the Scheduler  
Your Scheduler helps organize your time and reminds you of  
important events (up to 100 events).  
Toaddanevent:  
1. From the Calendar display (see the previous page), select the  
day you want to add an event and press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight AddEvent and press  
3. Select Schedule and press  
.
.
4. Enter the description using your keypad and press  
press Mode [right softkey] to select a description from  
“From To Do List”).  
(or  
Note: The “From To Do List ”option will not appear if there are no items stored in  
the To Do List. See “Adding To Do List Items” on page 101 for details.  
5. Select the following items and press  
.
Ⅲ
Description to enter a description of your event (up to 14  
characters).  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
From to schedule the start time.  
To to schedule the end time.  
Location to edit the location of your event (up to 14  
characters).  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Alarm to select your desired ringer.  
AlarmTime to edit the alarm time (number of hours or  
minutes before the event starts). Default alarm time is 10  
minutes before.  
Ⅲ
Repeat to set the event’s repeating status. Select None, Daily,  
Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly.  
6. Press Save (left softkey) to schedule the event.  
Tip: The date you have scheduled events for is indicated by “ ”.  
Tip: Press the navigation key up or down to scroll by week through the Scheduler  
calendar and the Side Volume key to scroll by month.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
96  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Event Alerts  
There are several ways your Sprint PCS Vision Phone alerts you of  
scheduled events:  
ⅷ
By playing the alert tone (depending on the Ringer Type and  
Ringer Volume setting).  
ⅷ
By blinking the LED.  
ⅷ
By displaying the event’s description on the Main LCD when the  
flip is open.  
ⅷ
By displaying the event’s description on the Sub LCD when the  
flip is closed.  
ⅷ
By lighting the LCD backlight (depending on the backlight setting).  
EventAlert Menu  
When you have an event alarm scheduled, your phone alerts you and  
displays the  
icon and the event summary.  
Torespondtoaneventalert:  
ᮣ
Press  
to see the event details.  
Ⅲ
Press Snooze (left softkey) to repeat the alarm in ten minutes.  
Ⅲ
Press Dismiss (right softkey) to dismiss the event and return  
to standby mode.  
Note: If you press  
appears in standby mode. Press Events (right softkey) to display the event and  
press to see the event details.  
before checking your event, Events (right softkey)  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the CallAlarm Feature  
Adding a CallAlarm to the Scheduler  
You can set call alarms to notify you when you need to place a call.  
The call alarm will let you know when and to whom to place a  
scheduled call. You can set up to 15 call alarms.  
ToaddacallalarmtotheScheduler:  
1. From the Calendar display (see page 95), select the day you  
want to add an event and press Options (right softkey).  
2. Select AddEvent and press  
.
3. Select CallAlarm and press  
.
4. Enter the phone number directly or press Options (right softkey)  
for options.  
Ⅲ
FromPh. Book to select the desired number from your  
Contacts list.  
Ⅲ
Voicemail to select the number for voicemail access.  
5. Select the following items and press  
.
Ⅲ
Time/Date to edit the start time and date.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Alarm to select the ringer alarm.  
Repeat to set the Call Alarm’s repeat status. Select None,  
Daily, Weekly, Monthly, or Yearly.  
6. Press Save (left softkey).  
Tip: You can also add a call alarm from the Contacts menu (see “Contacts List  
Entry Options” on page 89).  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CallAlarm Alerts  
There are several ways your Sprint PCS Phone alerts you of a  
scheduled call alarm:  
ⅷ
By playing the alert tone (depending on the Ringer Type and  
Ringer Volume setting).  
ⅷ
By blinking the LED.  
ⅷ
By displaying the call alarm notification on the Main LCD when  
the flip is open.  
ⅷ
By displaying the call alarm notification on the Sub LCD when the  
flip is closed.  
ⅷ
By lighting the LCD backlight (depending on the backlight setting).  
CallAlarm Menu  
When you have scheduled a call alarm, your phone alerts you and  
displays the  
icon and the name or phone number you wish to call.  
Torespondtoacallalarm:  
ᮣ
Press  
or  
to dial the phone number.  
Ⅲ
Press  
to make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call (if applicable).  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Press  
to see the event details.  
Press Snooze (left softkey) to repeat the alarm.  
Press Dismiss (right softkey) to dismiss the call alarm and  
return to standby mode.  
Note: If you press  
appears in standby mode. Press Events (right softkey) to display the event and  
press to see the call alarm details.  
before checking your event, Events (right softkey)  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Editing an Event or CallAlarm  
Toeditaneventorcallalarm:  
1. From the Calendar display (see page 95), select the date for  
which you set events and press  
.
2. Select one of the events or call alarms and press . (The event  
or call alarm details appear.)  
3. Select the information you want to edit and press  
.
4. Enter or select a new setting and press  
.
5. Press Save (left softkey).  
Viewing a Future or Past Day’s Scheduled Events  
Toviewafutureorpastday’sscheduledevents:  
1. From the Calendar display (see page 95), press Options (right  
softkey).  
2. Highlight GoToDate and press  
.
3. Enter the date by using numeric keys and the navigation key  
and press  
4. Press  
or OK (left softkey).  
once again to view the day’s event list.  
Erasing an Event or CallAlarm  
Toeraseascheduledeventorcallalarm:  
1. From the Calendar display (see page 95), select the date for  
which you set events and press  
.
2. Select one of the events or call alarms and press Options (right  
softkey).  
3. Highlight EraseEvent and press  
4. Select Yes and press  
.
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using theTo Do List  
Adding To Do List Items  
Your phone can store and manage up to 20 To Do List items.  
ToaddanitemtoyourToDoList:  
1. From the Calendar display (see page 95), press Options (right  
softkey).  
2. Highlight ToDoList and press  
3. Press Options (right softkey).  
4. Highlight AddItem and press  
.
.
5. Enter the description (up to 14 characters) and press  
.
6. Select Priority and press to edit the To Do’s priority.  
You can select from Normal, Urgent, or Done.  
7. Press Save (left softkey).  
Viewing theTo Do List  
ToviewyourToDoList:  
1. From the Calendar display (see page 95), press Options (right  
softkey).  
2. Highlight ToDoList and press  
.
Ⅲ
To see the details of each To Do List item, select an item and  
press  
.
EditingTo Do List Items  
ToeditaToDoListitem:  
1. From the To Do List display, highlight the item you want to edit  
and press  
.
2. Select the information you want to edit and press  
3. Edit the description or change the priority and press  
4. Press Save (left softkey).  
.
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adding aTo Do List Item to the Scheduler  
ToaddyourToDoListitemtothescheduler:  
1. From the To Do List display (see the previous page), select the  
item you want to add to the schedule and press Options (right  
softkey).  
2. Highlight AddToSchedule and press  
.
Ⅲ
AddToSchedule to extract the item from the To Do List and  
make it a scheduled event.  
3. Enter the description using your keypad and press . (See  
“Adding an Event to the Scheduler” on page 96 for entering.)  
4. Press Save (left softkey).  
Deleting Items From theTo Do List  
TodeleteToDoListitems:  
1. From the To Do List display (see the previous page), highlight  
the item you want to erase and press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight your desired option and press  
.
Ⅲ
EraseItem to erase an item from the To Do List.  
Ⅲ
EraseSelection to erase multiple selected To Do List items at  
one time. Press  
to check the box(es) next to the To Do  
List item(s) you want to delete and press Erase (left softkey)  
to erase. To check all boxes, press Options (right softkey),  
highlight CheckAll, and press  
.
Ⅲ
EraseAll to erase all To Do List items.  
3. Select Yes and press  
.
Note: If you have saved a To Do List item to the scheduler, deleting it from the  
To Do List will not delete it from the scheduler. To remove an item saved to the  
scheduler, see “Erasing an Event or Call Alarm” on page 100.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Viewing Memory inYour Scheduler  
Toviewavailablememoryspaceandoptions:  
1. From the Calendar display (see page 95), press Options (right  
softkey).  
2. Highlight ViewMemory and press  
.
3. Select Schedule, CallAlarm, or ToDoList and press . (The  
available memory space and options display.)  
For further options:  
4. Press Options (right softkey).  
5. Highlight an option and press  
.
Ⅲ
EraseOld deletes old events or call alarms.  
Ⅲ
EraseSelection deletes the To Do List items you selected.  
(See “Deleting Items From the To Do List ” on the  
previous page.)  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
EraseDone deletes the To Do List items that have been  
completed.  
EraseAll deletes all events, call alarms, or To Do List items.  
6. Select Yes or No and press  
.
PurgingAll Events,CallAlarms,or  
To Do List Items  
Todeleteallscheduledevents,callalarms,orToDoListitems:  
1. From the Calendar display (see page 95), press Options (right  
softkey).  
2. Highlight EraseMemory and press  
.
3. Select one item from the options and press  
.
Ⅲ
EraseOld deletes old events, call alarms, and To Do List items  
that are done.  
Ⅲ
EraseAll deletes all events, call alarms, and To Do List items.  
4. Select Yes and press  
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Personal Information Management  
DisplayingYour UserAddress  
Todisplaythephone’scurrentuseraddress:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select PhoneInfo and press  
.
4. Select Phone#/UserID and press  
.
Ⅲ
If you sign out, <PCS Vision Disabled> appears on the display.  
Finding Icon Definitions  
Toviewanexplanationoficonsthatappearonthedisplay:  
1. Press to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select PhoneInfo and press  
.
4. Select Help and press  
.
5. Select the item for which you want to see the explanation and  
press . (The icon’s explanation appears.)  
Displaying the Version Information  
Todisplaytheversionnumberofthesoftware,hardware,PRL  
(PreferredRoamingList),PRI(ProductReleaseInstructions),etc.,  
installedonyourSprintPCSPhone:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select PhoneInfo and press  
4. Select Version and press  
.
.
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Displaying Advanced Information  
Todisplayadvancedinformationsuchastechnologyandfrequency:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select PhoneInfo and press  
4. Select Advanced and press  
.
.
.
UsingYour Phone’sTools  
In addition to helping you be more efficient and organized, your  
Sprint PCS Vision Phone offers useful and entertaining tools.  
Using the Alarm Clock  
Your phone comes with a built-in alarm clock with alarm capabilities.  
You can set up to 5 alarms. This feature is also available while your  
phone is turned off.  
Tousethealarmclock:  
1. Press  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select Clock and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Select AlarmClock and press  
.
Ⅲ
Press Settings (right softkey) to set the RingerLength or  
SnoozeInterval.  
5. Select an unassigned number and press  
.
6. Select the following items and press  
.
Ⅲ
Alarm to set the alarm On/Off. Select On and press  
.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Time to enter the alarm time. Enter the desired alarm time  
and press  
Repeat to select the alarm frequency. Select Once, Daily,  
.
Weekday, or your desired day of the week and press  
.
Description to enter a description of the alarm.  
7. Press Save (left softkey) to save the alarm settings.  
Note: In a no-service area or an analog service area, it’s necessary to set the  
actual time and date to use the Alarm Clock function after removing and  
installing your battery.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Tostopthealarm:  
ᮣ
Press any key to stop the alarm.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Press  
to see the alarm details.  
Press Snooze (left softkey) to repeat the alarm.  
Press Dismiss (right softkey) to dismiss the alarm.  
Using theWorld Clock  
This feature is available only in digital service areas.  
Tosettheworldclockdisplay:  
1. Press  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select Clock and press  
4. Select WorldClock and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
.
5. The world clock display appears.  
Ⅲ
Press the navigation key right or left to change countries.  
Tip: Press Summer (left softkey) or Standard (right softkey) to select between  
daylight savings and standard time (if applicable). The icon is shown in  
summer mode.  
Using the StopWatch  
Tostartthestopwatch:  
1. Press  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select Clock and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Select StopWatch and press  
.
Ⅲ
Press Start (left softkey) to start the stop watch operation.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Press Stop (left softkey) to stop the stop watch operation.  
Press Resume (left softkey) to start the stop watch operation  
again.  
Torecordalaptimewhilethestopwatchisrunning:  
Ⅲ
Press Lap (right softkey) to record time of first lap.  
Ⅲ
Press Lap (right softkey) again to record next lap. (You may  
continue this until lap 5.)  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Todisplaythestopwatchoptions:  
1. During stop watch operation, press Options (right softkey).  
2. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Ⅲ
GotoLapList to display a Lap List. Press Detail (left softkey) to  
display the lap list detail or press Options (right softkey) for  
the further options.  
Ⅲ
EditTitle to edit the current lap list’s title.  
EraseThis to erase an individual Lap List.  
EraseAll to erase all existing Lap List.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
SavetoLapList to save the recorded lap times.  
Reset to reset the time to zero and clear any recorded lap  
times.  
Using the Calculator  
Your phone comes with a built-in calculator.  
Tousethecalculator:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
.
3. Select Calculator and press  
.
4. Enter numbers using your keypad. (Press the left softkey to  
insert a decimal point.)  
5. Press the appropriate navigation key for an arithmetic option  
(Up for addition, Down for subtraction, Left for multiplication,  
Right for division).  
6. Enter numbers and press  
for the result.  
Ⅲ
To clear the numbers, press CLR (right softkey).  
Ⅲ
To exit the calculator, press  
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Downloading FilesThrough Sprint PCSVision  
Your Sprint PCS Phone allows you to download images (screen savers),  
ringers, games, etc., from a Sprint PCS Vision connection. It is also  
possible to download from certain menus (Contacts list, Ringer  
Setting, or Display Setting).  
TodownloadafilefromtheDownloadsmenu:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
Shortcut: Instead of steps 1 and 2 above, press the navigation key down.  
3. Press Options (right softkey) to display options.  
4. Select GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and  
display the Downloads main screen.)  
5. Select your desired file and follow the system prompts.  
– or –  
1. Follow steps 1-2 above.  
2. Select your desired data folder (for example, Games, Ringers, or  
Screen Savers) and press  
.
3. Select GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and  
display the category’s main screen.)  
4. Select your desired file and follow the system prompts.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TodownloadafilefromaContactslistentry:  
1. Press the navigation key right.  
2. Scroll to the entry for which you want to set the downloaded  
ringer or image and press  
3. Select a phone number and press Options (right softkey),  
highlight Edit, and press  
4. Scroll down to the box next to or  
.
.
and press  
.
5. Scroll to GetNew and press . (The browser launches and  
displays the Download page.)  
6. Select your desired image or ringer file and follow the system  
prompts.  
TodownloadaringerfilefromtheRingerSettingmenu:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Sounds and press  
.
4. Select RingerType and press  
.
5. Select one item from VoiceCalls, Voicemail, Messaging, or  
Calendar/Alarm, and press  
.
Ⅲ
For VoiceCalls, select WithCallerID or NoCallerID.  
6. Press , scroll to GetNew, and press . (The browser  
launches and displays the Download page.)  
7. Select your desired ringer file and follow the system prompts.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TodownloadaringerfilefromtheStart-up/Power-offTonemenu:  
1. Select Others during step 4 on the previous page and press  
.
2. Select Start-upTone or Power-offTone and press  
.
3. Scroll to GetNew and press . (The browser launches and  
displays the Download page.)  
4. Select your desired ringer file and follow the system prompts.  
TodownloadanimagefilefromtheDisplaySettingmenu  
(AnimationandIncomingCalls):  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select Display and press  
.
4. Select Animation or IncomingCalls and press  
.
Ⅲ
For Animation, select Standby, OutgoingCalls, or  
ServiceSearch.  
5. Press , scroll to GetNew, and press . (The browser  
launches and displays the Download page.)  
6. Select your desired image file and follow the system prompts.  
TodownloadanimagefilefromtheScreenSavermenu:  
1. Select StandbyDisplay during step 4 above and press  
2. Select MainLCD or SubLCD and press  
3. Select ScreenSaver and press  
.
.
.
4. Press , scroll to GetNew, and press . (The browser  
launches and displays the Download page.)  
5. Select your desired image file and follow the system prompts.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Confirming the Downloaded Data  
The downloaded data will automatically be classified as games,  
ringers, images (screen savers), or applications. However, if any data  
has a different category, it will be classified as dynamic (the folder  
name is variable). If data doesn’t belong to any of the above, it will be  
classified as others.  
Toconfirmthedownloadeddata:  
1. Press  
2. Select Downloads and press  
3. Select your desired data folder (for example, Games, Ringers, or  
ScreenSavers) and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Select the downloaded data you want to confirm and press  
.
Tip: The names of dynamic folders are variable depending on data.  
You can manage your contents in the browser.  
ToconfirmyourContentManager:  
1. Press  
2. Select Downloads and press  
3. Press Options (right softkey), select MyContentManager, and  
press to launch the browser.  
to access the main menu.  
.
Tip: You can also access your Content Manager from any folder in the  
Downloads menu. After selecting a folder, select My Content Manager and  
press  
to launch the browser.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Downloaded Data Options  
SelectingDownloadSettings  
This feature is available when you select a Java application.  
Toselectthesettingsforthedownloadeddata:  
1. Press  
2. Select Downloads and press  
3. Select Games or Applications and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Select the data for which you want to select settings and press  
Options (right softkey).  
5. Highlight Settings and press  
.
6. Select NetworkAccess, PushRegistry, GPSAccess, or  
FileConnection and press  
.
Ⅲ
NetworkAccess to select the Network Access availability.  
Ⅲ
PushRegistry to select the availability to communicate with  
other mobile phones such as chat or match-up games (if  
applicable).  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
GPSAccess to select the GPS Access availability.  
FileConnection to select the File Connection availability.  
7. Use your navigation key to select AlwaysAllow, Ask, NeverAllow  
for Network Access, Push Registry, or File Connection, or  
Ask, NeverAllow for GPS Access.  
8. Press  
to save the setting.  
AssigningtheDownloadedData  
Toassignthedownloadeddata:  
1. Press  
2. Select Downloads and press  
3. Select Ringers or ScreenSavers and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Select the data you want to assign and press Options (right  
softkey).  
5. Highlight Setas and press  
.
6. Highlight the menu you want to assign and press  
.
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SortingtheDownloadedData  
The files downloaded via the Web are stored in alphabetical order.  
You may also store the data in memory size order.  
Tosortdownloadedfiles:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
3. Select a folder and press  
.
4. Press Options (right softkey).  
5. Highlight Sortby from the options and press  
6. Highlight your desired option (Name, Size or Date) and press  
.
.
7. Highlight Ascending or Descending and press  
.
ViewingtheDownloadedDataSize  
This feature allows you to confirm each downloaded file’s size and  
the remaining download capacity.  
Toviewthedatasize:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
3. Select a folder and press  
.
4. Press Options (right softkey).  
5. Highlight Icon/Size and press . (Data size is displayed at the  
left of the downloaded data name.)  
ViewingtheMemorySpace  
This feature allows you to confirm how much memory is left and may  
be used for downloading files.  
Toviewtheavailablememoryspace:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
3. Press Options (right softkey).  
4. Highlight ViewMemory and press . (Used and Free memory  
size are displayed.)  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Erasing the Downloaded Data  
Toerasetheselecteddownloadeddata:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
3. Select a folder and press  
.
4. Select the downloaded data you want to erase and press  
Options (right softkey).  
5. Highlight Erase and press  
.
6. Highlight Yes and press  
to erase the data.  
Toerasealldownloadeddatainafolder:  
1. Press to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
3. Select a folder and press , then press Options (right softkey).  
.
4. Highlight EraseAll and press  
.
5. Highlight Yes and press  
to erase all data in the folder you  
selected.  
Note: It takes a while when you erase a large amount of downloaded data.  
Some data will remain if you answer an incoming call during the erasing process.  
Section 2H: Personal Organizer  
114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2I  
Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
UsingAutomaticSpeechRecognition  
UsingtheVoiceRecorder  
SettingUpScreenCall  
YourSprintPCSVisionPhone’sVoiceServicesletyouplacecallsusing  
yourvoice, storevoicereminders, andrecordmemosrightonyourphone.  
This section includes easy-to-follow instructions on using voice-  
activated dialing and managing voice recordings.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Automatic Speech Recognition  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone is equipped with an Automatic Speech  
Recognition (ASR) feature. This feature allows you to make calls or  
use the phone’s functions by simply using your voice. All you have to  
do is to talk into the phone, and the phone will recognize your voice  
and complete tasks by itself. You can activate Automatic Speech  
Recognition whether the phone is open or closed.  
ActivatingAutomatic Speech Recognition  
ToactivateAutomaticSpeechRecognition:  
ᮣ
From standby mode, press and hold  
– or –  
or  
.
ᮣ
From standby mode, press  
.
The phone displays the Command menu and prompts you to say the  
name of the command you want to use. To complete your task,  
simply follow the voice prompts. You can speak the name of the  
command when you hear “Say a command.”  
ThefollowingisalistofavailableASRcommands:  
ⅷ
Contact to call an entry in your Contacts list. (See next page for  
details.)  
ⅷ
DialNumber to dial a phone number by speaking the number.  
(See page 118 for details.)  
ⅷ
CallVoiceTag to find the name or phone number stored in the  
Voice Tag List. (See page 119 for details.)  
ⅷ
FindContact to find an entry stored in your Contacts list.  
(See page 118 for details.)  
ⅷ
International to make an international call.  
ⅷ
PhoneStatus to notify you of your phone number, the current  
signal strength, and the battery level.  
ⅷ
Tools to select additional commands from Digit Training,  
Add Voice Tag, Review Voice Tag or Erase Voice Tag.  
ⅷ
Help to get instructions for Automatic Speech Recognition of  
voice call.  
ⅷ
ReadyLink to place a Ready Link call from the Sprint PCS Ready  
Link List. (See page 122 for details.)  
Tip: You can also activate Automatic Speech Recognition with the flip closed.  
Press  
to activate the Command menu and simply follow the voice prompts.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note: The speech recognition system will wait 7.5 seconds for you to respond to  
a prompt. After 7.5 seconds, the phone will display an error message and your  
command will be cancelled.  
Note: If your phone is unable to recognize an ASR command after three  
attempts, an error message will appear on the display and the phone will return  
to standby mode.  
Making aVoice Call by UsingASR  
With ASR, you can make a voice call by speaking a name, phone  
number, or using a voice tag.  
Tomakeavoicecallbyspeakinganame:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “Contact” to your phone.  
3. Say the full name of a contact in your Contacts list (e.g., “John  
Jones”).  
4. Say the label you’d like to call (e.g., “Mobile”).  
Shortcut: To execute several commands at a time, you can also say several  
commands continuously (e.g. “Contact, John Jones, Mobile”).  
5. The phone will automatically place a call if it recognizes your  
voice.  
6. When you are finished, press  
.
Note: If the phone does not recognize the name, the phone will find the closest  
match in your Contacts list and display a list of up to three names. You will hear  
the voice prompt “Did you say…” followed by the matched name. You can  
confirm the name by saying “Yes,” or change the selection by saying “No.”  
Tip: During ASR operation, you can also select your desired items by using the  
navigation key or pressing available softkeys on the display.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Tomakeacallbyspeakingaphonenumber:  
1. Press and hold or to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “DialNumber” to your phone.  
3. Say the digits of the phone number using a natural voice.  
Shortcut: You can also say “Dial Number” followed by the number you want to call.  
4. The phone automatically places the call if it recognizes  
your voice.  
5. When you are finished, press  
.
Note: If the phone does not recognize the number, the phone will find the most  
likely match number and display a list of up to three numbers. You will hear the  
voice prompt “Did you say…” followed by the matched number. You can confirm  
the number by saying “Yes,” or say “No” to change the selection.  
Finding Contacts List Entries  
This feature allows you to find the entry in your Contacts list by  
saying the name.  
TofindacontactintheContactslist:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “FindContact” to your phone.  
3. Say the full name of a contact in your Contacts list (e.g., “John  
Jones”).  
4. The phone will display the contact details for the recognized  
name.  
5. To make a call, select the desired number from the list by using  
your navigation key and press  
or  
.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making a Call Using a VoiceTag  
With a voice tag you record, your phone will automatically dial a  
phone number. Your phone can store up to 20 voice tags. (To create a  
voice tag, see “Programming a Voice Tag” below.)  
Tomakeacallbyusingavoicetag:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “CallVoiceTag” to your phone.  
3. Say your recorded voice tag.  
4. The phone automatically places the call if it recognizes your  
voice.  
5. When you are finished, press  
.
Tip: To redial your last outgoing call by using ASR, press  
or  
twice.  
Programming aVoiceTag  
Toprogramavoicetag:  
1. Press and hold  
2. Say “Tools.”  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
3. Say “AddVoiceTag.”  
4. Say the digits of the phone number. (The phone number will be  
repeated and you will be asked to verify.)  
5. Say “Yes” to confirm or “No” to cancel.  
6. Say the name of the person you want to add to this voice tag.  
7. Respond to the prompt by repeating the name after the beep.  
(You will hear a confirmation that voice tag has been  
successfully saved.)  
Tip: Record voice tags in a quiet environment.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ReviewingVoiceTags  
Toreviewvoicetags:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “Tools.”  
3. Say “ReviewVoiceTag.” (A review list will display and you will  
hear all of the names and phone numbers saved in the voice tag  
list.)  
Tip: During step 3 above, you can make a call to the highlighted number by  
pressing  
or  
.
Erasing aVoiceTag  
Toeraseavoicetag:  
1. Press and hold  
2. Say “ Tools.”  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
3. Say “EraseVoiceTag.”  
4. Say the name you want to erase from your voice tag list. (The  
name will be repeated and you will be asked to verify it.)  
5. Say “Yes” to confirm or “No” to cancel. (You will hear a  
confirmation that the voice tag has been successfully erased.)  
Tip: You can erase all voice tags through your phone’s Settings menu (see  
“Erasing All Voice Tags” on page 67).  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making International Calls by UsingASR  
Your phone’s ASR Dialing feature can dial the international access  
code when you are traveling outside of the United States.  
TomakeinternationalcallsbyusingASR:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “International.”  
3. Say the digits of the country code.  
4. Say the digits of the phone number.  
5. The phone automatically places the call if it recognizes your  
voice.  
6. When you are finished, press  
.
Note: If the phone does not recognize the country code/number, the phone will  
find the most likely match code/number and display a list of up to three numbers.  
You will hear the voice prompt “Did you say…” followed by the matched  
code/number. You can confirm the number by saying “Yes,” or say “No” to  
change the selection.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call by UsingASR  
You can place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call by using automatic speech  
recognition from your Sprint PCS Ready Link List. To make a  
Sprint PCS Ready Link Call, your phone’s Sprint PCS Ready Link mode  
must be set to Enable (see “Setting Sprint PCS Ready Link Mode” on  
page 147 for details).  
TomakeaSprintPCSReadyLinkCall:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “ReadyLink.” (Your Sprint PCS Ready Link List will display.)  
3. Choose from one of the following options:  
Ⅲ
Contact to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from the  
Personal List.  
Ⅲ
Group to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from the  
Personal Grps.  
Ⅲ
CompanyContact to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from  
the Company List. (if applicable).  
Ⅲ
CompanyGroup to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from the  
Company Group List (if applicable).  
Ⅲ
DialNumber to place a Sprint PCS Ready Link call by entering  
a number.  
Ⅲ
PhoneStatus to notify you of your phone number and the  
current signal strength.  
Ⅲ
Help to activate the Automatic Speech Recognition  
instruction of Ready Link call.  
4. Say “Contact,” “Group,” “CompanyContact,” “CompanyGroup,” or  
“DialNumber.”  
5. Say the contact’s name in your Sprint PCS Ready Link List or  
the digits of the phone number. (Wait for the prompt.)  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Respond to the prompt by saying the name or group name.  
Ⅲ
To place the call, press and hold  
. (See “Making and  
Receiving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call” on page 149 for  
details.)  
Tip: If you say “Contact” or “Dial Number” during step 4 on the previous page,  
you can say following commands continuously (e.g., “Contact, John Jones” or  
“Dial Number, 999-999-9999”).  
Tip: To redial the last Sprint PCS Ready Link call by using ASR with the flip open,  
press and hold  
on the side of your phone.  
Tip: You can also make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call to Contact, Group, and dialed  
number by using ASR with the flip closed. Press and hold  
voice prompts.  
, and follow the  
Using DigitTraining  
This feature allows you to train the phone to recognize your voice.  
You can get better recognition accuracy by programming your  
intonation pattern into your phone.  
ToprogramDigitTraining:  
1. Press and hold  
2. Say “Tools.”  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
3. Say “DigitTraining.”  
4. Say “Start” or press Start (left softkey) to start programming.  
5. Follow the voice prompts and recite the digits into your phone’s  
microphone. (A voice prompt will indicate the current rate of  
adaptation.)  
6. Respond to the voice prompt repeatedly until adaptation is  
complete. (When you are finished training, you will hear a  
confirmation that the adaptation has been successfully  
completed.)  
Note: Try digit training in a quiet environment for the best results. When you train,  
make sure you speak clearly and distinctly in your natural voice.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ToactivateDigitTraining:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “Tools.”  
3. Say “DigitTraining.”  
4. Say “On” or press On (right softkey) to activate the existing data.  
(A voice prompt will announce the activation of digit training.)  
TodeactivateDigitTraining:  
1. Follow steps 1-3 above.  
2. Say “Off” or press Off (right softkey) to deactivate the existing  
data. (A voice prompt will announce the deactivation of digit  
training. The adaptation returns to its default setting.)  
Phone Status Command  
This feature uses a voice prompt to tell you your phone number and  
current signal strength.  
ToactivatePhoneStatusCommand:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “PhoneStatus.” (You will hear your phone number and signal  
strength.)  
ASR Help Command  
This feature will help you learn the basics of using automatic speech  
recognition.  
ToactivateHelpCommand:  
1. Press and hold  
or  
to activate the Command menu.  
2. Say “Help.” (You will hear a brief summary of available automatic  
speech recognition commands.)  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using theVoice Recorder  
This feature allows you to record voice data in standby mode.  
Your phone can store up to 20 voice recordings and the total  
available recording time is 60 minutes.  
Tip: If you haven’t signed up for Sprint PCS Ready Link service and Ready Link  
mode is set to “Disable,” you can use the Ready Link/Recorder button (  
Voice Recorder button in standby mode.  
) as a  
Displaying theVoice Recorder Menu  
Todisplaythevoicerecordermenu:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select VoiceServices and press  
4. Select VoiceRecorder and press  
.
.
.
Shortcut: You can also display the voice recorder menu by pressing Ready Link/  
Recorder button ( ) or Voice Rec (left softkey) in standby mode.  
*This shortcut becomes available when you disable Sprint PCS Ready Link mode.  
Recording aVoice Memo  
Torecordavoicememo:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Record or Record:Speaker  
and press  
.
2. Start recording after the beep.  
Ⅲ
Press Pause (right softkey) to pause the recording. To restart  
recording, press Record (right softkey).  
3. To finish recording, press  
,
, or  
.
Tosettheaudioquality:  
1. Display the voice recorder menu (see above).  
2. Select Record or Record:Speaker and press Settings (right  
softkey).  
3. Select AudioQuality and press  
.
4. Select High or Low and press  
.
Note: When Audio Quality setting is High, the total recording time will be  
reduced.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Recording aVoice Memo in the miniSD Card  
TorecordavoicememointheminiSDcard:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select SaveTo and press  
.
Ⅲ
Phone to save the voice recording to your phone.  
Ⅲ
miniSD to save the voice recording to the miniSD.  
2. Select miniSD and press  
.
3. To start recording, follow the steps 1-3 in “Recording a Voice  
Memo” on page 125.  
Note: The maximum number of files that can be stored and managed in the Voice  
folder on a miniSD is 1000 files.  
PlayingVoice Recordings  
Toplayindividualorallvoicerecordings:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play or Play:Speaker,  
and press  
.
2. Select VoiceData and press  
.
Ⅲ
Select miniSD if you want to play the voice recordings saved  
in the miniSD. (The miniSD option appears when the  
miniSD is inserted.)  
3. Highlight your desired recording from the list or highlight All if  
you want to play all voice recordings continuously.  
4. Press Play (left softkey) to play the recordings.  
Ⅲ
Press Speed (left softkey) to change the playing speed.  
Ⅲ
Press Pause (right softkey) to pause. To restart, press  
Play (right softkey).  
Toplayselectedvoicerecordings:  
1. Follow steps 1-2 above.  
2. Check the box(es) next to the voice recordings by pressing  
and press Options (right softkey).  
3. Highlight PlaySelected and press  
to play the selected  
recordings.  
Tip: Press and hold the navigation key right to fast-forward the recording;  
press and hold the navigation key left to fast-rewind.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Voice Recording Options  
Todisplaythevoicerecordingoptions:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play or Play:Speaker and  
press  
.
2. Select VoiceData and press  
.
3. Select your desired voice recording and press Options (right  
softkey) to display options.  
4. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Ⅲ
SpeakerOn/Off to switch speakerphone mode on or off.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
PlaySelected/PlayAll to play the selected or all the voice  
recordings.  
EditTitle to edit the title of the voice recordings. Edit the title  
and press OK (left softkey).  
GotoTime to set the starting point of the recordings. Enter  
the time you want to start, and press OK (left softkey).  
GotominiSD to access the Voice folder in the miniSD (if  
available).  
CopytominiSD to copy the phone’s voice recordings to the  
miniSD (if available).  
MovetominiSD to move the phone’s voice recordings to the  
miniSD (if available).  
Erase/EraseAll to erase the selected or all the voice  
recordings.  
Note: You must have a miniSD card inserted to view the miniSD options.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
miniSDVoice Folder Options  
You can also manage your voice recordings stored in the miniSD  
using several user options.  
TodisplaytheminiSDVoicefolderoptions:  
ᮣ
Access the Voice folder in the miniSD (see page 139) and press  
Options (right softkey). To select an option, highlight it and  
press  
.
Ⅲ
SpeakerOn/Off to switch speakerphone mode on or off.  
Ⅲ
PlaySelected/PlayAll to play the selected or all the voice  
recordings.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
EditTitle to edit the title of the voice recordings.  
GotoTime to set the starting point of the recordings.  
GotoPhone to access the phone’s voice data folder.  
Erase/EraseAll to erase the selected or all the voice  
recordings.  
Setting the Recording Guard  
With this feature, you can record voice recordings without any  
interruption such as incoming calls or service change notices.  
Tosettherecordingguard:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Record or Record:Speaker  
and press Settings (right softkey).  
2. Select RecordingGuard and press  
3. Select On or Off and press  
.
.
While Recording Guard is on, your phone’s standby screen will  
display “Phone Off”.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ErasingVoice Recordings  
Toeraseanindividualvoicerecordingssavedinthephone:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play or Play:Speaker  
and press  
2. Select VoiceData and press  
3. Press to check the box(es) next to the voice recording and  
press Options (right softkey).  
.
.
4. Select Erase and press  
.
5. Select Yes and press  
.
Toeraseallvoicerecordingssavedinthephone:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select EraseAll and press  
.
2. Select VoiceData and press  
3. Select Yes and press  
.
.
Tip: If you select All during step 2 above, you can erase all recordings (voice  
recordings and call memos) saved in the phone.  
Recording Call Memos  
You can use your phone’s Voice Services to record the other party’s  
voice during a phone call.  
Torecordacallmemo:  
1. During a call, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
.
3. Select VoiceServices and press  
.
4. Select CallMemo and press  
.
5. Select Record and press  
.
6. Start recording after the beep.  
7. To finish recording, press  
or  
.
Ⅲ
Recording also stops when the call is disconnected.  
Note: Memo recording is disabled while you are roaming in analog service areas.  
Note: Your phone can store up to 12 memos and the total available recording time  
is 72 seconds (maximum of 18 seconds per memo).  
Tip: Call Memos are stored with the date and time stamp in reverse  
chronological order.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reviewing Call Memos  
Toplaythecallmemosyouhaverecorded:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play or Play:Speaker and  
press  
.
2. Select CallMemo and press  
.
3. Select one memo from the list and press  
.
– or –  
If you want to play all of the memos continuously, select All and  
press  
.
4. Press  
to stop playing.  
Ⅲ
Press Slow (left softkey) or Fast (right softkey) to change the  
playing speed.  
Ⅲ
To play a more recent or older memo, press the navigation  
key right or left.  
Tip: To set the speakerphone mode on or off, press Options (right softkey),  
highlight Speaker On/Off, and press  
during step 3 above.  
Erasing Call Memos  
Toeraseanindividualcallmemo:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select Play or Play:Speaker and  
press  
.
2. Select CallMemo and press  
.
3. Select the memo you want to erase and press Options (right  
softkey).  
4. Highlight Erase and press  
.
5. Select Yes and press  
.
Toeraseallcallmemos:  
1. From the voice recorder menu, select EraseAll and press  
2. Select CallMemo and press  
3. Select Yes and press  
.
.
.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Up Screen Call  
This feature enables you to screen incoming calls by using a recorded  
announcement, either one that is pre-recorded or one that you record.  
Activating Screen Call  
TostartScreenCallwhenyouhaveincomingcalls:  
1. When the phone rings or vibrates, press Options (right softkey)  
to display the options.  
2. Highlight ScreenCall and press  
.
TosetAutoScreenCall:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select VoiceServices and press  
4. Select ScreenCall and press  
.
.
.
5. Select Auto and press  
.
6. Select On and press  
.
7. Set the answering time by using numeric keys or by pressing the  
navigation key up or down.  
8. Press  
or OK (left softkey). (The icon is displayed on the  
standby display.)  
Tip: If a new caller’s message is waiting, the  
icon appears on the display.  
The memos recorded while activating “Screen Call” are shown with the or  
icon in the Call Memo list ( : once played, : not played yet). To listen to the  
message, see “Reviewing Call Memos” on page 130.  
Tip: While the caller’s message is being recorded, press  
or press to stop recording and disconnects the call.  
to answer the call,  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting anAnnouncement for Screen Call  
ToselectaScreenCallannouncement:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select VoiceServices and press  
4. Select ScreenCall and press  
.
.
.
5. Select Announcement and press  
6. Depending on your preference, highlight Pre-Recorded or  
Custom and press  
.
.
RecordingYourNameforaPre-RecordedAnnouncement  
You can use a pre-recorded announcement with or without your  
name. If you record your name, your phone uses your name to  
announce that you are not available to answer the call.  
Torecordyourname:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select VoiceServices and press  
4. Select ScreenCall and press  
.
.
.
5. Select Announcement and press  
.
6. Select Pre-Recorded and press Edit (right softkey).  
7. Highlight RecordName and press  
.
Ⅲ
If your name has already been recorded, select Yes or No to  
overwrite the existing recording.  
8. Press  
9. Press  
to start the first recording.  
to stop recording.  
10. After the first recording, press  
again to start the second  
recording.  
11. Press  
to stop recording.  
Tip: Recording terminates automatically in 12 seconds.  
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Recording a CustomizedAnnouncement  
Torecordanannouncement:  
1. Follow steps 1-5 on the previous page.  
2. Select Custom and press Edit (right softkey).  
3. Highlight Record and press  
.
Ⅲ
When an announcement has already been recorded, select  
Yes or No to overwrite the existing recording.  
4. Press  
5. Press  
to start the first recording.  
to stop recording.  
6. After the first recording, press  
again to start the second  
recording.  
7. Press  
to stop recording.  
Tip: Recording terminates automatically in 12 seconds.  
Reviewing anAnnouncement  
Toreviewanannouncement:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select VoiceServices and press  
4. Select ScreenCall and press  
.
.
.
5. Select Announcement and press  
.
6. Select Pre-Recorded or Custom and press Edit (right softkey).  
7. Highlight Play or Play:Speaker and press  
.
Erasing anAnnouncement  
Toeraseanannouncement:  
1. Follow steps 1-6 above.  
2. Select EraseName to erase the name for a Pre-Recorded  
announcement and press  
.
– or –  
Select Erase to erase the message for a Custom announcement  
and press  
.
3. Select Yes and press  
.
Section 2I: Using Your Phone’s Voice Services  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2J  
Using the miniSD Card  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
UsingYourPhone’sminiSDCardandtheminiSDAdapter  
miniSDSettings  
miniSDFolders  
PlayingMediaPlayerintheminiSD  
SettingUptheDigitalPrintOrderFormat  
PrintingPicturesDirectlyFromYourPhone  
ConnectingYourPhonetoYourPC  
YourSprintPCSVisionMultimediaPhoneallowsyoutousetheminiSD  
cardanditsadaptertoexpandtheavailablememoryspace. Thishighly  
securedigitalcardenablesimages, music, andvoicedatatoquicklyand  
easilybeexchangedamongSD-compatibledevices.  
This section details the features and options of your phone’s miniSD  
functionality.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UsingYour Phone’s miniSD Card and the  
miniSDAdapter  
Using the miniSD Card  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Multimedia Phone is equipped with a 16MB  
miniSD (Secure Digital) memory card and its adapter to expand the  
phone’s available memory space. It allows you to easily store images,  
music, and voice data in your phone.  
InsertingtheminiSDCard  
1. Open the miniSD card slot by lifting the cover upward. Hold the  
miniSD card with the label side facing up and the notched  
corner on the right.  
2. Insert the card by sliding it into the slot and gently press down  
until it snaps into place.  
Ⅲ
Once you have inserted the miniSD card, your phone  
displays the icon.  
3. Close the slot cover.  
label side  
miniSD  
notched corner  
card slot  
Important Note: Be sure to use only recommended miniSD cards (8MB-1GB*).  
Using non-recommended miniSD cards could cause data loss and damage  
your phone. * We recommend using miniSD cards listed below.  
SANDISK: 16MB-1GB , PANASONIC: 8MB-128MB , TOSHIBA: 16MB-256MB ,  
LEXAR: 32MB-128MB  
(They have been tested and verified to work properly as of January, 2005.)  
Note: This phone does not support the miniSD card security function.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RemovingtheminiSDCard  
1. To remove the card, make sure the power is off. Open the  
miniSD card slot by lifting the cover upward. Push the top of the  
card into the slot to unlock it.  
2. Gently pull the card from its slot.  
3. Close the slot cover.  
Note: The miniSD card and its adapter can be easily damaged by improper  
operation. Please be careful when inserting, removing, or handling them.  
Note: The miniSD card slot cover may come off if forcibly pulled. If this occurs,  
simply place the cover back into its original position.  
miniSDIconIndications  
When an included miniSD card is inserted in the phone, the  
following icons will appear at the top right of the screen. The miniSD  
icon does not appear unless a card is in the phone.  
Status Icon  
Meaning  
This icon indicates miniSD is inserted into your phone.  
This icon indicates miniSD is being accessed.  
The miniSD icon flashes when data is being accessed.  
Note: DO NOT remove a miniSD card while files are being accessed or transferred.  
It will result in loss or damage of data.  
Note: Make sure your battery is fully charged before using the miniSD card.  
Your data may become damaged or unusable if the battery runs out while using  
the miniSD card.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the miniSDAdapter  
The supplied miniSD adapter allows miniSD cards to be used in SD  
compatible devices. Before using the SD compatible host, you will  
need to insert the miniSD card into the miniSD adapter.  
ToinserttheminiSDcardintotheminiSDadapter:  
ᮣ
With the label side of the miniSD card facing up, insert the card  
into the provided miniSD adapter and gently slide the card until  
it is fully inserted.  
ToremovetheminiSDcardfromtheminiSDadapter:  
ᮣ
Hold the front edge of the miniSD card and gently pull outward  
to remove it.  
Write-Protect  
Important: To protect your vital data when using  
Switch  
the miniSD adapter, lock the write-protect switch  
to prevent inadvertent overwriting of data.  
Note: When you are not using a miniSD card, make sure to replace the miniSD  
card slot cover.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
miniSD Settings  
Creating Folders in the miniSD Card  
This feature allows you to create a basic folder in the miniSD card.  
TocreatefoldersintheminiSDcard:  
1. With the miniSD inserted, press  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select miniSD and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Select miniSDSettings and press  
.
5. Select CreateFolders and press  
.
Viewing Memory in the miniSD Card  
With this feature, you can display the memory used and available in  
the miniSD card.  
Toviewavailablememoryspace:  
1. Follow steps 1-4 above to display the miniSD Settings menu.  
2. Select ViewMemory and press . (The available memory space  
displays.)  
Formatting the miniSD Card  
Withthisfeature, youcaneasilyremoveallfilesstoredintheminiSDcard.  
ToformattheminiSDcard:  
1. Follow steps 1-4 above to display the miniSD Settings menu.  
2. Select Format and press  
3. If you’re sure you want to format your miniSD card, select Yes  
and press  
.
.
Note: The formatting procedure erases all the data on the miniSD card and  
CANNOT be retrieved. To prevent the loss of important data, please check the  
contents before you format the card.  
Note: In some cases, the miniSD card formatted in a computer may not be  
recognized by the phone and cannot be formatted using your phone.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
miniSD Folders  
Displaying the miniSD Folders  
You can view the data stored in the miniSD from the miniSD folders.  
TodisplaytheminiSDFolders:  
1. With the miniSD inserted, press  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select miniSD and press  
4. Select miniSDFolders and press  
5. Select your desired folder (Picture, Video, Voice or Media), and  
press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
.
.
6. Use your navigation key to highlight and select an item you wish  
to view and play.  
7. Press  
or the appropriate softkey to view or play an available  
item.  
TodisplaytheminiSDfolderoptions:  
ᮣ
Please see one of the following:  
Ⅲ
“miniSD Picture Folder Options” on page 184.  
Ⅲ
“miniSD Video Folder Options” on page 195.  
Ⅲ
“miniSD Voice Folder Options” on page 128.  
Ⅲ
“miniSD Media Folder Options” on page 141.  
Note: The maximum number of files that can be stored in each folder on a miniSD  
card is 1000 files.  
Warning! Exceeding the maximum number of files could cause damage to your  
miniSD card and void the warranty.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Playing Media Player in the miniSD  
Your Sprint PCS Multimedia phone comes with a Media Player with  
easy-to-use playback features. It allows you to play video or audio  
clips wherever you go.  
PlayingaVideoorAudioClipintheminiSD  
ToaccessyourmediafolderintheminiSD:  
1. With the miniSD inserted, press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select MediaPlayer and press  
.
3. Select miniSD and press  
4. Use your navigation key to scroll to the clip you would like to  
play and press Select (left softkey) or to start playback.  
.
Note: In some instances, you may not be able to play the media file on your phone  
when you add any sort of sound effects to your media file.  
PlaybackFunctions  
Tostartorstoptheplayback:  
ᮣ
Use  
or press the left softkey (Pause/Play) to pause or play.  
Tofastforwardtheplayback:  
ᮣ
Press and hold the navigation key right until you reach the  
desired spot. Release the key to start playing again.  
Torestarttheplaybackfromthebeginning:  
ᮣ
Press the navigation key left during the playback.  
Toplaytheprevious/nextmediafile:  
1. Press the up or down navigation key while playing a media file.  
(You will see a list of media files.)  
2. Highlight your desired file and press . (The file will also play  
automatically after 3 seconds of highlighting.)  
Adjustingthevolume  
ᮣ
Press the side volume key up or down while playing a media file.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
140  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SelectingPlaybackMode  
Toselectaplaybackmode:  
1. Access the Media folder in the miniSD (see page 139 ) and press  
Options (right softkey).  
2. Select PlayMode and press  
.
3. Select your desired play mode and press  
.
Ⅲ
Single will play the item you have selected.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
All will play all the contents in the currently displayed media  
folder.  
Random will random play all the contents in the currently  
displayed media folder.  
Repeat will repeat the contents in the currently displayed  
media folder.  
AllinthisFolder* will play all the contents in the highlighted  
folder.  
RandominthisFolder* will random play all the contents in the  
highlighted folder.  
(*Only appears when you have selected a folder in the  
media folder.)  
miniSDMediaFolderOptions  
Todisplaythemediafolderoptions:  
ᮣ
Access the Media folder in the miniSD (see page 139) and press  
Options (right softkey).  
Ⅲ
BacktoTop to return to the top display in the media folder (if  
available).  
Ⅲ
ChannelListing to display the channel list.  
Ⅲ
Info to display the media file information (if available).  
Ⅲ
PlayMode to switch the play mode (see above for setting).  
Ⅲ
PlayerSettings to select frames to display while playing clips.  
Select from AudioSkins or SkinFrames (if available).  
Ⅲ
ViewMemory to view memory in the miniSD card.  
Ⅲ
OriginalSize to switch to the Original view mode.  
Ⅲ
EnlargedView to switch to the Enlarged view mode.  
Ⅲ
Help to see the Multimedia instruction page.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Up the Digital Print Order Format  
The Digital Print Order Format (DPOF) is a tool that allows you to set  
up your digital picture print orders in advance. You can use it to set  
options such as which pictures to print, the number of prints for each  
picture, and index printing settings.  
TosetuptheDPOF:  
1. With the miniSD inserted, press  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select miniSD and press  
4. Select DPOFPrintOrder and press  
5. Select StandardPrint or IndexPrint and press  
6. Press Options (right softkey), select an option from the  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
.
.
following, and press  
.
Ⅲ
SelectPicture to select the pictures you want to print. (You  
may select up to 99 pictures.)  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
PictureInfo to display the pictures information.  
UnselectPicture to unselect the picture you have selected.  
SetNo. ofCopies to set the numbers of copies you want to  
print. (The maximum number of copies that you can select  
is 99 copies.)  
7. When you have finished setting the print options, press  
Save (left softkey).  
Ⅲ
If you are setting the print options for standard prints, you  
will be prompted to choose whether to print the date.  
Select Yes or No. (Depending on your printer, some options  
may not be available.)  
Clearing the DPOF Print Order  
You can clear the DPOF Print Order for standard prints and index  
prints at the same time.  
TocleartheDPOFprintorder:  
1. Follow the steps 1-4 above to access the DPOF Print Order menu.  
2. Select ClearOrder and press  
.
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
142  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reviewing an Order Summary  
Toreviewanordersummary:  
1. Follow the steps 1-4 on the previous page to access the DPOF  
Print Order menu.  
2. Select OrderSummary and press . (The printer setting details  
will display.)  
Ⅲ
Press Switch (right softkey) to switch the display between  
Standard Print/Index Print.  
Printing Pictures Directly FromYour Phone  
Your Sprint PCS Phone is PictBridge compatible, allowing you to  
print directly from your phone without connecting to a computer.  
Simply connect your phone to a PictBridge-enabled printer and enjoy  
printing your photos.  
Toprintpicturesdirectlyfromyourphone:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu. (Make sure your phone is  
fully charged.)  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
3. Select USBConnection and press  
4. Select PictBridge and press  
5. Select Yes and press  
.
.
.
.
6. Connect your phone to the PictBridge-enabled printer by using  
the included USB cable. (Wait until the connection is completed.)  
7. Select the print mode from StandardPrint, IndexPrint,  
Assign. byPrinter, or DPOFPrint and press  
.
Ⅲ
If you have selected DPOFPrint, select Yes and press  
to  
print. To set up the DPOF Print, see “Setting Up the Digital  
Print Order Format” on the previous page.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Set the printer settings using your navigation key.  
Ⅲ
PicturetoPrint: You can select the picture from the In Camera  
folder or the miniSD. (You can select up to 99 pictures,  
however you can only select from one folder.)  
Ⅲ
NumberofCopies: You can set the number of copies (1-10).  
(You cannot specify number of copies when Index Print is  
selected.)  
Ⅲ
PrintSize: You can set the print size from Assigned by  
Printer, 4”x6”, 8”x10”, or Letter. (Print Size differs  
depending on the type of printer you have.)  
Ⅲ
DateStamp: You can imprint the date on your pictures.  
Select On or Off. (Correct Date Stamp may not be placed  
depending on the type of printer you have.)  
9. When you are finished selecting the printer settings, press  
Print (right softkey).  
10. When finished printing, press  
or  
.
11. Select Yes and press . Follow the instructions on the display  
to unplug the USB cable from the phone.  
Note: The Index Print mode lets you print out an index sheet of thumbnail  
pictures. You will only be able to print Exif JPEG files. Non-supported file formats  
on the miniSD card will be displayed as  
.
Note: While you are connected to the printer, your phone’s screen will display  
“Phone Off.” You cannot make or receive calls.  
Note: Make sure your battery is fully charged before using the PictBridge.  
PictBridge Error Messages: From time to time you may encounter printing  
problems. Any printer error messages will be displayed on your phone, informing  
you of the specific problems encountered. Please refer to the user’s guide that  
came with your printer for descriptions, explanations, and possible resolutions  
for any error messages.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
144  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ConnectingYour Phone toYour PC  
Before using MM-5600’s mass storage capabilities, you need to  
prepare your device’s data services to synchronize with your desktop  
or laptop computer. Once the phone is connected to the PC, you can  
transfer your data in the miniSD card quickly and easily.  
ToconnectyourphonetoyourPC:  
1. With the miniSD inserted, press  
(Make sure your phone is fully charged.)  
2. Select Tools/Extras and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
3. Select USBConnection and press  
.
4. Select MassStorage and press  
.
5. Select Yes and press  
.
6. Connect your phone to the PC by using the included USB cable.  
(Wait until the connection is completed.)  
Ⅲ
Once plugged into the USB port, the Mass Storage Device is  
detected by the host computer.  
7. When you have finished, click on the USB device icon on your  
computer’s task bar and follow the instructions provided to  
safely unplug the USB cable. (The process may vary depending  
on the PC.)  
Reminder: No driver installation is required for Windows 2000/ME/XP users. If  
you use Windows 98/98SE, you have to download and install the USB Mass  
Storage Driver from the Sprint Website at www.sprintpcs.com.  
Note: To avoid loss of data, DO NOT remove the USB cable, the miniSD card or the  
battery while files are being accessed or transferred.  
Note: DO NOT change or edit the folder/file name in the miniSD card via the  
computer or attempt to transfer large amounts of data from the computer to the  
miniSD card. It may result in miniSD card failure.  
Note: DO NOT turn off, put into standby mode or restart your computer while  
using the Mass Storage Device. It will result in loss or damage of data.  
Note: While you are connected to the computer, your phone’s screen will display  
“Phone Off.” You cannot make or receive calls.  
Note: When you connect a Mass Storage device to a peripheral device, your  
device may not work properly.  
Section 2J: Using the miniSD Card  
145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2K  
Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
GettingStartedWithSprintPCSReadyLink  
MakingandReceivingaSprintPCSReadyLinkCall  
AddingandEditingReadyLinkContacts  
ErasingReadyLinkListEntries  
UpdatingYourSprintPCSReadyLinkLists  
ManagingSprintPCSReadyLinkSettings  
YourSprintPCSVisionPhonegivesyoutheabilitytoquicklyconnectwith  
otherSprintPCSReadyLinkusersforwalkie-talkie-stylecommunication  
fromanywhere, toanywhereontheSprintNationwidePCSNetwork.  
It’s ideal for quick two-way conversations with your friends, family,  
and co-workers.  
ThissectionexplainsthefeaturesandoptionsofSprintPCSReadyLink.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
146  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting StartedWith Sprint PCS Ready Link  
Sprint PCS Ready Link allows you to enjoy quick, two-way, “walkie-  
talkie-style” communication with your friends, family, and co-workers.  
You can make 1-to-1 or 1-to-many calls (up to 5 others on the same  
call) to any other Sprint PCS Ready Link user, anywhere on the Sprint  
Nationwide PCS Network. You can make and receive Sprint PCS  
Ready Link calls when your phone displays the  
or  
icon.  
Setting Sprint PCS Ready Link Mode  
ToenableordisableSprintPCSReadyLinkmode:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
.
4. Select Enable/Disable and press  
.
5. Select Enable and press . (The default setting is Disable.)  
Ⅲ
Enable: Lets you make or receive Sprint PCS Ready Link calls  
any time your phone is not in use.  
Ⅲ
Disable: Disables your phone’s Sprint PCS Ready Link  
service; you will not be able to make or receive Sprint PCS  
Ready Link calls or access your Ready Link contacts.  
Tip: If you haven’t signed up for the Sprint PCS Ready Link service and Sprint PCS  
Ready Link mode is set to Disable, or the Sprint PCS Ready Link service is locked,  
you can use the Ready Link/Recorder Button (  
in standby mode.  
) as a Voice Recorder button  
PreparingYourPhoneforSprintPCSReadyLinkService  
Every time you turn on your phone, your phone will identify itself  
and make itself available to the Ready Link network.  
ᮣ
When you turn on your phone in an area where Sprint PCS  
Ready Link service is available, your phone will display  
“Preparing Ready Link Service...Please wait.” (The  
icon  
appears on the display. Your phone is now ready to make and  
receive Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.)  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Ready Link Call Alerts  
There are several ways your Sprint PCS Phone alerts you during  
Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
When you make or receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call:  
ⅷ
The phone sounds (depending on the Ringer Type and Ringer  
Volume setting).  
ⅷ
The backlight illuminates.  
ⅷ
The screen displays a Sprint PCS Ready Link call message.  
ⅷ
The other party’s Sprint PCS Ready Link number and name (if  
available) are displayed.  
ⅷ
The screen displays who has the floor.  
The status of a Sprint PCS Ready Link call is displayed on your phone  
as follows:  
ⅷ
The Green LED On indicates you have the floor and may speak.  
ⅷ
The Red LED On indicates another contact has the floor.  
ⅷ
The LED Off indicates the floor is open. (You can take the floor  
and speak by pressing and holding  
.)  
SprintPCSReadyLinkDisplayScreens  
Sprint PCS Ready Link Main Screen  
Redial Contact  
Current List  
Contact Names  
Go to (left softkey)  
Options (right softkey)  
Sprint PCS Ready Link In-Call Screen  
Contact Name  
R-Link Number  
Floor Status  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
148  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making and Receiving a Sprint PCS  
Ready Link Call  
Displaying the Sprint PCS Ready Link List  
ᮣ
From standby mode, press R-Link (left softkey) or the  
Ready Link/Recorder button on the side of your phone (  
) to  
access the Sprint PCS Ready Link List.  
Tip: The first time you access the list, the Sprint PCS Ready Link Help message  
will appear. Press Yes (left softkey) and Next (left softkey) to read a brief  
introduction of Sprint PCS Ready Link.  
Selecting Contacts List  
When your phone displays a Sprint PCS Ready Link List, the left  
softkey is labeled Goto. To switch to another contact list, press Goto  
(left softkey), highlight your desired list, and press  
.
ⅷ
CompanyList/CompanyGrps. contain company-provided contacts  
(up to 200 entries each). Your company list can only be created  
and modified by an authorized administrator on the Sprint PCS  
Ready Link server. When the lists are empty, Company List/  
Company Grps. will not appear on the display.  
ⅷ
PersonalList/PersonalGrps. contain your personal Ready Link  
contact names and numbers, separately or in groups. You can  
create and edit your own Personal List. Your phone can store a  
total of 200 entries (you may include up to five contacts per  
group).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Outgoing shows the last 10 different Sprint PCS Ready Link calls  
you placed.  
Incoming shows the last 10 different Sprint PCS Ready Link calls  
you accepted.  
Missed shows the last 10 Sprint PCS Ready Link calls you missed.  
Note: The icon next to the group name indicates a group.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call (1-to-1 Call)  
You can place a 1-to-1 Sprint PCS Ready Link call by entering a  
Sprint PCS Ready Link number or by selecting a contact from the  
Sprint PCS Ready Link List.  
ToplaceaSprintPCSReadyLinkcallbyselectingacontact:  
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you want  
to place a call (CompanyList, PersonalList, Outgoing, Incoming, or  
Missed), and press  
.
Tip: You can also select Enter R-Link# from the Go to option to enter a Sprint PCS  
Ready Link number directly. (See page 152 for details.)  
3. Scroll to the contact you want to call, and press and hold  
place the call and get the floor. (You will see R-Linkcalling... and  
Connecting... followed by “Youhavefloor.” You can now begin  
speaking.)  
to  
– or –  
Scroll to the contact you want to call and press and release  
to place the call. (The call will connect as described above, but  
“Floorisopen.” will appear on the screen and either you or your  
contact may press and hold  
to take the floor and speak.)  
Note: During a Sprint PCS Ready Link call, the “floor” is the right to speak. When  
you see “Floor is open.,” the first person to press the Ready Link/Recorder button  
(
) can speak (while holding the button). Only the person who has the floor can  
speak. The phone beeps if you press  
when another contact has the floor.  
4. Continue holding  
as you speak. (When you are finished  
to allow the other contact to speak.  
speaking, release  
When the other party takes the floor, you will see the speaker’s  
name and phone number and the text “hasfloor.”)  
5. When you are finished, press  
.
Note: When neither party has the floor during a Sprint PCS Ready Link call,  
“Floor is open.” appears on the display. If no one takes the floor for 20 seconds,  
the Sprint PCS Ready Link call ends automatically.  
Tip: If you press  
voice call.  
or  
during step 3 above, you can make a standard  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
150  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call (Group Call)  
You can make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call to all members in a Group  
entry, which you have in your Sprint PCS Ready Link List. You can  
communicate with up to five members at a time.  
ToplaceaSprintPCSReadyLinkGroupcall:  
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you  
want to make a Group call (CompanyGrps., PersonalGrps. or  
Outgoing), and press  
.
3. Scroll to the group you want to call, and press and hold  
to  
place the call and take the floor. (You will see R-Linkcalling... and  
Connecting... followed by “Youhavefloor.” Continue with the  
Sprint PCS Ready Link call as described on the previous page.)  
Ⅲ
To make a Sprint PCS Ready Link call to a group member,  
select your desired group, highlight your desired group  
member, and press and hold  
.
Ⅲ
If one of the group members takes the floor, you will see the  
member’s name and Sprint PCS Ready Link number on the  
display.  
4. When the call is finished, press  
.
Tip: The phone beeps if you press when another contact has the floor.  
Tip: You can also make a Group Call after checking the group member. Press  
to display group members, highlight <Call Group> and press and hold  
step 3 above.  
during  
Tip: To redial your last Sprint PCS Ready Link call, highlight Redial and press  
from the Sprint PCS Ready Link List.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call by Entering a  
Number  
ToplaceaSprintPCSReadyLinkcallbyenteringanumber:  
1. From standby mode, enter the Sprint PCS Ready Link number  
you want to dial.  
2. Press  
holding  
to place the Sprint PCS Ready Link call. (Continue  
to take the floor and speak.)  
Ⅲ
The contact’s name appears on the display if there is a  
matched number in your Sprint PCS Ready Link List.  
3. Continue with the Sprint PCS Ready Link call, pressing and  
holding to speak and releasing it to allow others to reply.  
4. When the call is finished, press  
– or –  
.
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight EnterR-Link# and press  
3. Enter the Sprint PCS Ready Link number you want to dial.  
4. Follow steps 2-4 above.  
.
Note: Sprint PCS Ready Link numbers must contain 10 digits (area code + phone  
number) or 11 digits (1 + area code + phone number). Your Sprint PCS Ready Link  
number is the same as your Sprint PCS Phone number.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
152  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MissedCallNotificationforSprintPCSReadyLinkCalls  
When an incoming Sprint PCS Ready Link call is not answered, the  
Missed Call Notification and the  
icon are displayed on your screen.  
TocallthelastMissedSprintPCSReadyLinkcall:  
ᮣ
Simply press  
while the Missed Call Notification is  
displayed. (Continue with the Sprint PCS Ready Link call as  
described previously.)  
Tip: If you have two or more notifications, the event list will appear.  
ToerasetheMissedCalllog:  
ᮣ
Press Dismiss (right softkey).  
Tip: If you press  
appears in standby mode. Press Events (right softkey) to display the notification  
list. To call the entry, highlight the entry and press  
before checking your notification, Events (right softkey)  
.
Note: When you display Missed Calls entries, you will see the  
icon next to the  
name. Once you confirm the entry by pressing , the icon turns to the icon.  
The icon will remain until you make or receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call to  
or from the entry.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Receiving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Call  
ToreceiveaSprintPCSReadyLinkcall:  
1. Make sure your phone’s Sprint PCS Ready Link mode is enabled  
(see “Setting Sprint PCS Ready Link Mode” on page 147).  
2. When you receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call from a contact,  
“R-Link Call,” the contact’s name, and the Sprint PCS Ready Link  
number appear on the display. (You do not need to take any  
action to answer the call.)  
Ⅲ
When you receive a group call, “Group Call” and the  
Sprint PCS Ready Link number appear.  
Ⅲ
If nobody takes the floor for 20 seconds, the call will be a  
missed Ready Link call.  
3. If the person placing the call has kept the floor (held the  
Ready Link/Recorder button), you will see the contact name  
and Sprint PCS Ready Link number along with “hasfloor.,” and  
you will hear the caller speaking.  
4. When the caller finishes speaking and releases  
, you will  
see “Floorisopen.” on the display screen. Press and hold  
to  
take the floor and reply to the caller. (You will see “Youhavefloor.”  
and hear a tone confirming that you may speak.)  
5. When the conversation is finished, press  
.
Tip: You can also receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call with the flip closed. Press  
and hold to take the floor when the floor is open.  
Note: You can change the volume and the speakerphone setting while a  
Sprint PCS Ready Link call is activated. Volume: Adjust the voice volume by using  
the Side Volume key or by pressing the navigation key up or down except when  
you are pressing and holding  
by pressing  
. Speaker: Switch the speakerphone on or off  
.
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
154  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adding and Editing Ready Link Contacts  
CopyinganEntrytoPersonalListorPersonalGroupList  
You can copy an entry to your Personal Lists from several different  
sources. If the selected entry is already stored in the Personal Lists,  
the “copy” option does not appear.  
TocopyanentryfromtheSprintPCSReadyLinkList:  
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you want  
to copy an entry (CompanyList, CompanyGrps., Outgoing,  
Incoming, or Missed), and press  
.
3. Select the entry you want to copy (or scroll to highlight the  
Redial entry at the top of your screen) and press Options (right  
softkey). To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Ⅲ
CopytoPersonal to copy the contact to the Personal List.  
CopyGroup to copy the group to the Personal Group List.  
CopytoPh. Book to copy the contact to the Contacts list.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
4. Press Yes (left softkey) to copy and save the entry to your  
Personal List or Personal Group List.  
Note: Your Company Lists can only be set up and edited by an authorized  
administrator on the Sprint PCS Ready Link server. You cannot add or edit  
contacts/groups to your Company Lists.  
Saving a Sprint PCS Ready Link Number  
When you have finished a Sprint PCS Ready Link call, you will see the  
Sprint PCS Ready Link number and the text “R-Link call ended.” on  
the display. If the number is already stored in the Personal Lists, the  
Save softkey does not appear.  
Tosavethenumberfromtheendcalldisplay:  
1. From the end display, press Save (right softkey).  
2. Enter a name and press  
3. Press Save (left softkey).  
4. Press Yes (left softkey).  
.
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Finding an Entry in the Sprint PCS Ready Link List  
You can find your desired entry by entering a few letters.  
TofindaSprintPCSReadyLinkentry:  
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight your desired list (CompanyList,  
CompanyGrps., PersonalList, or PersonalGrps.), and press  
.
3. Enter the first letter or the first few letters of the name.  
Ⅲ
The display shows the list beginning with the letter(s) you  
entered.  
4. Scroll through the list and press  
to select your desired entry.  
Sprint PCS Ready Link Options  
When you use Sprint PCS Ready Link, several options are available by  
pressing Options (right softkey). To select an option, highlight it and  
press  
.
ⅷ
CopytoPersoal to copy a contact to the Personal List. CopyGroup  
appears when you highlight a group. (This option doesn’t appear  
if the entry is already in the Personal List or when you select  
Personal List/Personal Groups.)  
ⅷ
Edit to edit a Sprint PCS Ready Link number and/or name. (See  
page 157.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
CopytoPh. Book to copy a contact to the Contacts List.  
Erase to erase a contact. EraseGroup appears when you highlight a  
group.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
AddContact to add a new contact. (See page 157 for details.)  
AddGroup appears when you highlight a group list. (See page 158  
for details.)  
EraseR-LinkList to erase entries saved in the Sprint PCS Ready Link  
List (except Company List/Company Groups).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Find:FullName to find a contact by part of the name.  
Find:FirstName to find a contact by first name.  
Help to see the Sprint PCS Ready Link instruction page.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
156  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adding a New Contact toYour Personal List  
You can store a total of 200 entries in the Personal Lists.  
ToaddanewSprintPCSReadyLinkcontact:  
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Select <AddContact> and press  
.
– or –  
Select a contact and press Options (right softkey). Then  
highlight AddContact and press  
.
3. Enter a name for the new contact and press . (This is the  
name you will see when calling or receiving a call from the  
contact.)  
4. Select R-LinkNumber, enter the contact’s 10-digit Sprint PCS  
Ready Link number (their Sprint PCS Phone number) and  
press  
.
5. Press Save (left softkey) to save the new contact to your  
Personal List.  
Tip: You are not allowed to use the following symbols during step 3: “:”, “@”, “;”,  
“/”, “ ”, “(”, and “)”.  
*
Editing a Contact inYour Personal List  
ToeditaPersonalListcontact:  
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Scroll to the entry you want to edit and press Options (right  
softkey).  
3. Highlight Edit and press  
4. Select the field you want to edit (Name or R-LinkNumber), and  
press  
.
.
5. Edit the entry, press OK (left softkey), and press Save (left  
softkey) to save your changes.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adding a New Group toYour Personal Group List  
You can add new groups to the Personal Group List. Each group can  
include up to five members. You can enter a group member directly,  
or select the member from the Company List or Personal List.  
ToaddanewSprintPCSReadyLinkgroupentry:  
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight PersonalGrps., and press  
.
3. Select <AddGroup> and press  
.
– or –  
Select an entry and press Options (right softkey). Then highlight  
AddGroup and press  
.
4. Enter a Group Name, press , and press Next (left softkey).  
5. To add contacts to the group, press Add (right softkey).  
6. Highlight one item from the following and press  
:
Ⅲ
New to add a new contact. See the previous page for details.  
Ⅲ
fromCompany to add a contact from your Company List (if  
applicable).  
Ⅲ
fromPersonal to add a contact from your Personal List.  
7. Scroll to the contacts you want to add and press  
(right softkey) to include the entries.  
or Pick  
8. Press Done (left softkey) when you are finished selecting  
contacts, then press Update (left softkey) to update your  
Personal Group List with the new group entry.  
Tip: You can also add members directly. From step 5 above, highlight  
<Add Members> and press . Enter the new member’s name and R-Link number  
and press Save (left softkey) to save the entry.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
158  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Editing a Group inYour Personal Group List  
Toeditagroupname:  
1. Press R-Link (left softkey) or press  
.
2. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight PersonalGrps., and press  
.
3. Scroll to the group entry you want to edit and press Options  
(right softkey).  
4. Highlight Edit and press  
.
5. Edit the group name and press  
or OK (left softkey).  
Tip: If you don’t need to edit the group name, press Next (left softkey) during step  
5 above and skip step 6.  
6. Press Save (left softkey) to save your changes.  
7. To edit a group member, scroll to the contact you want to edit  
and press Options (right softkey).  
Ⅲ
Edit to edit a group member’s name and phone number.  
Ⅲ
Erase to erase the group member.  
Ⅲ
AddNew to add a new group member.  
Ⅲ
Add(Company) to add a new group member from the  
Company List (if applicable).  
Ⅲ
Add(Personal) to add a new group member from the  
Personal List.  
Ⅲ
Details to display a group member’s information.  
8. Highlight Edit and press  
9. Select the field you want to edit (Name or R-LinkNumber) and  
press  
.
.
10. Edit the entry, press OK (left softkey), and press Save (left  
softkey) to save your changes.  
11. Press Update (left softkey) to update your Personal Group List.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Erasing Ready Link List Entries  
Erasing an Entry inYour Personal List or Personal  
Group List  
Toeraseacontactoragroup:  
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, press Goto (left softkey),  
highlight PersonalList or PersonalGrps., and press  
.
2. Scroll to the entry you want to erase and press Options (right  
softkey).  
3. Highlight Erase and press  
.
Ⅲ
EraseGroup appears when you select Personal Grps.  
4. Select Yes and press  
Toeraseagroupmember:  
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, press Goto (left softkey),  
highlight PersonalGrps., and press  
.
.
2. Scroll to your desired group and press  
to display the group  
members.  
3. Select the contact you want to erase and press Options (right  
softkey).  
4. Highlight Erase and press  
5. Select Yes and press  
6. Press Update (left softkey) to update your Personal Group List.  
.
.
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
160  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Erasing a Sprint PCS Ready Link List  
You can erase all entries saved in the Sprint PCS Ready Link List  
(except Company List/Company Groups).  
ToeraseaSprintPCSReadyLinkList:  
1. From the Sprint PCS Ready Link List, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight EraseR-LinkList and press  
.
3. Select your desired option and press  
.
Ⅲ
Outgoing to erase all outgoing Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
Incoming to erase all incoming Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
Missed to erase all missed Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
AllCalls to erase all Sprint PCS Ready Link call history,  
except redial.  
Ⅲ
AllPersonalEnt. to erase all entries in Personal List and  
Personal Grps. You are prompted to enter your 4-digit lock  
code.  
4. Select Yes and press  
.
Tip: The Redial number will not be erased.  
UpdatingYour Sprint PCS Ready Link Lists  
Updating the Company Lists and Personal Lists  
ToupdateyourCompanyListsandPersonalListsmanuallythrough  
theSprintPCSReadyLinkserver:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
4. Select ListUpdate and press  
.
.
.
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Managing Sprint PCS Ready Link Settings  
Assigning Speed Dialing for Sprint PCS Ready Link  
Entries  
ToassignSpeedDialingforSprintPCSReadyLinkentries:  
1. Press  
2. Select Contacts and press  
3. Select SpeedDial#s and press  
4. Select an unassigned number and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
.
5. Press Goto (left softkey), highlight the list from which you want  
to set a speed dial (CompanyList, CompanyGrps., PersonalList, or  
PersonalGrps.) and press  
.
6. Select the contact and press  
.
– or –  
Select the group and press , select an option, and press  
.
Ⅲ
Assign to assign the selected group as a speed dial.  
Ⅲ
Details to display the group details. You can select the group  
member from the group list.  
TouseSpeedDialforaSprintPCSReadyLinkentry:  
ᮣ
From standby mode, press the appropriate key and press  
.
Restarting the Sprint PCS Ready Link Service  
This feature allows you to update the Ready Link network  
information of your phone.  
TorestarttheSprintPCSReadyLinkservice:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
.
4. Select Restart and press  
.
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Ready Link Guard  
This feature enables you to display the warning message when you  
cannot receive Sprint PCS Ready Link calls. The warning message  
will appear when you are launching Media Player, a Web or Java  
application, or sending/uploading your pictures and videos.  
TosettheReadyLinkGuard:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
.
4. Select R-LinkGuard and press . (A message will appear.)  
5. Press OK (left softkey) to continue.  
6. Select On or Off and press  
.
Setting RingerTypes for Sprint PCS Ready Link Calls  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone provides a variety of ringer types that  
allow you to customize your ringer and volume settings.  
ToselectaringertypeforSprintPCSReadyLinkcalls:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
4. Select Sounds and press  
.
.
.
5. Select RingerType and press  
6. Select ReadyLinkCalls, R-LinkMissed, or R-LinkFloorTone, and  
press  
.
.
7. Scroll to your desired ringer type and press  
.
Ⅲ
To confirm the ringer, press Play (right softkey).  
Tip: You can change the ringer type in another way (see “Selecting Ringer Types  
for Sprint PCS Ready Link Calls” on page 37).  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting an Alert Notification for Sprint PCS Ready  
Link Calls  
Your Sprint PCS Phone can alert you with an audible tone when you  
receive a Sprint PCS Ready Link call.  
TosetalertsforSprintPCSReadyLinkcalls:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
4. Select Sounds and press  
.
.
.
5. Select Alerts and press  
.
6. Select ReadyLinkCalls or R-LinkMissed and press  
.
7. Use the navigation key to select Once, RepeatAlert for Ready  
Link Calls or Once, RepeatAlert, or Off for R-Link Missed.  
8. Press  
to save the setting.  
Tip: You can set alerts in another way (see “Alert Notification” on page 41).  
Setting the Speakerphone for Sprint PCS Ready Link  
Calls  
You can set the speakerphone on or off when a Sprint PCS Ready Link  
call is activated. By default, the speakerphone is set to on.  
Tosetthespeakerphoneonoroff:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
.
4. Select Speakerphone and press  
5. Select On or Off and press  
Note: If the phone’s ringer volume is set to Vibrate, Ringer off, or Silence All, the  
.
.
speakerphone turns off. Press to turn the speakerphone mode on.  
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
164  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting the DefaultView of the Sprint PCS Ready Link  
List  
You can select the default Sprint PCS Ready Link List when Sprint PCS  
Ready Link is launched.  
ToselectthedefaultviewoftheSprintPCSReadyLinkList:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
.
4. Select DefaultView and press . (The available lists appear.)  
5. Select your desired list and press  
.
Setting the Floor Display of the Sprint PCS Ready  
Link Calls  
With this feature, you can select the floor display for the Main LCD  
during Sprint PCS Ready Link calls.  
Toselectthefloordisplay:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select ReadyLink and press  
.
4. Select FloorDisplay and press  
.
5. Select TextOnly or Image1-3 and press  
.
Section 2K: Using Sprint PCS Ready Link  
165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2L  
Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
TakingPictures  
StoringPictures  
TakingVideos  
StoringVideos  
SM  
SendingSprintPCSPictureMail andSprintPCSVideoMail  
SM  
ManagingSprintPCSPictureMail  
YourSprintPCSVisionMultimediaPhone’sbuilt-incameragivesyouthe  
abilitytotakefull-colordigitalpictures, viewyourpicturesusingthe  
phone’sdisplay, andinstantlysendthemtoyourfamilyandfriends.  
It’s fun and as easy to use as a traditional point-and-click camera:  
just take a picture, view it on your phone’s display, and send it from  
your phone to up to ten people. In addition to taking pictures, you  
can also take, view, and send videos to your friends and family with  
your built-in camera.  
This section explains the features and options of your Sprint PCS  
Vision Multimedia Phone’s built-in camera.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
166  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Taking Pictures  
Taking pictures with your phone’s built-in camera is as simple as  
choosing a subject, pointing the lens, and pressing a button. You can  
activate camera mode and take pictures whether the phone is open  
or closed.  
Totakeapicturewiththeflipopen:  
1. Press  
2. Select Pictures&Videos and press  
3. Select Camera and press to activate camera mode.  
to access the main menu.  
.
(Additional options are available through the camera mode  
Options menu. See “Camera Mode Options” on page 170 for  
more information.)  
Shortcut: You can also activate camera mode by pressing and holding  
by pressing the side camera key (see illustration on page 10).  
or  
4. Using the phone’s main LCD as a viewfinder, aim the camera  
lens at your subject.  
5. To take the picture, press  
,
, Capture (left softkey), or the  
Side Camera key.  
Ⅲ
To return to camera mode to take another picture, press  
.
6. Press Next (right softkey) for more options:  
Ⅲ
SendPicture to send the picture to up to 10 contacts at one  
time. (See page 196 for details.)  
Ⅲ
GotoCamera to return to camera mode.  
Ⅲ
UploadtoAlbums to upload the picture you just took to the  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website.  
Ⅲ
Setas to assign the picture. Select PictureID or ScreenSaver  
and press  
.
Ⅲ
Display/Edit to edit or display your picture’s details.  
(See “In Camera Folder Options” on page 180 for details.)  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Delete to delete the picture you just took.  
PicsInCamera to access the In Camera folder.  
PicsInminiSD to access the Picture folder in the miniSD (if  
available).  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Totakeapicturewiththeflipclosed:  
1. Press and hold the side camera key to activate camera mode.  
2. Point the camera lens at your subject. (You can check the  
picture framing through the Sub LCD.)  
Note: When taking a picture with the flip closed, the subject image appears in  
reverse on the external display. The captured image will not be saved in reverse.  
3. Press the side camera key to take the picture.  
Ⅲ
Open the flip to review the picture and for more options.  
Note: While you are taking a picture, the backlight turns on even if your backlight  
is set to Always Off.  
Note: In some cases, the screen may flicker and the stripes may appear on the  
display under fluorescent lighting.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
168  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SM  
CreatingYour Sprint PCS Picture Mail Password  
The first time you use any of the Sprint PCS Picture Mail management  
options involving the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website, you will need to  
establish a Sprint PCS Picture Mail password through your Sprint PCS  
Vision Multimedia Phone. This password will also allow you to sign in  
to the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website at www.sprint.com/picturemail to  
access and manage your uploaded pictures, videos, and albums.  
TocreateyourSprintPCSPictureMailpassword:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Pictures&Videos and press  
.
Shortcut: Instead of steps 1 and 2 above, press  
.
3. Select OnlineAlbums and press  
.
4. Select ViewAlbums and press . (You will be prompted to  
create a pictures password.)  
Note: If your Sprint PCS Service Plan does not include Sprint PCS Picture Mail, you  
will first be prompted to subscribe to the service for an additional monthly charge.  
5. Enter a four- to eight-digit password and press  
or OK (left  
softkey).  
6. Please wait while the system creates your account.  
Tip: Write down your Sprint PCS Picture Mail password in a secure place.  
Once your account has been successfully registered, you may upload  
and send pictures and videos, and access the Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
Website.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Camera Mode Options  
Several options are available from camera mode.  
Press Options (right softkey) to display additional camera options:  
ⅷ
PictureMode to select picture mode from Normal, Beach/Snow,  
Scenery, SoftFocus, or MirrorImage.  
ⅷ
Flash to activate the flash. (See “Setting the Flash” on page 171 for  
details.)  
ⅷ
Zoom to zoom in on a subject. You can adjust the zoom from 1x to  
20x.  
Shortcut: To adjust the zoom, press the navigation key right or left in camera mode.  
ⅷ
Self-timer to activate the camera’s timer. (See “Setting the  
Self-timer” on page 172 for details.)  
ⅷ
FunTools to select an option from the following:  
Ⅲ
MultipleShots to shoot multiple shots on multiple targets  
(see page 173).  
Ⅲ
StitchShot to take a stitch shot to make panoramic pictures  
(see page 174).  
Ⅲ
FunFrames to select your favorite fun picture frame to  
decorate your picture.  
Ⅲ
ColorTone to select a wide variety of color tones for the  
picture.  
ⅷ
ImageControls to select an option from the following:  
Ⅲ
Brightness to select Auto or Manual brightness control.  
Ⅲ
WhiteBalance to adjust white balance based on changing  
conditions.  
ⅷ
CameraSettings to select your settings. (See “Selecting Camera  
Settings” on page 175 for details.)  
ⅷ
PicsInCamera to go to your phone’s In Camera folder. (See  
“In Camera Folder” on page 179 for details.)  
ⅷ
PicsInminiSD to go to your miniSD folder (if available).  
ⅷ
GotoCamcorder to switch to video mode. (See “Taking Videos” on  
page 185 for details.)  
ⅷ
KeyGuidance to indicate the key functions in camera mode.  
ⅷ
LoadMyFavorite to load your favorite setting. (See “Setting Your  
Favorite Mode” on page 176 for setting your favorite mode.)  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
170  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UsingtheMacro/NormalSwitch  
The macro/normal switch located on the front of the phone allows  
you to take close-up shots. Slide the macro/normal switch to switch  
between Normal and Macro (close-up) modes. When you select  
Macro mode, the  
icon appears on the display.  
Macro  
Normal  
Note: After using the camera for close-up shots (“Macro” mode), it is important  
to switch the camera back to the “Normal” setting.  
Note: Placing the switch in between the macro and normal setting may result in  
out-of -focus images. For best results, slide the switch completely to one end or  
the other.  
SettingtheFlash  
Toactivatetheflash:  
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight Flash and press  
.
3. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Off to deactivate the flash.  
Ⅲ
OnThisShot to activate the flash for one shot.  
Ⅲ
OnAlways to activate the flash all the time.  
Ⅲ
Auto to activate the flash automatically.  
4. Take a picture using the phone’s main LCD as a viewfinder.  
Tip: When the phone is open and in camera mode, press  
between flash modes.  
to switch  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SettingtheSelf-timer  
ToactivatetheSelf-timer:  
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight Self-timer and press  
.
3. Highlight the length of delay you want the timer to use  
(10seconds or 5seconds) and press . (The icon appears on  
the lower left portion of the main LCD.)  
4. Press Start (left softkey) when you are ready to start the timer.  
5. Get ready for the picture. (When the timer is down to three  
seconds, the Self-timer icon will turn red [ ] and the phone  
will begin to beep.)  
Note: After taking a picture, Self-timer settings return to off.  
TocanceltheSelf-timerafterithasstarted:  
ᮣ
Press Cancel (right softkey).  
Note: While the Self-timer is active, all keys are disabled except  
and Cancel (right softkey).  
,
,
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
172  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TakingMultipleShots  
This feature allows you to take up to 6 continuous shots of one  
moment. When you take multiple shots, the icon will appear in  
the viewfinder.  
Totakemultipleshots:  
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight FunTools and press  
.
3. Highlight MultipleShots and press  
.
Note: This option is not available when your phone’s memory is full or the  
resolution setting is set to High (see page 175).  
4. Select your desired option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Off to deactivate multiple shots.  
Ⅲ
3Shots to take series of 3 shots. (Only appears when the  
resolution setting is Low or Medium.)  
Ⅲ
6Shots to take series of 6 shots. (Only appears when the  
resolution setting is Low.)  
5. Select the duration of the interval between shots from  
Normal or Fast and press  
.
6. To take the pictures, press  
. (The Multiple Shots folder will  
display up to six thumbnail pictures per screen.)  
Tip: After taking multiple shots, the pictures are automatically saved in your  
selected storage area. (See “Selecting the Storage Area for Pictures” on  
page 179for details.)  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
After taking multiple shots, several options are available.  
Press Next (right softkey) to display the following options:  
ⅷ
Expand to switch to the Expand view mode.  
ⅷ
Thumbnail to switch to the Thumbnail view mode.  
ⅷ
GotoCamera to return to camera mode.  
ⅷ
UploadtoAlbums to upload pictures saved in your phone to the  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website.  
ⅷ
Setas to assign the picture. Select PictureID or ScreenSaver and  
press  
.
ⅷ
Display/Edit to edit or display your picture’s details. (See  
“In Camera Folder Options” on page 180 for details.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Delete to delete multiple shots you just took.  
PicsInCamera to go to the In Camera folder.  
PicsInminiSD to go to the Picture folder in the miniSD (if available).  
Tip: To switch the full screen view, press  
.
TakingStitchShots  
Stitch shot allows you to stitch separate images together. With this  
feature, your phone’s viewfinder is divided in two and you can shoot  
each part separately. When you shoot the first part, the camera  
displays a section of the previous part, so you can line up the next  
picture with the first one.  
Totakeastitchshot:  
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight FunTools and press  
.
3. Highlight StitchShot and press  
.
4. Select Vertical or Horizontal and press  
.
Ⅲ
Use your navigation key to switch the stitch display.  
5. To take the first picture, press  
.
6. To take the second picture, press  
.
Note: This option is not available when the resolution setting is High (see  
page 175).  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
174  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting Camera Settings  
Toselectyourcamerasettings:  
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight CameraSettings and press  
.
3. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Resolution to select a file size (High-960x1280, Medium-480x640,  
or Low-240x320) for a picture.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Quality to select Economy, Normal, or Fine picture quality.  
ShutterSound to select a shutter sound. (See “Setting the  
Shutter Sound” below for details.)  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
FullScreen to expand the display to the full screen view  
without any icons (except the flash icon).  
SaveMyFavorite to set your favorite setting. (See “Setting  
Your Favorite Mode” on page 176 for details.)  
SettingtheShutterSound  
ToselecttheShutterSound:  
1. From camera mode, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Select CameraSettings and press  
.
3. Select ShutterSound and press  
.
4. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Default plays the default shutter sound.  
Ⅲ
Say“Cheez” plays a recording of the phrase “Say Cheez.”  
Off makes no sound.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
RecordYourOwn allows you to record your own voice.  
Press  
to display options, highlight Record and press  
.
Press  
to start recording. (Maximum recording time is 3  
seconds.) To save the recording, press Save (right softkey).  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SettingAutoDelete  
With this feature, pictures and videos that have been uploaded to  
your online Sprint PCS Picture Mail account will be erased  
automatically from your phone.  
TosetAutoDelete:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Pictures&Videos and press  
.
3. Select SettingsandInfo and press  
.
4. Select AutoDelete and press  
.
5. Select On or Off and press  
.
SettingYourFavoriteMode  
With your Sprint PCS Vision Multimedia Phone, you can customize  
various camera settings. This feature allows you to save your favorite  
setting.  
Tosetyourfavoritemode:  
1. From camera mode, set your favorite setting. (See page 170 for  
Camera mode options and page 175 for camera settings.)  
2. Press Options (right softkey).  
3. Highlight CameraSettings and press  
.
4. Highlight SaveMyFavorite and press  
.
5. Select the title you want to use for the setting and press Save  
(left softkey).  
6. Select Yes and press  
.
Ⅲ
To rename the title, press Rename (right softkey) during step  
5 above.  
Tip: You can also set your favorite mode for camcorder settings. Set your favorite  
setting in video mode, press Options (right softkey), select Camcord.Settings, and  
follow steps 4-6 above.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
176  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ViewingYour Camera’s StatusArea Display  
CameraStatusArea  
Macro (Close-up)  
Mode  
Taken/Remaining  
number of pictures  
Memory Gauge  
Resolution  
Flash  
White Balance  
Brightness  
Picture Mode  
Multiple Shots  
Self-timer  
CameraIconIndication  
No.  
1
Function  
Icons  
Details  
Use this setting for close-up shots.  
Macro Mode (Close-up)  
To use the flash for only one shot.  
OnThis Shot  
To use a flash every time you take a picture.  
To use the auto flash function.  
On Always  
Auto  
Flash  
2
Use this setting for sunny weather.  
Use this setting for cloudy weather.  
Use this setting for standard household lighting.  
Use this setting for fluorescent lighting.  
Sunny  
Cloudy  
White  
Tungsten  
Fluorescent  
Manual  
3
Balance  
For the manual setting of white balance.  
For the manual setting of brightness.  
Use this setting in bright light.  
Brightness  
Manual  
4
5
Beach/Snow  
Scenery  
Use this setting for scenery from a distance.  
Use this setting to“soften” the picture.  
Use this setting to take a mirror image.  
Picture  
Mode  
Soft Focus  
Mirror Image  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
No.  
6
Function  
Icons  
Details  
Use this setting for multiple shots.  
Multiple Shots  
For high picture resolution.  
For medium picture resolution.  
For low picture resolution.  
Shows the remaining memory.  
The number of stored pictures.  
High  
Resolution Medium  
Low  
7
Memory Gauge  
Picture Number  
Remaining Pictures  
Self-timer  
8
9
The number of pictures you can take with the  
current resolution.  
Numeric countdown will appear when the  
self timer has been activated.  
5s  
10  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
178  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Storing Pictures  
You can save your pictures in your phone’s storage folders or in the  
miniSD card. These storage area can be used separately according to  
your needs. They are:  
ⅷ
InCamera (see below)  
ⅷ
SavedtoPhone (see page 182)  
ⅷ
InminiSD (see page 184)  
Selecting the StorageArea for Pictures  
When you take a picture, you can choose to save pictures directly to  
your phone’s storage folder (In Camera Folder) or to the miniSD card.  
Toselectthestorageareaforpictures:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Pictures&Videos and press  
.
3. Select SettingsandInfo and press  
.
4. Select AutoSaveto and press  
.
5. Select your desired storage area and press  
.
Ⅲ
MyPics./Videos to save the picture to your phone’s In  
Camera folder.  
Ⅲ
miniSD to save the picture to the miniSD card.  
In Camera Folder  
From the In Camera folder, you can view all the pictures you have  
taken, store selected images in your phone, send pictures to the  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website, delete images, and access additional  
picture options.  
ToreviewyourstoredpicturesintheInCamerafolder:  
1. Press  
to access the Pictures & Videos menu.  
2. Select MyPictures and press  
.
3. Select InCamera and press . (Thumbnail pictures will display,  
up to nine pictures at a time.)  
4. Use your navigation key to view and scroll through pictures.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
In Camera Folder Options  
When you are in the In Camera folder, several options are available.  
Press Options (right softkey) to display the following options:  
ⅷ
Expand to switch to the Expand view mode.  
ⅷ
Thumbnail to switch to the Thumbnail view mode.  
ⅷ
UploadtoAlbums to upload pictures saved in your phone to the  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website.  
ⅷ
Setas to assign the picture. Select PictureID or ScreenSaver and  
press  
.
Note: Assigned pictures will be copied automatically to the Saved to Phone  
folder with the icon.  
ⅷ
Display/Edit to select an option from the following:  
Ⅲ
SpecialEffects to apply special effects on your pictures. You  
can select from ColorTone, FunStamps, PartialZoom, Rotate,  
or Composite. (Only appears when the resolution setting is  
Low or Medium.)  
Ⅲ
Resize to resize the picture. (Only appears when the  
resolution setting is High or Medium.)  
Ⅲ
TextCaption to edit the caption of the picture.  
Ⅲ
PictureInfo to display information about the picture such as  
caption, time/date, size, etc.  
Ⅲ
FullScreen to display the picture to the full screen view  
without any icons and info bar.  
Ⅲ
InfoBar to display information on the selected picture, such  
as folder name, picture number, caption, etc. (Expanded  
picture only.)  
Ⅲ
Slideshow to display your pictures as a slideshow. (Only  
appears when you have two or more pictures in the folder.)  
Ⅲ
Sortby to sort pictures by date or size. (Thumbnail pictures  
only.)  
ⅷ
Delete to delete pictures in the In Camera folder. Select ThisPicture,  
SelectedPictures, or AllPictures.  
ⅷ
SavetoPhone to copy the selected pictures to the Saved to Phone  
folder.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
180  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ⅷ
Copy/MovetominiSD to copy or move the selected pictures to the  
miniSD.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
GotoSavedtoPh. to access the Saved to Phone folder.  
PicsInminiSD to access the Picture folder in the miniSD (if  
available).  
ⅷ
GotoCamera to activate camera mode.  
Note: You must have a miniSD card inserted to view the miniSD options.  
Note: Save to Phone and Upload to Albums copy pictures from your phone’s In  
Camera folder to your Saved to Phone folder or your online Sprint PCS Picture  
Mail account. Pictures that have been stored to your Saved to Phone folder or  
uploaded to your online account will remain available in the In Camera folder  
until you erase them.  
Note: If this is the first time you have accessed the Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
account, you will be prompted to create your Sprint PCS Picture Mail password.  
(See “Creating Your Sprint PCS Picture Mail Password” on page 169.)  
PictureThumbnailView  
Name of the currently displayed folder  
Count of saved  
Currently Selected  
pictures  
picture  
Current picture  
Uploaded icon  
number  
Check Box  
File Size  
and Caption  
Left softkey  
Right softkey  
ExpandedView  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Saved to Phone Folder  
When you assign or download a picture, the picture will be saved  
automatically to the separate folder called “Saved to Phone.”  
The Saved to Phone folder allows you to store copies of pictures on  
your phone and to assign pictures to various phone tasks.  
TosaveapicturetotheSavedtoPhonefolder:  
1. From the In Camera folder (see “In Camera Folder” on page 179),  
select a picture you wish to save to the Saved to Phone folder  
and press . (You may select multiple pictures.)  
Tip: If there is no selected picture, the currently highlighted picture will be selected.  
2. Press Options (right softkey). (The In Camera folder options will  
display.)  
3. Highlight SavetoPhone and press . (A copy of the picture will  
be saved to the Saved to Phone folder.)  
ToviewpicturesstoredintheSavedtoPhonefolder:  
1. Press  
to access the Pictures & Videos menu.  
2. Select MyPictures and press  
.
3. Select SavedtoPhone and press . (Thumbnail pictures will  
display, up to nine pictures at a time.)  
4. Use your navigation key to view and scroll through pictures.  
Tip: To switch the thumbnail view and expanded view, press the left softkey.  
Tip: From the expanded view, press and hold the navigation key right or left to  
display the stored picture continuously.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
182  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Saved to Phone Folder Options  
From the Saved to Phone folder, press Options (right softkey) to display  
the following options. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
Setas to assign the picture. Select PictureID or ScreenSaver and  
press  
.
ⅷ
Display/Edit to edit or display your picture’s details. (See  
“In Camera Folder Options” on page 180 for details.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Delete to delete pictures stored in the Saved to Phone folder.  
PicsInCamera to access the In Camera folder.  
PicsInminiSD to access the Picture folder in the miniSD (if  
available).  
ⅷ
GotoCamera to activate camera mode.  
Note: Pictures may be assigned to more than one task.  
Note: Assigned pictures will be identified with the icon.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
miniSD Picture Folder  
You can save pictures directly in the miniSD card using your phone’s  
pictures and videos settings. (See “Selecting the Storage Area for  
Pictures” on page 179). The maximum number of pictures that can  
be stored and managed in each folder on a miniSD is 1000.  
ToreviewyourstoredpicturesintheminiSD:  
1. From the Pictures&Videos menu, select MyPictures and  
press  
2. Select InminiSD and press  
3. Select your desired folder in the miniSD and press  
.
.
.
4. Use your Navigation key to scroll through and view saved  
pictures.  
Note: Content stored below the DCIM folder on your miniSD card which does not  
conformtotheDCFstandard(DesignruleforCameraFilesystem)cannotbedisplayed.  
miniSD Picture Folder Options  
You can also manage your pictures stored in the miniSD using several  
user options.  
TodisplaytheminiSDPicturefolderoptions:  
ᮣ
Access the Picture folder in the miniSD (see page 139) and press  
Options (right softkey).  
To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
Expand to switch to the Expand view mode.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
Thumbnail to switch to the Thumbnail view mode.  
UploadtoAlbums to upload pictures in your miniSD to the  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website.  
ⅷ
Setas to assign the picture. You can select from PictureID or  
ScreenSaver.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Display/Edit to edit or display your picture’s details.  
Delete to delete pictures stored in the miniSD.  
PicsInCamera to access the In Camera folder.  
GotoSavedtoPh. to access the Saved to Phone folder.  
GotoCamera to activate camera mode.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
184  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TakingVideos  
In addition to taking pictures, you can also record, view, and send  
videos to your friends and family with your built-in camcorder.  
Totakeavideowiththeflipopen:  
1. Press  
2. Select Pictures&Videos and Press  
3. Select Camcorder and press to activate video mode.  
to access the main menu.  
.
(Additional options are available through the video mode  
“Options” menu. See “Video Mode Options” on page 187 for  
more information.)  
4. Using the phone’s main LCD as a viewfinder, aim the camera  
lens at your subject.  
5. Press  
,
, Record (left softkey), or the Side Camera key to  
start recording.  
Tip: To pause the recording, press  
softkey) to continue the recording.  
or Pause (left softkey). Press Continue (left  
6. Press  
, Stop (right softkey), or the Side Camera key to stop  
recording.  
Ⅲ
To return to video mode to take another video, press  
the side camera key.  
or  
7. Press Next (right softkey) for more options:  
Ⅲ
SendVideo to send the video. (See page 197 for details.)  
Ⅲ
GotoCamcorder to return to video mode to take another video.  
Ⅲ
UploadtoAlbums to upload the video you just took to the  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website.  
Ⅲ
Setas to assign the video. Select Ringer or Animation and  
press  
.
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Playback to play back the video you just took.  
Delete to delete the video you just took.  
VideosInCamcord. to access the In Camcorder folder to  
review your saved videos.  
Ⅲ
VideosInminiSD to access the Video folder in the miniSD  
(if available).  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Totakeavideowiththeflipclosed:  
1. Press and hold the side camera key to activate camera mode.  
2. Press and hold the side camera key to activate video mode.  
3. Point the camera lens at your subject. (You can check the video  
framing through the Sub LCD.)  
Note: When taking a video with the phone closed, the subject image appears in  
reverse on the external display. The captured image will not be saved in reverse.  
4. Press the side camera key to start recording.  
5. Press the side camera key to stop recording.  
Ⅲ
Open the flip to review the video and for more options.  
Note: While you are recording a video, the backlight turns on even if your  
backlight is set to Always Off.  
Note: In some cases, the screen may flicker and the stripes may appear on the  
display under fluorescent lighting.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
186  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Video Mode Options  
Several options are available from video mode.  
Press Options (right softkey) to display additional options:  
ⅷ
VideoMode to select video mode from Normal, Beach/Snow,  
Scenery, SoftFocus or MirrorImage.  
ⅷ
VideoLight to select a Video Light setting. Select On to light the  
video light while taking video.  
ⅷ
Zoom to zoom in on an object. You can adjust the zoom from  
1x to 20x.  
Shortcut: To adjust the zoom, press the navigation key right or left in video mode.  
ⅷ
Self-timer to activate the timer function. (See “Setting the Self-  
timer” on page 172 for details.)  
ⅷ
ImageControls to select an option from the following:  
Ⅲ
Brightness to select Auto or Manual brightness control.  
Ⅲ
WhiteBalance to adjust white balance based on changing  
conditions.  
ⅷ
Camcord.Settings to select your settings. (See “Selecting  
Camcorder Settings” on page 188 for details.)  
ⅷ
VideosInCamcord. to go to your phone’s In Camcorder folder.  
ⅷ
VideosInminiSD to access the Video folder in the miniSD (if  
available).  
ⅷ
GotoCamera to switch to camera mode.  
ⅷ
KeyGuidance to indicate the key functions in video mode.  
ⅷ
LoadMyFavorite to load your favorite setting. (See “Setting Your  
Favorite Mode” on page 176 for setting your favorite mode.)  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting Camcorder Settings  
Toselectyourcamcordersettings:  
1. From video mode, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight Camcord.Settings and press  
.
3. Select an option from the following and press  
Ⅲ
Resolution to select a file size (Good-176x144 or  
Medium-128x96) for a video.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
VideoQuality to select video quality from Economy-30sec.,  
Normal-20sec., Rich-15sec., or miniSDRich-90min. (if available).  
SilentMovie to select On to record without sounds. Select Off  
to deactivate this feature.  
CueSound to select a cue sound. (See “Setting the Cue Sound”  
below for details.)  
SkinFrames to select your favorite frame from BlackWindow,  
OrangeRing, or BlueCrystal.  
SaveMyFavorite to set your favorite setting. (See “Setting  
Your Favorite Mode” on page 176 for details.)  
Note: Recording time varies depending on the Video Quality.  
SettingtheCueSound  
ToselecttheCueSound:  
1. From video mode, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight Camcord.Settings and press  
3. Select CueSound and press  
.
.
4. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Default plays the default cue sound.  
Ⅲ
“Action&Cut” notifies you with the pre-recorded words.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Off makes no sound.  
RecordYourOwn allows you to record your own voice for  
a cue sound. Select StartSound or EndSound and press  
.
Select Record, press , and press  
to start recording.  
(Maximum recording time is 3 seconds for each setting.)  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
188  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ViewingYourVideo’s StatusArea Display  
VideoStatusArea  
Macro (Close-up)  
Recording Time  
Mode  
Video Light  
White Balance  
Brightness  
Video Mode  
Memory Gauge  
Resolution  
VideoIconIndication  
No.  
1
Function  
Icons  
Details  
Use this setting for close-up shots.  
Macro Mode (Close-up)  
Appears when the video light setting is On.  
Video Light  
White Balance  
Brightness Manual  
Video Mode  
2
3
4
5
Same as Camera Status Area.(See page 177 for details.)  
For the manual setting of brightness.  
Same as Camera Status Area.(See page 177 for details.)  
For good video resolution.  
Good  
Resolution  
6
For medium video resolution.  
Medium  
Shows the remaining memory.  
Memory Gauge  
RecordingTime  
7
8
Shows the recording time.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
StoringVideos  
You can save your videos in your phone’s camcorder storage folder or  
in the miniSD card. Same as picture storage area, the camcorder  
storage area can be used separately according to your needs. They are:  
ⅷ
In Camcorder (see next page)  
ⅷ
Saved to Phone (see page 193)  
ⅷ
In miniSD (see page 194)  
Selecting the StorageArea forVideos  
When you take a video, you can choose to save videos directly to your  
phone’s storage folder (In Camcorder Folder) or to the miniSD card.  
Toselectthestorageareaforvideos:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Pictures&Videos and press  
.
3. Select SettingsandInfo and press  
.
4. Select AutoSaveto and press  
.
5. Select your desired storage area and press  
.
Ⅲ
MyPics./Videos to save the video to your phone’s  
In Camcorder folder.  
Ⅲ
miniSD to save the video to the miniSD card.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
190  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
In Camcorder Folder  
From the In Camcorder folder, you can view all the videos you have  
recorded, store selected videos in your phone, send videos to the  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website, delete videos, and access additional  
video options.  
ToreviewyourstoredvideosintheInCamcorderfolder:  
1. Press  
to access the Pictures & Videos menu.  
2. Select MyVideos and press  
.
3. Select InCamcorder and press . (Thumbnail videos will  
display, up to nine videos at a time.)  
4. Use your navigation key to view and scroll through videos.  
5. Press Play (left softkey) to play the video.  
Tip: Press the Side Volume key up or down to adjust the video volume while  
playing or pausing a video.  
In Camcorder Folder Options  
When you are in the In Camcorder folder, several options are available.  
Press Options (right softkey) to display the following options:  
ⅷ
Expand to switch to the Expand view mode.  
ⅷ
Thumbnail to switch to the Thumbnail view mode.  
ⅷ
SendVideo to send video files. See page 197 for details.  
ⅷ
UploadtoAlbums to upload videos saved in the In Camcorder  
folder to the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website.  
ⅷ
Setas to assign the video. Select Ringer or Animation and press  
.
ⅷ
Display/Edit to select an option from the following:  
Ⅲ
TextCaption to edit the caption of a video.  
Ⅲ
VideoInfo to display information of a video, such as caption,  
time/date, size, etc.  
Ⅲ
Sortby tosortvideosbydateorsize. (Thumbnailpicturesonly.)  
Ⅲ
OriginalSize or EnlargedView to switch to the Original or  
Enlarged view mode.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Delete to delete videos in the In Camcorder folder.  
SavetoPhone tosavetheselectedvideosintheSavedtoPhonefolder.  
Copy/MovetominiSD to copy or move the selected videos to the  
miniSD (if available).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
GotoSavedtoPh. to access the Saved to Phone folder.  
VideosInminiSD toaccesstheVideofolderintheminiSD(ifavailable).  
GotoCamcorder to activate video mode.  
Note: You must have a miniSD card inserted to view the miniSD options.  
Note: Upload to Albums and Save to Phone copy videos from your phone’s In  
Camcorder folder to your Saved to Phone folder or your online Sprint PCS Picture  
Mail account. Videos that have been stored in your Saved to Phone folder or  
uploaded to your online account will remain available in the In Camcorder folder  
until you erase them.  
Note: If this is the first time you have accessed the Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
account, you will be prompted to create your Sprint PCS Picture Mail password.  
(See “Creating Your Sprint PCS Picture Mail Password” on page 169.)  
VideoThumbnailView  
Name of the currently displayed folder  
Count of saved  
Currently Selected  
videos  
video  
Current video  
Uploaded icon  
number  
Check Box  
File Size  
and Caption  
Left softkey  
Right softkey  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
192  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Saved to Phone Folder  
When you assign or download a video, the video will be saved  
automatically to the separate folder called “Saved to Phone.”  
The Saved to Phone folder allows you to store copies of videos on  
your phone and to assign videos to various phone tasks.  
TosaveavideototheSavedtoPhonefolder:  
1. From the In Camcorder folder (see “In Camcorder Folder” on  
page 191), select a video you wish to save to the Saved to Phone  
folder and press . (You may select multiple videos.)  
Tip: If there is no selected video, the currently highlighted video will be selected.  
2. Press Options (right softkey). (The In Camcorder folder options  
will display.)  
3. Highlight SavetoPhone and press . (A copy of the video will  
be saved to the Saved to Phone folder.)  
ToplayvideosstoredintheSavedtoPhonefolder:  
1. From the Pictures & Videos menu, select MyVideos and press  
.
2. Select SavedtoPhone and press . (Thumbnail pictures will  
display, up to nine videos at a time.)  
3. Use your navigation key to view and scroll through videos.  
4. Press Play (left softkey) to play the selected videos.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Saved to Phone Folder Options  
From the Saved to Phone folder, press Options (right softkey) to  
display the following options. To select an option, highlight it and  
press  
.
ⅷ
Expand to switch to the Expand view mode.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
Thumbnail to switch to the Thumbnail view mode.  
Setas to assign the video. Select Ringer or Animation and  
press  
.
ⅷ
Display/Edit to display the currently highlighted video’s details or  
edit the videos (see page 191).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Delete to delete videos stored in the Saved to Phone folder.  
VideosInCamcord. to access the In Camcorder folder.  
VideosInminiSD to access the Video folder in the miniSD (if  
available).  
ⅷ
GotoCamcorder to activate video mode.  
Note: Videos may be assigned to more than one task.  
Note: Assigned videos will be identified with the icon.  
miniSDVideo Folder  
You can save videos directly in the miniSD card using your phone’s  
pictures and videos settings. The maximum number of videos that  
can be stored and managed in each folder on a miniSD is 1000.  
Depending on the miniSD card capacity, you can record up to 90  
minutes of video (see page 188 for details).  
ToreviewyourstoredvideosintheminiSD:  
1. From the Pictures& Videos menu, select My Videos and press  
.
2. Select InminiSD and press  
.
3. Select your desired folder in the miniSD and press  
.
4. Use your Navigation key to scroll through and view saved videos.  
Note: Content stored below the DCIM folder on your miniSD card which does not  
conformtotheDCFstandard(DesignruleforCameraFilesystem)cannotbedisplayed.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
194  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
miniSDVideo Folder Options  
You can also manage your videos stored in the miniSD using several  
user options.  
TodisplaytheminiSDVideofolderoptions:  
Access the Video folder in the miniSD (see page 139) and press  
Options (right softkey). To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
Expand to switch to the Expand view mode.  
ⅷ
Thumbnail to switch to the Thumbnail view mode.  
ⅷ
SendVideo to send video files (see page 197).  
ⅷ
UploadtoAlbums to upload videos in your miniSD to the  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website.  
ⅷ
Setas to assign the video. Select Ringer or Animation and press  
.
ⅷ
Display/Edit to edit or display your video’s details.  
ⅷ
Delete to delete videos stored in the miniSD.  
ⅷ
VideosInCamcord. to access the In Camcorder folder.  
ⅷ
GotoSavedtoPh. to access the Saved to Phone folder.  
ⅷ
GotoCamcorder to activate video mode.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sending Sprint PCS Picture Mail and  
Sprint PCSVideo Mail  
Once you’ve taken a picture or a video, you can use the messaging  
capabilities of your Sprint PCS Phone to instantly send it to family and  
friends. You can send pictures and videos to up to ten people at a  
time using their email addresses or their Sprint PCS Vision Phone  
numbers.  
Sending Pictures From the In Camera Folder  
TosendpicturesfromtheInCamerafolder:  
1. Press  
to access the Pictures & Videos menu.  
2. Select MyPictures and press  
.
3. Select InCamera and press  
.
4. Highlight a picture you wish to send and press  
to select a  
picture.  
5. Press Send (left softkey). (You will see messages on the display.)  
6. Press the left softkey to continue.  
7. Select Recipients and press  
.
8. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
PhoneBookEntry to select recipients from your Contacts list.  
Highlight a recipient and press to select.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
MobilePhone# to enter a mobile phone number directly.  
EmailAddress to enter an email address directly.  
FromRecentList to select from a list of recent Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail or messaging recipients.  
Note: The and  
icons next to contact’s names represent Mobile Phone and  
email. When entering a new contact, use your navigation key to select the  
correct icon for the entry. You can also select both the mobile phone number and  
email address at once by selecting the  
icon.  
9. Press Next (left softkey) when you are finished selecting and  
entering recipients. (You may include up to ten recipients per  
message.)  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10. Follow the onscreen instructions to add available options.  
11. To send the picture, press the appropriate softkey.  
Tip: When you send a picture from the In Camera folder, you can also attach  
videos from the In Camcorder folder. Follow the onscreen prompts to send  
a video.  
SendingVideos From the In Camcorder Folder  
TosendvideosfromtheInCamcorderfolder:  
1. Press  
to access the Pictures & Videos menu.  
2. Select MyVideos and press  
.
3. Select InCamcorder and press  
.
4. Press  
to select a video.  
5. Press Options (right softkey), select SendVideo, and press  
.
6. To complete and send the Sprint PCS Video Mail, follow  
steps 6-11 in “Sending Pictures From the In Camera Folder” on  
page 196.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sending Sprint PCS Picture Mail From Messaging  
You can also send your Sprint PCS Picture Mail from your phone’s  
Messaging menu.  
TosendpicturesfromtheMessagingmenu:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
to access the Messaging menu.  
.
3. Select SendMessage and press  
– or –  
Select PictureMail, press , select <SendMessage>, and  
press  
.
4. Select Picture and press  
.
5. Select FromMyPics., FromminiSD, or OnlineAlbums and press  
.
The following two items need an extra step:  
Ⅲ
FromminiSD requires you to select the folder and press  
.
Ⅲ
OnlineAlbums requires you to select the album and press  
.
6. Use the navigation key to display the picture you wish to send  
and press . (You can select multiple pictures.)  
7. Press Next (left softkey). To complete and send the Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail, follow steps 6-11 in “Sending Pictures From the In  
Camera Folder” on page 196.  
Tip: If you want to take a new picture and send it, select Take Picture during  
step 5 above. After taking a picture, press Next (right softkey) to continue.  
TosendvideosfromtheMessagingmenu:  
1. Follow steps 1-3 above.  
2. Select Video and press  
3. Select FromMyVideos, FromminiSD, or OnlineAlbums and  
press  
.
.
The following two items need an extra step:  
Ⅲ
FromminiSD requires you to select the folder and press  
.
Ⅲ
OnlineAlbums requires you to select the album and press  
.
4. Use the navigation key to display the video you wish to send and  
press . (You can select multiple videos.)  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
198  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Press Next (right softkey). (To complete and send the Sprint PCS  
Video Mail, follow steps 6-11 in “Sending Pictures From the In  
Camera Folder” on page 196.)  
Tip: If you want to take a new video and send it, select Take Video during step 3 on  
the previous page. After taking a video, press Next (right softkey) to continue.  
Sending toVarious Destinations  
With your MM-5600 by Sanyo, you can select various destinations for  
your pictures, such as a picture printing service or a photo sharing  
service. The destinations will be downloaded to your phone  
automatically the first time you access the Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
account.  
Toselectthedestination:  
1. Press  
to access the Pictures & Videos menu.  
2. Select MyPictures and press  
.
3. Select InCamera and press  
.
4. Highlight a picture you wish to send and press  
to select a  
picture.  
5. Press Send (left softkey).  
6. Select the destination you want to and press  
.
Ⅲ
Select Update to update your destination list.  
7. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the process.  
Note: Depending on the destination, the items you can send will vary. A caution  
will be displayed when you select an item you cannot send. Follow the caution to  
complete the process.  
Tip: The destination list may also appear in the Pictures & Videos menu.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Managing Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
Using the Sprint PCS Picture MailWebsite  
Once you have uploaded pictures and videos from your phone to  
your online Sprint PCS Picture Mail account (see “In Camera Folder”  
on page 179), you can use your personal computer to manage your  
uploaded data. From the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website you can send  
pictures and videos, organize and move images, and do much more.  
You will also have access to picture management tools to improve  
and customize your pictures. You’ll be able to lighten, darken, crop,  
add antique effects, add comic bubbles and cartoon effects, and use  
other features to transform your pictures.  
ToaccesstheSprintPCSPictureMailWebsite:  
1. From your computer’s Internet connection, go to  
www.sprint.com/picturemail.  
2. Enter your Sprint PCS Phone Number and Sprint PCS Picture  
Mail password to sign on. (See “Creating Your Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail Password” on page 169.)  
Managing Online Pictures andVideos  
FromYour Phone  
You can use your phone to manage, edit, or send pictures and videos  
you have uploaded to the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website. (See “In  
Camera Folder Options” on page 180 and “In Camcorder Folder  
Options” on page 191 for information about uploading.)  
ToviewyouronlineSprintPCSPictureMailfromyourphone:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Pictures&Videos and press  
.
Shortcut: Instead of steps 1 and 2 above, press  
.
3. Select OnlineAlbums and press  
.
4. Select ViewAlbums and press . (Depending on your settings  
you may be prompted to accept a Sprint PCS Vision connection.  
The Uploads folder and your albums appear.)  
5. Select Uploads or an album title and press  
.
6. Highlight Picture or Video and press . (Thumbnail pictures or  
videos, up to nine per screen are displayed.)  
7. Use your navigation key to select a picture or video.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
200  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UploadingYour Pictures andVideos  
Touploadpictures:  
1. Press  
to access the Pictures & Videos menu.  
2. Select OnlineAlbums and press  
.
3. Select UploadPics and press  
.
4. Select pictures and press Upload (left softkey).  
5. Highlight ThisPicture, SelectedPictures, or AllPictures and  
press  
.
6. Highlight “Uploads”Area and press  
.
– or –  
Highlight OtherAlbums, press  
and then select your desired  
album and press  
.
Touploadvideos:  
1. Follow steps 1-2 above.  
2. Select UploadVideos and press  
.
3. Select videos and press Upload (left softkey).  
4. Highlight ThisVideo, SelectedVideos, or AllVideos and press  
.
5. Highlight “Uploads”Area and press  
.
– or –  
Highlight OtherAlbums, press , and then select your desired  
album and press  
.
Note: Erasing pictures and videos will free up memory space in your phone to  
enable you to take more pictures and videos. Once erased, pictures and videos  
cannot be uploaded to your online Sprint PCS Picture Mail account or saved to  
the Saved to Phone folder.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DownloadingYour Online Pictures andVideos  
From the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Website, you can download the  
selected picture or video to the In Camera or In Camcorder folder.  
In addition to downloading, you can assign the picture or video to  
several phone tasks.  
Todownloadpictures:  
1. From the online picture display, select a picture you wish to  
download and press Options (right softkey). (See “Managing  
Online Pictures and Videos From Your Phone” on page 200.)  
2. Highlight SavetoPhone and press  
.
3. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Setas to assign the picture. Select PictureID or ScreenSaver  
and press  
.
Ⅲ
DownloadOnly to only download the pictures to the  
In Camera folder.  
Todownloadvideos:  
1. From the online video display, select a video you wish to  
download and press Options (right softkey). (See “Managing  
Online Pictures and Videos From Your Phone” on page 200.)  
2. Highlight SavetoPhone and press  
.
3. Select an option from the following and press  
.
Ⅲ
Setas to assign the video. Select Ringer or Animation and  
press  
.
Ⅲ
DownloadOnly to only download the videos to the  
In Camcorder folder.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
202  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sending Online Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
TosendpicturesfromtheonlineAddressBook:  
1. From the online picture display, select a picture you wish to  
send and press Send (left softkey). (See “Managing Online  
Pictures and Videos From Your Phone” on page 200.)  
2. Highlight Recipients and press  
.
3. Highlight OnlineAddr. Book and press  
.
4. To select a recipient, highlight a recipient and press  
.
(You may select up to 10 recipients.)  
5. Press Done (left softkey) when you are finished selecting  
recipients.  
6. Follow the onscreen instructions to add available options.  
7. Confirm the recipients and attached data.  
8. Press the appropriate softkey to send your Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail.  
TosendvideosfromtheonlineAddressBook:  
1. From the online video display, select a video you wish to send  
and press Options (right softkey). (See “Managing Online  
Pictures and Videos From Your Phone” on page 200.)  
2. Highlight SendVideo and press  
.
3. To complete and send the Sprint PCS Video Mail, follow  
steps 2-8 above.  
Tip: When you send pictures and videos from the Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
Website, you can also attach pictures and videos from the Website. Follow the  
onscreen prompt to attach another picture or video.  
Tosendanalbumfromonlinemode:  
1. From the online Albums display, select an album you wish to  
send and press Send (left softkey). (See “Managing Online  
Pictures and Videos From Your Phone” on page 200.)  
2. Follow steps 2-8 in “To send pictures from the online Address  
Book” above to complete and send your Sprint PCS Picture  
Mail.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Accessing Online Picture andVideo Options From  
Your Phone  
Toaccessyouronlinepictureoptionsfromyourphone:  
1. Select a picture from your online display (see “Managing Online  
Pictures and Videos From Your Phone” on page 200).  
2. Press Options (right softkey) to display options.  
3. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Ⅲ
Expand to switch to the Expand view mode.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Thumbnail to switch to the Thumbnail view mode.  
Copy/Move to copy or move pictures to a selected album.  
Tip: Press New (left softkey) to copy/move pictures to a new folder.  
Ⅲ
Display/Edit to display the details of currently highlighted  
picture or edit the picture. Select from TextCaption,  
PictureInfo, FullScreen, InfoBar or Rotate.  
Ⅲ
Delete to erase pictures saved in the current album (or  
Uploads folder).  
Ⅲ
SavetoPhone to select Setas to assign the pictures to phone  
tasks or DownloadOnly to download the pictures to the In  
Camera folder.  
Ⅲ
CreateAlbum to create a new album (from Uploads folder  
only). Enter the album name and select Save (left softkey).  
Ⅲ
OnlineAlbums to switch the display to the online album list.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
204  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Toaccessyouronlinevideooptionsfromyourphone:  
1. Select a video from your online display (see “Managing Online  
Pictures and Videos From Your Phone” on page 200).  
2. Press Options (right softkey) to display options.  
3. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Ⅲ
Expand to switch to the Expand view mode.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Thumbnai to switch to the Thumbnail view mode.  
SendVideo to send videos. (See “Sending Videos From the In  
Camcorder Folder” on page 197 for details.)  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Copy/Move to copy or move videos to a selected album.  
Display/Edit to display the details of currently highlighted  
video or edit the video. Select from TextCaption, VideoInfo,  
OriginalSize or EnlargedView.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Delete to erase videos saved in the current album (or  
Uploads folder).  
SavetoPhone to select Setas to assign the videos to phone  
tasks or DownloadOnly to download the videos to the In  
Camcorder folder.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
CreateAlbum tocreateanewalbum(fromUploadsfolderonly).  
OnlineAlbums to switch the display to the online album list.  
Toaccessyouronlinealbumsoptionsfromyourphone:  
1. Display the album list in the online Pictures and Videos menu  
(see “Managing Online Pictures and Videos From Your Phone”  
on page 200).  
2. Use your navigation key to select an album (or Uploads folder).  
3. Press Options (right softkey) to display options.  
4. To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
Ⅲ
CreateAlbum to create a new album. Enter a new album  
name and press Save (left softkey).  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
DeleteAlbum to delete the selected album.  
Rename Album to rename the selected album. Enter a new  
name and press Save (left softkey).  
Note: Uploads folder cannot be erased or renamed.  
Ⅲ
AlbumInfo to display detailed information about the album.  
Section 2L: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Camera  
205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 2M  
Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
YourMultimediaChannelOptions  
AccessingYourMediaPlayer’sChannelListing  
PlayingaVideoorAudioClip  
MultimediaFAQs  
YourSprintPCSVisionMultimediaPhone’sbuilt-inmediaplayergives  
youtheabilitytolistentoaudioclipsandviewvideoclipsrightfromyour  
phone’sdisplay. It’s a great way to stay up-to-date with news,  
weather, and sports information while also providing  
entertainment with the latest blockbuster movie trailers or music  
videos – anywhere, anytime on the Sprint Nationwide PCS  
Network. Just access your media player from your phone’s main  
menu, scroll to your choice of channel, and select one of the video  
or audio clips to play. It’s like having a TV in the palm of your hand.  
This section explains the features and options of your phone’s  
built-in media player.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
206  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Your Multimedia Channel Options  
Sprint PCS Vision Multimedia Service offers a variety of accessible  
audio or video channels, depending on your Sprint PCS Service Plan  
and multimedia subscriptions. Your subscription options include a  
comprehensive basic service as well as a full menu of a variety of  
additional channel options.  
ⅷ
PreviewChannel: This free channel lets you sample clips from all of  
the available channels before you make a decision to subscribe.  
It's like viewing the movie preview before deciding whether you  
want to spend the money to go see the full motion picture.  
ⅷ
SprintTV: This comprehensive basic service gives you access to a  
variety of content from familiar brands. Think of it as "basic cable"  
for your phone. It allows you unlimited access to this content as  
long as you continue to pay the monthly subscription fee.  
ⅷ
AvailableIndividualChannelOptions: You also have the option of  
subscribing to individual channels from an extensive menu  
offering. These channels are available for a monthly subscription  
fee and allow you unlimited access as long as you continue to pay  
your monthly subscription fee.  
You can always visit www.sprintpcs.com to view a comprehensive up-  
to-date Channel Guide, giving you an explanation of the available  
channels as well as information on subscription rates.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AccessingYour Media Player’s Channel  
Listing  
It’s easy to access and view the multimedia Channel Listing on your  
MM-5600 by Sanyo from the phone’s main menu.  
ToaccessyourmediaplayerandChannelListing:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select MediaPlayer and press  
.
3. Select ChannelListing and press . (Your ChannelListing will  
display, divided into the following two sections:)  
Ⅲ
MyChannels: These include the complimentary Previews  
channel that Sprint provides, as well as any available  
individual channels for which you have purchased access.  
If you have purchased Sprint TV, either through a Sprint TV  
Vision Plan subscription or by purchasing it separately, it  
will be displayed here.  
Ⅲ
AvailableChannels: These are channels that have not yet  
been purchased but are available to access for a monthly  
subscription fee. Use your navigation key to scroll through  
and select a channel, and follow the onscreen instructions  
to purchase access to it. Upon purchasing access to one of  
these channels, the channel will be listed, along with its  
corresponding channel number, in the MyChannels section  
of your media player's Channel Listing. You will see it  
displayed in this section the next time you access your  
phone's media player.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
208  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Playing aVideo orAudio Clip  
ToaccessyourmediaplayerandChannelListing:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select MediaPlayer and press . (The selection menu will  
display.)  
Ⅲ
ChannelListing to display your channel Listing.  
Ⅲ
miniSD to access the Media folder in the miniSD (see  
page 139 for details).  
3. Select ChannelListing and press  
.
4. Use your keypad to enter a channel number (or use your  
navigation key to scroll to a channel and press ).  
Ⅲ
MyChannels: If you have selected a channel that you’ve  
already signed up for (or if it’s a channel with no monthly  
fee), you will see a list of available clips.  
Ⅲ
AvailableChannels: If you have selected a channel you have  
not yet signed up for, you will be prompted to accept the  
corresponding monthly charge. Follow the onscreen  
prompts to subscribe to the selected channel. (A list of  
available clips will display.)  
5. Scroll to the clip you would like to play and press Select (left  
softkey) or . (The clip will automatically load and begin  
playing.)  
Ⅲ
Press Options (right softkey) to display several options (see  
page 211 for details).  
Tip: To change the volume, press the Side Volume key up or down.  
Tip: To play another clip, press the navigation key up or down, or press your  
desired channel number with your keypad while playing the clip.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PlayingaClipFromtheBrowser  
You can play a clip from a URL in the browser (if available).  
Toplayaclipfromthebrowser:  
1. Press Web (right softkey) to launch the browser.  
2. Select the page that includes URLs.  
3. Select your desired URL and press  
.
PlayingaClipFromaTextMessage  
You can play a clip in the text message that includes the URL (if  
available).  
Toplayaclipinatextmessage:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
.
3. Select TextMsgs and press  
.
4. Select Inbox or your defined folder, and press  
.
5. Select the message that includes URLs.  
6. Select your desired URL and press Go (left softkey) to play the  
video or audio clip.  
7. Follow the onscreen prompt to play the clip.  
Tip: To switch the speakerphone on or off, press  
while playing a clip.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
210  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Multimedia Options  
While using the Multimedia Player, several options are available.  
To select an option, press Options (right softkey), highlight it and  
press  
.
ⅷ
ChannelListing to display the channel list.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Info to display channel information (if available).  
Refresh to reload the latest information (if available).  
miniSD to access the Media Folder in the miniSD (if available).  
OnlineCatalog to display online catalogs (if available).  
PlayerSettings to select frames to display while playing clips.  
Select from AudioSkins or SkinFrames (only appears while you are  
in the channel list).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
OriginalSize to switch to the Original view mode.  
EnlargedView to switch to the Enlarged view mode.  
Help to see the Multimedia instruction page.  
Note: The first time you access one of your Available Channels, you will be  
prompted to accept the corresponding monthly fee (unless it’s a channel that  
doesn’t have an associated monthly fee). Accepting the charge gives you access  
to the channel for as long as you continue to pay the monthly fee. If you accept  
the fee, the next time you access your phone’s media player, this channel will  
appear in the My Channels section of your Channel Listing.  
Note: The icons next to channel numbers indicate types of channels. Press to  
play an audio clip, or press to play a video clip. appears if the channel has  
two or more clips.  
Tip: When entering the specific channel number, channels 01 - 09 do not require  
you to enter a “0.” For example, to access channel “07,” just press the “7” key.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Multimedia FAQs  
1. Howdoesmyphone’sMultimediaServicedifferfromSprintPCS  
VideoMail?  
Multimedia Service lets you access high-quality video and audio  
clips provided by external sources. Sprint PCS Video Mail lets  
you capture, upload and share videos that you personally create  
with your phone’s built-in camcorder.  
2. HowamIchargedforMultimediaService?  
It depends on whether you sign up for a Sprint PCS Vision Plan.  
Please see the following options below:  
A. SprintPCSVisionPlan:  
Ⅲ
With any Sprint PCS Vision Plan (other than the SprintTV  
Vision Plan), you can play an unlimited number of  
video/audio clips on your phone’s display as long as  
you’ve subscribed to a channel (see next bullet). You also  
receive access to the Previews channel as a courtesy from  
Sprint. It doesn’t cost you anything to play the clips, but  
you will need to pay a monthly fee for any channel  
subscriptions (see the following bullet).  
Ⅲ
In addition to complimentary access to the Previews  
channel, you can subscribe to any of the channels listed in  
the Available Channels section of your Channel Listing for  
an additional monthly fee. Clips within these channels  
will continue to be available to you as long as you  
continue to pay your monthly channel subscription fee.  
B. SprintTVVisionPlan:  
Ⅲ
With this specific plan, you can play an unlimited number  
of video/audio clips on your phone’s display and, in  
addition to the Previews channel, this plan includes the  
SprintTV Channel, giving you a comprehensive selection  
of audio/video clips from a variety of brands you know. It  
doesn’t cost you anything to play the clips, but you will  
need to pay a monthly fee for any additional channels to  
which you subscribe (see the following bullet).  
Ⅲ
For a monthly subscription fee, you can purchase access to  
a variety of other channels located in the Available Channels  
section of your Channel Listing. Clips within these  
channels will continue to be available to you as long as you  
continue to pay your monthly channel subscription fee.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
212  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C. AnyplanotherthanaSprintPCSVisionPlan:  
Ⅲ
If you do not sign up for a Sprint PCS Vision Plan (of any  
kind), your Sprint PCS Multimedia Phone still has the  
capability of playing audio or video clips, but you WILL be  
charged a fee for playing them (this includes any of the  
clips in the Previews channel). The charge for playing the  
clip is based the clip’s size and scope, and will vary  
depending on the clip.  
Ⅲ
You will be charged a monthly subscription fee for any of  
the Available Channels you acquire access to (with the  
exception of the Previews channel, which is included as a  
courtesy from Sprint). If you purchase access to an  
Available Channel, clips within the channel will continue  
to be available to you as long as you continue to pay your  
monthly channel subscription fee.  
3. WillIknowifI’mreceivinganincomingcallwhileI’mviewingor  
listeningtoanaudioclip?  
Yes. To ignore the call, press Ignore (left softkey). Incoming calls  
will roll into voicemail while you are playing a clip. If the caller  
leaves a voicemail, the voicemail icon will appear on the screen.  
4. Howlongaretheclips?WillIknowtheestimatedtimeitwilltaketo  
playtheclippriortoaccessingit?  
Once you have selected a channel, you will see a listing of the  
available clips, with the clip’s length appearing after the clip’s  
title (if available). In general, a clip’s duration will depend on  
the story or content being provided, and can be fairly short or as  
long as a few minutes.  
5. CanIaccessamultimediaclipwhereverIam, aslongasIhave  
myphone?  
As long as you are on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, you  
will have access to the audio and video clips.  
Note: Multimedia Service does not work while roaming off of the Sprint  
Nationwide PCS Network or where service is unavailable.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. ArethevideosthatI’mviewing“live”videos?  
Not yet. This service currently provides media on demand with  
video and audio clips that are refreshed throughout the day, but  
that are not “live.” A menu of live media streams should become  
available in 2005.  
7. AfterpurchasingaccesstoanAvailableChannelforamonthlyfee, do  
Ireceiveanyconfirmation?Thatis, howdoIknowithasbeen  
purchased?  
The next time you access your media player’s Channel Listing,  
the purchased channel title and corresponding number will  
appear in the MyChannels section.  
8. Whyaresomechannelsalreadypre-loadedintotheMyChannels  
section?  
Some channels, such as Previews, are offered free of charge as a  
customer courtesy. These channels automatically appear in the  
MyChannels section of your Channel Listing.  
9. IfIdon’tsubscribetoSprintPCSVisionPlan, amIstillabletoviewthe  
multimediaclips?  
Yes; for service access charges, please see option “C” in  
question 2 on the previous page.  
10. HowcanIeasilyaccessachannelwithouthavingtoscrollthroughall  
thechannelsinmyChannelListing?  
Each channel will have a number to the left of it. You can simply  
press this number to quickly access the clips located within that  
channel.  
Tip: When entering the specific channel number, channels 01 - 09 do not require  
you to enter a “0.” For example, to access channel “07,” just press the “7” key.  
11. WhatdoesitmeanwhenthevideopausesandIseetheword  
“loading”atthebottomofthescreen?  
This happens when the media player is in the process of loading  
the data necessary to play the clip. It typically occurs when  
there is heavy traffic on the network.  
12. HowcanIcancelserviceifIdecideIdon’twantit?  
To cancel your Multimedia Service, visit www.sprintpcs.com and  
sign on to MyPCS with your account number and password.  
From this page you have the ability to cancel the service and/or  
any Available Channels to which you subscribe.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
214  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13. IfIplacemystereoheadphonesonandinsertthemintothephone’s  
headsetjack, canIclosetheflipwhileIamplayinganaudio(orvideo)  
clipwithoutinterruptingtheclip?  
Yes. When you insert your stereo headset into the phone’s  
headset jack, the phone automatically goes into “headset  
mode,” allowing you to close the flip and continue playing the  
clip (likewise, if your phone is in “headset mode,” a phone call  
will not become disconnected by closing the flip).  
14. CanIsurftoadifferentchannelwhileIamplayingaclip?  
Yes; while you are playing a clip, you can use the up and down  
navigation keys to surf to a different channel. A small pop-up  
screen will appear that tells you which channel you are  
watching as well as other channels you have access to.  
Use the navigation keys to scroll through the different channels.  
Once you find a channel that you want to watch, scroll to it and  
press  
(or simply wait approximately 3 seconds) and the  
channel will begin loading.  
Section 2M: Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player  
215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 3  
Sprint PCS Service Features  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 3A  
Sprint PCS Service Features: The Basics  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
UsingVoicemail  
UsingCallerID  
RespondingtoCallWaiting  
MakingaThree-WayCall  
UsingCallForwarding  
Nowthatyou’vemasteredyourphone’sfundamentals, it’stimetoexplore  
thecallingfeaturesthatenhanceyourSprintPCSService. This section  
outlines your basic Sprint PCS Service features.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Voicemail  
Setting Up YourVoicemail  
All unanswered calls to your Sprint PCS Vision Phone are automatically  
transferred to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or turned  
off. Therefore, you will want to set up your Sprint PCS Voicemail and  
personal greeting as soon as your Sprint PCS Vision Phone is activated.  
Tosetupyourvoicemail:  
1. Press and hold  
.
2. Follow the system prompts to:  
Ⅲ
Create your passcode  
Ⅲ
Record your greeting  
Ⅲ
Record your name announcement  
Ⅲ
Choose whether or not to activate One-Touch Message  
Access (a feature that lets you access messages and  
bypassing the need for you to enter your passcode)  
Note: The voicemail setup process may vary in certain Affiliate areas.  
Voicemail Notification  
There are several ways your Sprint PCS Vision Phone alerts you of a  
new message:  
ⅷ
By displaying a message on the screen.  
ⅷ
By sounding the assigned ringer type.  
ⅷ
By the LED blinking red.  
ⅷ
By displaying the icon at the top of your screen.  
Tip: If you have two or more notifications, the event list will appear.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
218  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NewVoicemail MessageAlerts  
When you receive a new voice message, your phone alerts you and  
prompts you to call your voicemail.  
Tocallyourvoicemail:  
ᮣ
Press  
.
TodisplayyourMissedLog:  
ᮣ
Press Events (right softkey).  
Important: When you are roaming off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network, you  
may not receive notification of new voicemail messages. It is recommended that  
you periodically check your voicemail by dialing 1 + area code + your Sprint PCS  
Phone Number. When your voicemail answers, press  
and enter your  
passcode. You will be charged roaming rates when accessing voicemail while  
roaming off the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.  
Note: Your phone accepts messages even when it is turned off. However, you are  
only notified of new messages when your phone is turned on. You may not  
receive new messages out of a Sprint PCS Service Area.  
RetrievingYourVoicemail Messages  
You can review your messages directly from your Sprint PCS Vision  
Phone or from any other touch-tone phone. To dial from your  
Sprint PCS Vision Phone, you can either speed dial your voicemail or  
use the menu keys.  
UsingOne-TouchMessageAccess  
ᮣ
Press and hold  
. (Your phone will dial your voicemail box.)  
UsingtheMenuKeysonYourPhonetoAccessYourMessages  
1. Press to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
.
3. Select Voicemail and press  
.
4. Select CallVoicemail or Call:SpeakerOn, and press  
.
Note: You are charged for airtime minutes when you are accessing your  
voicemail from your Sprint PCS Vision Phone.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UsingaPhoneOtherThanYourSprintPCSVisionPhoneto  
AccessMessages  
1. Dial your Sprint PCS Phone Number.  
2. When your voicemail answers, press  
.
3. Enter your passcode.  
Tip: When you call into voicemail you first hear the header information (date,  
time, and sender information) for the message. To skip directly to the message,  
press  
during the header.  
VoicemailButtonGuide  
Here’s a quick guide to your keypad functions while listening to  
voicemail messages. For further details and menu options, see  
“Voicemail Menu Key” on page 224.  
Date/Time Send Reply Advance  
Replay  
Erase  
Rewind  
Call Back  
Help  
Forward  
Save  
Cancel  
Skip  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
220  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Voicemail Options  
Your Sprint PCS Vision Phone offers several options for organizing  
and accessing your voicemail.  
UsingExpertMode  
Using the Expert Mode setting for your personal voicemail box helps  
you navigate through the voicemail system more quickly by  
shortening the voice prompts you hear at each level.  
ToturnExpertModeonoroff:  
1. Press and hold  
to access your voicemail. (If your voicemail  
box contains any new or saved messages, press  
to access  
the main voicemail menu.)  
2. Press  
to change your Personal Options, following the  
system prompts.  
3. Press  
for Expert Mode.  
4. Press  
to turn Expert Mode on or off.  
SettingUpGroupDistributionLists  
Create up to 20 separate group lists, each with up to 20 customers.  
1. Press and hold  
to access your voicemail. (If your voicemail  
box contains any new or saved messages, press  
the main voicemail menu.)  
to access  
2. Press  
to change your Personal Options, following the  
system prompts.  
3. Press  
for Administrative Options.  
for Group Distribution Lists.  
4. Press  
5. Follow the voice prompts to create, edit, rename, or delete  
group lists.  
SprintPCSCallback  
Return a call after listening to a message without disconnecting  
from voicemail.  
ᮣ
Press  
after listening to a message. (Once the call is  
complete, you’re returned to the voicemail main menu.)  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessage  
Record and send a voice message to other Sprint PCS Voicemail users.  
1. From the main voicemail menu, press  
to send a message.  
2. Follow the voice prompts to enter the phone number.  
3. Follow the voice prompts to record and send your voice  
message.  
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessageReply  
Reply to a voice message received from any other Sprint PCS  
Voicemail user.  
1. After listening to a voice message, press  
.
2. Follow the voice prompts to record and send your reply.  
Voicemail-to-VoicemailMessageForwarding  
Forward a voice message, except those marked “Private,” to other  
Sprint PCS Voicemail users.  
1. After listening to a message, press  
.
2. Follow the voice prompts to enter the phone number.  
3. Follow the voice prompts to record your introduction and  
forward the voice message.  
Voicemail-to-VoicemailReceiptRequest  
Receive confirmation that your voice message has been listened to  
when you send, forward, or reply to other Sprint PCS users.  
1. After you have recorded a message, press  
to indicate you  
are satisfied with the message you recorded.  
2. Press  
to mark receipt requested.  
3. Press  
to send your voicemail message.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
222  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ContinueRecording  
When leaving a voice message, you can choose to continue recording  
even after you’ve stopped.  
ᮣ
Before pressing  
to indicate that you are satisfied with the  
message you recorded, press  
to continue recording.  
ExtendedAbsenceGreeting  
When your phone is turned off or you are off the Sprint Nationwide  
PCS Network for an extended period, this greeting can be played  
instead of your normal personal greeting.  
1. From the main voicemail menu, press  
for Personal  
Options.  
2. Press  
for Greetings.  
to record an Extended Absence Greeting.  
3. Press  
Clearing the Message Icon  
Your phone may temporarily continue to display the message icon  
after you have checked your voice and text messages.  
Tocleartheiconfromthedisplayscreen:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
3. Select Voicemail and press  
4. Select ClearCount and press  
.
.
.
5. Select Yes and press  
.
DisplayingYourVoicemail Details  
This feature allows you to show the number of new voicemail  
messages and the time you received the voicemail notification.  
Todisplayyourvoicemaildetails:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
.
3. Select Voicemail and press  
.
4. Select Details and press  
.
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Voicemail Menu Key  
Following the prompts on the voicemail system, you can use your  
keypad to navigate through the voicemail menu. The following list  
outlines your phone’s voicemail menu structure.  
Listen  
Envelope Information  
Reply  
Advance 8 Seconds  
Replay  
Rewind  
Forward Message  
Erase  
Callback  
Save  
Options  
Send a Message  
Personal Options  
Notification Options  
Phone Notification  
Numeric Paging to a Sprint PCS Phone  
Return to Personal Options Menu  
Administrative Options  
Skip Pass code  
Autoplay  
Message Date & Time On/Off  
Change Pass code  
Group Distribution List  
Return to Personal Options Menu  
Greetings  
Personal Greetings  
Name Announcement  
Extended Absence Greeting  
Return to Personal Options Menu  
Expert Mode (On/Off)  
Place a Call  
Disconnect  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
224  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Caller ID  
Caller ID allows people to identify a caller before answering the phone  
by displaying the number of the incoming call. If you do not want your  
number displayed when you place a call, just follow these easy steps.  
Toblockyourphonenumberfrombeingdisplayedforaspecific  
outgoingcall:  
1. Press  
2. Enter the number you want to call.  
3. Press  
.
.
To permanently block your number, call Sprint Customer Service.  
Responding to CallWaiting  
When you’re on a call, Call Waiting alerts you of incoming calls by  
sounding one beep. Your phone’s screen informs you that another  
call is coming in and displays the caller’s phone number. (This feature  
may not be available while you are in analog area.)  
Torespondtoanincomingcallwhileyou’reonacall:  
ᮣ
Press  
(or press Options [right softkey], highlight Flash, and  
press ). (This puts the first caller on hold and answers the  
second call.)  
Toswitchbacktothefirstcaller:  
ᮣ
Press  
again (or press Options [right softkey], highlight  
Flash, and press ).  
TorespondtoanincomingcallwhenAnsweronHoldisactivated:  
ᮣ
Press  
(or press Options [right softkey], highlight Flash, and  
press ).  
(The Answer on Hold will be automatically deactivated. See  
page 23 for Answer on Hold.)  
Toswitchbacktothefirstcaller:  
ᮣ
Press  
again (or press Options [right softkey], highlight  
Flash and press ).  
Tip: For those calls where you don’t want to be interrupted, you can temporarily  
disable Call Waiting by pressing  
before placing your call.  
Call Waiting is automatically reactivated once you end the call.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making a Three-Way Call  
With Three-Way Calling, you can talk to two people at the same time.  
When using this feature, the normal airtime rates will be charged for  
each of the two calls.  
TomakeaThree-WayCall:  
1. Enter a number you wish to call and press  
or  
.
2. Once you have established the connection, press  
(or press  
Options [right softkey], highlight Three-WayCall, and press ).  
(This puts the first caller on hold.)  
3. Dial the second number you wish to call and press  
(or  
press Options [right softkey], highlight Call or Call:SpeakerOn,  
and press ).  
4. When you’re connected to the second party, press  
again  
(or press Options [right softkey], highlight Flash, and press  
)
to begin your three-way call.  
If one of the people you called hangs up during your call, you and the  
remaining caller stay connected. If you initiated the call and are the  
first to hang up, all three callers are disconnected.  
Tip: You can also begin a Three-Way Call by displaying a phone number stored in  
your Contacts, Call History, or Messaging. To display the options, press Options  
(right softkey) during step 3 above.  
Note: Call Waiting and Three-Way Calling may not be available while roaming off  
the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
226  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Call Forwarding  
Call Forwarding lets you forward all your incoming calls to another  
phone number – even when your phone is turned off. You can  
continue to make calls from your phone when Call Forwarding is  
activated.  
ToactivateCallForwarding:  
1. Press  
.
2. Enter the area code and phone number to which your future  
calls should be forwarded.  
3. Press  
. (You will hear a tone to confirm the activation of  
Call Forwarding.)  
TodeactivateCallForwarding:  
1. Press  
.
2. Press  
. (You will hear a tone to confirm the deactivation.)  
Note: You are charged a higher rate for calls you have forwarded.  
Note: Sprint PCS Ready Link calls cannot be forwarded.  
Section 3A: Sprint PCS Service Features – The Basics  
227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 3B  
SM  
Sprint PCS Vision  
In This Section  
ࡗ
GettingStartedWithSprintPCSVision
ࡗ
 AccessingGames  
ࡗ
UsingtheSprintPCSVision  
MultimediaService  
ࡗ
 AccessingRingers  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
UnderstandingMessaging  
UsingEmail  
ࡗ
 AccessingScreenSavers  
ࡗ
 ExploringtheWeb  
AccessingAlternateEmailProviders 
ࡗ
 SprintPCSVisionFAQs  
UsingInstantMessaging  
ExperiencingWirelessOnlineChat  
DownloadingPremiumServicesContent  
SM  
SprintPCS Vision bringsyouclarityyoucanseeandhearwithadvanced  
multimediaservices. These features, including Sprint PCS  
Messaging, games, downloadable ringers and screen savers, and  
Web access are easy to learn and use. The rich, colorful graphic  
experience is visually comparable to your home or office  
computer. Clearly, it’s a whole new way to look at wireless.  
This section introduces these advanced services and walks you  
through the necessary steps to start taking advantage of Sprint PCS  
Vision.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
228  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting StartedWith Sprint PCSVision  
With your MM-5600 by Sanyo and Sprint PCS Service, you are ready to  
start enjoying the advantages of Sprint PCS Vision. This section will  
help you learn the basics of using your Sprint PCS Vision services,  
including managing your User Name, launching a Vision connection,  
and navigating the Web with your Sprint PCS Vision Phone.  
Your User Name  
When you buy a Sprint PCS Vision Phone and sign up for service,  
you’re automatically assigned a User Name. A User Name is typically  
based on your name and a number, followed by “@sprintpcs.com.”  
For example, the third John Smith to sign up for Sprint PCS Vision  
services might have [email protected] as his User Name. If you  
want a particular User Name, you can visit www.sprintpcs.com and get  
the name you want – as long as nobody else has it.  
When you use Sprint PCS Vision services, your User Name is  
submitted to identify you to the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.  
The User Name is also useful as an address for Email, as a way to  
personalize Web services, and as an online virtual identity.  
Your User Name will be automatically programmed into your  
Sprint PCS Vision Phone. You don’t have to enter it.  
UpdatingYourUserName  
When you change the programmed User Name and select a new one,  
you have to update your User Name through your Sprint PCS Phone.  
ToupdateyourUserName:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
.
3. Select PCSVision and press  
.
4. Select UpdateProfile and press  
.
Ⅲ
If you want to cancel, press  
while processing.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FindingYourUserName  
If you aren’t sure what your Sprint PCS Vision User Name is, you can  
easily find it online or on your Sprint PCS Vision Phone.  
TofindyourUserName:  
ⅷ
Atwww.sprintpcs.com. Sign on to your account using your  
Sprint PCS Phone Number and password. To view your  
Sprint PCS Vision User Name, click on the MyPersonalInformation  
menu and then click PCSVisionUserName.  
ⅷ
OnyourPhone. To find your User Name, access your phone’s main  
menu, go to Settings > PhoneInfo > Phone#/UserID.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
230  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Launching a Sprint PCSVision Connection  
TolaunchaSprintPCSVisionconnection:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Web and press . (Your Sprint PCS Vision connection  
will launch and the Sprint PCS Vision home page will display.)  
TheSprintPCSVisionHomePage  
left softkey  
right softkey  
Shortcut: You can also press Web (right softkey) in standby mode.  
Note: If Net Guard is enabled and displayed (see next page), press OK (left  
softkey) to continue and launch the Web.  
Tip: When Ready Link Guard is set to on, a warning message will appear.  
Press Continue (left softkey) to continue. (See page 163 for Ready Link Guard.)  
While connecting, the following will appear on the screen:  
Connecting...Pleasewait..  
If you had a previous Sprint PCS Vision connection, the last page you  
visited (for example, Email or ESPN Top News) will display when you  
launch your browser. When this occurs, you may not see the  
“Connecting...” message when you launch the session. Though the  
browser is open, you are not currently in an active data session - that  
is, no data is being sent or received.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Net Guard  
When you first connect to the Web, the Net Guard will appear to  
confirm that you want to connect. This feature helps you avoid  
accidental connections. You can disable the Net Guard in the future  
by selecting AlwaysAuto-Connect when the Net Guard is displayed.  
TochangeyourNetGuardsettings:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Settings and press  
3. Select PCSVision and press  
4. Select NetGuard and press  
5. Select On or Off and press  
.
.
.
.
Note: When enabled, the Net Guard appears only once per session. The Net  
Guard does not appear if the phone is merely re-connecting due to a time-out.  
Sprint PCSVision Connection Status and Indicators  
Your phone’s display lets you know the current status of your  
Sprint PCS Vision connection through indicators which appear at the  
top of the screen. The following symbols are used:  
Your Sprint PCS Vision connection is active (data is being  
transferred); the transmit/receive symbol will blink to indicate  
data transmission. Incoming voice calls go directly to voicemail;  
outgoing voice calls can be made, but the Sprint PCS Vision  
connection will terminate.  
Your Sprint PCS Vision connection is dormant (no data is being  
sent or received). Though not currently active, when dormant  
the phone can restart an active connection quickly; voice calls  
can be made and received.  
Your phone is not currently able to access Sprint PCS Vision  
service features.  
If no indicator appears, your phone does not have a current  
Sprint PCS Vision connection. To launch a connection, see  
“Launching a Sprint PCS Vision Connection” on the previous page.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
232  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Navigating the Web  
Navigating through menus and Websites during a Sprint PCS Vision  
session is easy once you’ve learned a few basics. Here are some tips  
for getting around:  
Softkeys  
During a Sprint PCS Vision session, the bottom line of your phone’s  
display contains one or more softkeys. These keys are shortcut  
controls for navigating around the Web, and they correspond to the  
softkey buttons directly below the phone’s display screen.  
Tip: Depending on which Websites you visit, the labels on the softkeys may  
change to indicate their function.  
Tousesoftkeys:  
ᮣ
Press the desired softkey button. (If an additional pop-up menu  
appears when you press the softkey button, select the menu  
items using your keypad [if they’re numbered] or by  
highlighting the option and pressing .)  
Scrolling  
As with other parts of your phone’s menu, you’ll have to scroll up and  
down to see everything on some Websites.  
ToscrolllinebylinethroughWebsites:  
ᮣ
Press the navigation key up or down.  
ToscrollpagebypagethroughWebsites:  
ᮣ
Press the volume buttons on the side of the phone.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting  
Once you’ve learned how to use softkeys and scroll, you can start  
navigating the Web.  
Toselecton-screenitems:  
ᮣ
Use the navigation key to highlight the desired item, then press  
the desired softkey button (or press  
).  
Tip: You’ll find that the left softkey is used primarily for selecting items. This  
softkey is often labeled “Go.”  
Tip: If the items on a page are numbered, you can use your keypad (number keys)  
to select an item. (The tenth item in a numbered list may be selected by pressing  
the  
key on your phone’s keypad, even though the number 0 doesn’t appear  
on the screen.)  
Links allow you to jump to different Web pages, select special  
functions, or even place phone calls.  
Toselectlinks:  
ᮣ
Highlight the link and select the appropriate softkey.  
GoingBack  
Togobackonepage:  
ᮣ
Press the  
key on your phone.  
Note: The  
keyisalsousedfordeletingtext(likeaBACKSPACEkey)when  
you are entering text.  
GoingHome  
ToreturntotheSprintPCSVisionhomepagefromanyotherWebpage:  
ᮣ
Press the right softkey, then highlight Home and press  
OK (left softkey).  
Tip: You can also return to the Sprint PCS Vision home page by pressing and  
holding the  
key.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
234  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Multimedia  
UsingtheSprintPCSVisionMultimediaService  
Your phone’s built-in media player and Sprint PCS Vision Multimedia  
Service allow you to listen to audio clips and view video clips right  
from your phone’s display. See and hear the latest news, sports, and  
weather information in video and sound on-the-go, anytime,  
anywhere on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.  
Note: For more information about your phone’s multimedia capabilities, see  
Section 2M : Using Your Phone’s Built-in Media Player on page 206.  
Purchasing Multimedia Channels  
Topurchaseamultimediachannel:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select MediaPlayer and press  
.
3. Select ChannelListing and press  
.
4. Select a channel under AvailableChannels and press Select (left  
softkey).  
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to purchase the channel.  
Tip: You can also purchase the channel by pressing the channel number during  
step 4 above.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Playing anAudio orVideo Clip  
Enjoy your purchased channels from the channel list. In addition to  
the list, you can also enjoy the Multimedia Player from a URL in the  
browser or in the text message you have received (if available).  
Toplayanaudioorvideoclip:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select MediaPlayer and press  
.
3. Select ChannelListing and press . (The channel list appears.)  
Note: When you select the Media Player menu, categories may appear before  
displaying the channel list (e.g. News, Sports, Entertainment, etc.). Select a  
category and press  
to display your channel list.  
4. Select a purchased channel under MyChannels and press  
or  
Select (left softkey).  
Tip: The indicator My Channels will not appear if you have purchased all available  
channels.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
236  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sprint PCS Messaging  
Understanding Messaging  
Now you can send and receive emails, picture mails, and text messages  
and participate in Web-based chatrooms right from your Sprint PCS  
Vision Phone. Messaging allows you to stay connected to friends,  
family, and co-workers 24 hours a day anywhere on the Sprint  
Nationwide PCS Network.  
Note: In some instances, when you receive a text message, the accents with  
characters will be erased.  
MessageTypes  
There are many types of text messaging available on your phone.  
These appear on your screen as NewMessage and include numeric  
messages (pages), Messages, Updates, and Mail.  
(Sprint PCS Voicemail provides voicemail-to-mailbox messaging.  
For information on using your phone’s voicemail feature, see  
“Using Voicemail” on page 218.)  
New Messages  
When you receive a new message, the message notification and icon  
(
for a text message and for a picture mail) will appear.  
Press View (left softkey) to display the message details.  
ⅷ
Press Call (left softkey) to dial the callback number. (Appears  
when a callback number is highlighted.)  
ⅷ
Press Reply (left softkey) to reply to the sender. (Appears when a  
phone number or email address is highlighted.)  
ⅷ
Press Go (left softkey) to go to the Website. (Appears when a URL  
is highlighted.)  
ⅷ
Press Forward (left softkey) to forward the message. (Appears  
only if there are no phone numbers or URLs in the message.)  
ⅷ
Press Options (right softkey) to display options. (See page 240 for  
details.)  
Tip: If you have two or more notifications, the event list will appear.  
Tip: You may receive a Service Indication (SI) message on your phone. It consists  
of header information, the text message and a URL, where more information can  
be retrieved. To display the message details, press View (left softkey).  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Displaying Messages  
To display a message from the message notification alert, see “New  
Messages” on the previous page.  
Todisplayatextmessagefromthemainmenu:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
.
3. Select TextMsgs and press . (The folder list appears.)  
4. Select Inbox, Sent, Outbox, Drafts, or your defined folder and  
press . (The message list appears.)  
5. Select the header of the message you want to see and press  
.
(The message detail appears.)  
Todisplayapicturemailfromthemainmenu:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
.
3. Select PictureMail and press . (The Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
Inbox appears.)  
4. Select Inbox and press . (The Sprint PCS Picture Mail list  
appears.)  
5. Select your desired message and press . (The Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail detail appears.)  
6. Press View (left softkey) to display the picture mail.  
(The browser will launch and display the picture.)  
Tip: Press the navigation key right to read the next message from the message  
detail display; press the navigation key left to read the previous message.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
238  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sending aText Message  
With Messaging, you can use a person’s wireless phone number to  
send and receive text messages from your Sprint PCS Vision Phone to  
their messaging-ready phone – and they can send messages to you.  
When you receive a new message, you’ll automatically be notified  
with a two-way text message. To send a Sprint PCS Picture Mail, see  
“Sending Sprint PCS Picture Mail From Messaging” on page 198.  
Tosendatextmessage:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
.
3. Select SendMessage and press  
.
4. Select Text and press  
.
5. Select an option from the following and press  
Ⅲ
PhoneBookEntry to select a recipient from your Contacts list.  
Highlight an entry and press to select. Or select  
<AddEntry> to enter a new entry. Press Done (left softkey)  
when you are finished selecting/entering recipients.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
MobilePhone# to enter a mobile phone number directly.  
EmailAddress to enter an email address directly.  
FromRecentList to select recipients from a list of recent  
message recipients.  
6. To add a recipient, press Options (right softkey), highlight  
AddRecipient, and press  
.
Ⅲ
Edit to edit the selected entry.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Erase to erase the selected entry.  
EraseAll to erase all entries you have selected and entered.  
AddRecipient to add recipients.  
7. Press Next (left softkey) when you are finished selecting and  
entering recipients (you may include up to 10 recipients).  
8. To enter a message, select Message and press  
.
9. Use your keypad to enter a text message (or press Mode [right  
softkey] to select from PresetMessages, RecentMessages or  
Signature), and press OK (left softkey).  
Tip: The Signature option appears only when you set your signature (see page 62).  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10. To set the message priority, scroll to Priority and press  
11. Select Ordinary or Urgent and press  
.
.
12. To change the recipients or to save the message as a draft, press  
Options (right softkey) and select an option from the following.  
Ⅲ
ChgRecipients to change Recipients.  
Ⅲ
SendCallback# to select from None, MyPhone#, or Other to  
notify your recipients of your callback number. (See “Setting  
a Callback Number” on page 62.)  
Ⅲ
SavetoDrafts to save the message to a Drafts folder. (See  
below to edit and send the draft message.)  
Tip: The oldest message in the drafts folder will be erased automatically when  
you save more than 10 messages.  
13. Press Send (left softkey) to send the message.  
Note: If there is a failure when sending a message in no-service area, you are  
prompted to select to send the message automatically. Press Yes (left softkey),  
and the message goes to the Outbox folder with the icon. If you press No (right  
softkey), the message goes to the folder with the icon.  
Message Options  
Several options are available when you display a folder list, message  
list, or message details.  
FolderListOptions  
From the folder list display, press Options (right softkey). (See  
“Displaying Messages” on page 238 for displaying the list.) To select  
an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
EditFolder to edit the folder (self-defined folder only).  
EraseFolder to erase the folder (self-defined folder only).  
CreateFolder to create a new self-defined folder.  
ComposeNew to compose a new message.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
EraseMessages to erase messages (if applicable).  
Note: When you erase a folder, the messages within the folder are also erased.  
If the folder contains a new (unread) message or locked message, you are  
prompted to select Erase or Don’t Erase.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
240  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MessageListOptions  
From the message list display or the Sprint PCS Picture Mail list  
display, press Options (right softkey). (See “Displaying Messages” on  
page 238 for displaying the list.) To select an option, highlight it and  
press  
.
ⅷ
Reply to reply to the message. (Inbox and your defined folder only.)  
ⅷ
Forward to forward the message. (Inbox, your defined folder, and  
Sent only.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Edit to edit a message. (Outbox and Drafts only.)  
Send to send a message. (Outbox and Drafts only.)  
Move to move a message to another folder. (Inbox and your  
defined folder only.)  
ⅷ
Lock to lock a message. Locked messages will not be erased  
automatically. To unlock the message, select Unlock and press  
(Sprint PCS Picture Mail Inbox, Inbox, your defined folder and  
Sent only.)  
.
ⅷ
ⅷ
ComposeNew to compose a new message.  
Sortby to sort the message. (Inbox, your defined folder, and Sent  
only.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
Erase to erase the selected message.  
EraseReadMsgs to erase read messages in the folder (except  
locked messages). (Sprint PCS Picture Mail Inbox, Inbox, and  
your defined folder only.)  
ⅷ
EraseAll to erase all messages in the folder (except locked  
messages).  
Tip: Locked messages will be displayed with the icon.  
Tip: To make a call from the list, highlight a message and press  
(if applicable).  
or  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MessageDetailsOptions  
From the message details display, press Options (right softkey) to  
display message options. (See page 238 for displaying.) The following  
options are available for messages in the Sprint PCS Picture Mail Inbox,  
the messaging Inbox, the Sent folder, and any defined folders.  
To select an option, highlight it and press  
.
ⅷ
Call(GotoList) to display any phone numbers in the message to  
make a call. Select a number and press Call (left softkey) to make a  
call.  
ⅷ
Call:SpeakerOn to display any phone numbers in the message to  
make a call in speakerphone mode. Select a number and press  
Call (left softkey) to make a call.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Prepend to add numbers to the beginning of the phone number.  
GotoURLList to display any URLs in the message.  
SendMessage to display any phone numbers and email addresses  
to send a message. (Except Sprint PCS Picture Mail.)  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ⅷ
Reply to reply to the message. (Inbox and defined folder only.)  
Forward to forward the message. (Except Sprint PCS Picture Mail.)  
Move to move a message to another folder. (Inbox and defined  
folder only.)  
ⅷ
Lock to lock the message. Locked messages will not be erased  
automatically. To unlock the message, select Unlock and press  
.
ⅷ
ⅷ
FontSize to select a font size.  
SavetoPh. Book to save the phone numbers, email addresses, and  
URLs. Select a data category and press  
to save.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
GotoPh. Book to go to the Contacts list.  
CopytoPersonal to copy the phone number to the Ready Link  
Personal List (if applicable).  
ⅷ
ⅷ
ComposeNew to compose a new message. (Except Sprint PCS  
Picture Mail.)  
Erase to erase the message.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
242  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing the Display Font Size of a Message  
From a message details display (except in the Outbox and Drafts  
folder), press Options (right softkey) to display message options.  
Toadjustthedisplayfontsize:  
1. Highlight FontSize and press  
2. Select your desired font size (Smallest, Small, Normal or Large)  
and press  
.
.
Prepending a Phone Number From a Message  
From a message details display (except in the Outbox and Drafts  
folder), press Options (right softkey) to display message options.  
Toaddaprefixtoaphonenumber:  
1. Highlight Prepend and press  
.
2. Select your desired phone number and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Enter the digits or pauses you want to add to the number.  
4. Press  
or  
to make a call.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Message Folders  
Incoming text messages are stored in folders in your phone’s  
Messaging menu. You may add up to ten folders or use the phone’s  
default folder.  
Toaddanewfolder:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
3. Select TextMsgs and press  
4. Press Options (right softkey).  
.
.
5. Highlight CreateFolder and press  
.
6. Enter a folder name and press OK (left softkey).  
7. Choose from the following optional features for the added  
folder and press  
to save each item. Scroll to each item and  
press  
.
Ⅲ
AutoFiling to file the incoming messages automatically into  
the self-defined folder by keywords.  
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Ⅲ
Keyword to enter a keyword for Auto Filing.  
Notify to set the notification display and ringer on or off.  
EnvelopeIcon to set the notification icon on or off.  
8. Press Save (left softkey) to save the folder.  
Toeditafolder:  
1. From the folder list display, highlight a defined folder.  
2. Press Options (right softkey).  
3. Highlight EditFolder and press  
.
4. Select the box you wish to edit and press  
5. Enter or select a new folder name or setting.  
6. Press OK (left softkey).  
.
7. Press Save (left softkey).  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
244  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Erasing Messages  
Toeraseanindividualmessage:  
1. From the folder list display, select Inbox, Sent, Outbox, Drafts, or  
your defined folder and press  
.
2. Select the message you want to erase and press Options (right  
softkey).  
3. Highlight Erase and press . (A confirmation will display.)  
4. Select Yes and press  
.
Tip: To erase all messages, select Erase All during step 3 above.  
Toeraseselectedmessages:  
1. From the folder list display, press Options (right softkey).  
2. Highlight EraseMessages and press  
.
3. Select Read, Unread, and/or Sent, and press  
to check the  
appropriate box(es).  
4. After selecting the box(es), press Done (left softkey).  
5. Select Erase and press  
to erase selected messages (except  
locked messages).  
Signing Up for Updates  
With Updates, you can have news and information sent directly to  
your Sprint PCS Vision Phone at the times you choose.  
ToselecttheinformationyouwanttosendtoyourSprintPCS  
VisionPhone:  
1. Log on to the Internet from your computer.  
2. Go to the site from which you want to receive information.  
®
®
(A few of the sites you can visit are America Online , Yahoo! ,  
®,  
®
MSN and eBay . The location where you request updates  
within each site will vary.)  
3. Where indicated on the site, input your 10-digit Sprint PCS  
Phone number followed by “@messaging.sprintpcs.com.”  
(For example: [email protected].)  
Upon completing the registration process, you should begin  
receiving updates on your Sprint PCS Vision Phone as requested.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Email  
With Email, you can set up an account at no additional charge and  
perform many of the typical email functions from your Sprint PCS  
Vision Phone that you can from your personal computer.  
You can manage your Email account from your Sprint PCS Vision  
Phone or from your personal computer at www.sprintpcs.com. You can  
also access other select email providers from the Web through your  
Email.  
Accessing Email Messages  
ToaccessEmailmessages:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Messaging and press  
.
3. Select GotoEmail and press . (If you’re a first-time user, your  
phone will prompt you to set up your Email account by  
establishing a User Name and password.)  
4. To view your messages, press Inbox (left softkey).  
5. Scroll to select the message you wish to read and press the left  
softkey.  
6. Once you’ve read a message, use the quick actions at the end of  
each message (Reply, ReplyAll, Forward, Erase, AddtoFolder,  
or Main).  
Composing Email Messages  
TocomposeanEmailmessage:  
1. From the Email menu (see steps 1-3 above), press Compose (left  
softkey).  
2. Scroll to select the address box and enter the address of the  
person to whom you’re sending a message, then press the left  
softkey.  
3. Scroll to select the message box and enter the subject and your  
message.  
4. Select Send when your message is ready to be delivered.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
246  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AccessingAlternate Email Providers  
With Sprint PCS Vision, you can use popular email services such as  
®
®
®
AOL Mail, Yahoo! Mail, MSN Hotmail, and EarthLink to keep in  
touch even while you’re on the go.  
UsingAlternate Email Providers  
ToaccessemailprovidersfromyourSprintPCSVisionPhone:  
1. From the Sprint PCS Vision home page, select Messaging.  
2. Select Email.  
3. Select an email provider, such as AOLMail, Yahoo!Mail, or  
EarthLink.  
4. Use your keypad to enter the required sign in information for  
the selected provider, such as user name, email address, and/or  
password, and select SignIn. (Your mailbox for the selected  
provider will display.)  
Note: The information required for sign in will vary depending on the email  
provider you are accessing.  
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to read, reply to, compose,  
send, and manage your email account.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Instant Messaging  
Sprint PCS Vision also provides you with access to popular instant  
®
messaging (IM) clients, including Yahoo! Messenger and  
®
TM  
AOL Instant Messenger .  
Accessing Instant Messaging  
ToaccessinstantmessagingclientsfromyourSprintPCS  
VisionPhone:  
1. Press the navigation key up and select InstantMsg.  
– or –  
From the Sprint PCS Vision home page, select Messaging and  
select InstantMessaging.  
2. Select an email provider, such as AOLInstantMessenger or  
Yahoo!Messenger.  
3. Use your keypad to enter the required sign in information for  
the selected provider, such as user name and/or password, and  
select SignIn. (Your IM screen for the selected provider will  
display.)  
Note: The information required for sign in will vary depending on the instant  
messaging provider you are accessing.  
4. Follow the onscreen instructions to read, reply to, compose,  
send, and manage your IM account.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
248  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ExperiencingWireless Online Chat  
Sprint PCS Vision gives you the ability to join wireless chatrooms  
from your Sprint PCS Vision Phone, to send text messages and icons  
to chatroom participants, or to launch a one-on-one (private)  
chatroom.  
Toaccessachatroomfromthebrowser:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Highlight Web and press  
3. Select Messaging.  
4. Select Chat.  
.
5. Select Enter. (You will see a disclaimer for Wireless Chat.)  
6. SelectIAgreeto enter the Chat menu.  
7. Use your keypad to enter a nickname and press (right  
softkey), then select Enter.  
8. Select a chatroom from the menu for example, “Friends”  
or “Singles”. (Once in the chatroom, you may scroll through the  
postings to read messages from other chatroom participants.)  
Topostamessage:  
1. During an active chatroom session, select Addtext.  
2. Enter your message.  
3. Press (right softkey) and select Send.  
Tosetupaprivatechatroom:  
1. During an active chatroom session, press (right softkey) and  
select 1->1.  
2. Select a chatter with whom you’d like to launch a private  
chatroom.  
Toexitachatroom:  
ᮣ
Press (right softkey) and select Leave.  
Note: To avoid inadvertent data usage charges, you should sign out of  
chatrooms when you are ready to exit.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Downloading Premium Services Content  
With Sprint PCS Vision and your new Sprint PCS Vision Phone, you  
have access to a dynamic variety of Premium Service content, such as  
downloadable Games, Ringers, Screen Savers, and other applications.  
The basic steps required to access and download Premium Service  
content are outlined below.  
AccessingtheDownloadMenus  
ToaccesstheSprintPCSVisiondownloadmenus:  
1. Press  
2. Select Downloads and press  
3. Select the type of file you wish to download (Games, Ringers,  
ScreenSavers, or Applications) and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Select GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and take  
you to the corresponding download menu.)  
ToaccesstheSprintPCSVisiondownloadmenusfromtheWeb  
browser:  
ᮣ
From the Sprint PCS Vision home page, select Downloads, then  
select Games, Ringers, or ScreenSavers to go to the  
corresponding download menu. (For more information on  
navigating the Web, see “Navigating the Web” on page 233.)  
SelectinganItemtoDownload  
You can search for available items to download in a number of ways:  
ⅷ
Featured displays a rotating selection of featured items.  
ⅷ
BrowseCategory allows you to narrow your search to a general  
category, such as Movie/TV Themes for Ringers or College Logos  
for Screen Savers. (There may be several pages of available  
content in a list. Select Next9 to view additional items.)  
ⅷ
Search allows you to use your keypad to enter search criteria to  
locate an item. You may enter an entire word or title or perform a  
partial-word search (for example, entering “goo” returns “Good  
Ol’ Boy,” “The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly,” and “Goofy - Club”).  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
250  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DownloadinganItem  
Once you’ve selected an item you wish to download, highlight it and  
press  
or OK (left softkey). You will see a summary page for the  
item including its title, the vendor, the download detail, the file size,  
and the cost. Links allow you to view the LicenseDetails page, which  
outlines the price, license type, and length of license for the  
download, and the TermsofUse page, which details the Premium  
Services Terms of Use and your responsibility for payment.  
Todownloadaselecteditem:  
1. From the information page, select Buy. (The item will download  
automatically. When the NewDownload screen appears, the  
item has been successfully downloaded to your phone.)  
Note: If you have not previously purchased an item, you will be prompted to  
create your purchasing profile.  
2. Select an option to continue:  
Ⅲ
Select Next (left softkey) to assign the downloaded item (or  
to launch, in the case of a game or application).  
Your Sprint PCS Vision session will end and you will be  
redirected to the appropriate phone menu screen.  
Ⅲ
Press  
to quit the browser and return to standby mode.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Games  
Accessing Games  
You can play a variety of entertaining and graphically-rich games on  
your Sprint PCS Vision Phone. New games are easy to download  
and play.  
Tip: For complete instructions on downloading, see “Downloading Premium  
Services Content” on page 250.  
DownloadingGames  
Todownloadanavailablegametoyourphone:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
3. Highlight Games and press  
.
4. Highlight GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and  
take you to the Games download menu.)  
5. Use your navigation key to highlight and select a game you wish  
to download. (For more information on navigating the Web, see  
“Navigating the Web” on page 233.)  
6. Select Buy from the item information page. (The game will  
download automatically. When the NewDownload screen  
appears, the game has been successfully downloaded to  
your phone.)  
Note: If you have not previously purchased an item, you will be prompted to  
create your purchasing profile.  
7. Select an option to continue:  
Ⅲ
Select Next (left softkey) to launch the downloaded game.  
Your Sprint PCS Vision session will end and you will be  
redirected to the appropriate phone menu screen.  
Ⅲ
Press  
to quit the browser and return to standby mode.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
252  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PlayingGames  
ToplayadownloadedgameonyourSprintPCSVisionPhone:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
3. Highlight Games and press  
.
4. Select the game you wish to play and press  
.
5. Press the left softkey if a prompt displays the days remaining on  
the game license.  
6. Follow the onscreen instructions to play the game.  
Toquitagame:  
1. When you are finished playing, press  
. (A prompt will  
display: “Resume the Application?”)  
2. Select Yes to continue playing.  
– or –  
Select No to exit.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Ringers  
Accessing Ringers  
You can personalize your Sprint PCS Vision Phone by downloading  
and assigning different ringers to numbers in your Contacts list.  
Tip: For complete instructions on downloading, see “Downloading Premium  
Services Content” on page 250.  
DownloadingRingers  
Todownloadanavailableringertoyourphone:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
.
3. Highlight Ringers and press  
4. Highlight GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and  
take you to the Ringers download menu.)  
5. Use your navigation key to highlight and select a ringer you  
wish to download. (For more information on navigating the  
Web, see “Navigating the Web” on page 233.)  
6. From the item information page, select Buy. (The ringer will  
download automatically. When the NewDownload screen  
appears, the ringer has been successfully downloaded to  
your phone.)  
Note: If you have not previously purchased an item, you will be prompted to  
create your purchasing profile.  
7. Select an option to continue:  
Ⅲ
Select Next (left softkey) to assign the downloaded ringer.  
Your Sprint PCS Vision session will end and you will be  
redirected to the appropriate phone menu screen.  
Ⅲ
Press  
to quit the browser and return to standby mode.  
Note: You may store a limited number of downloaded Ringers on your phone,  
depending on the file sizes.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
254  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AssigningDownloadedRingers  
You can assign downloaded ringers directly from the Downloads  
menu or through your phone’s Settings menu.  
ToassignadownloadedringerfromtheDownloadsmenu:  
1. Press  
to access the main menu.  
2. Select Downloads and press  
.
3. Highlight Ringers and press  
.
4. Highlight a downloaded ringer and press Options (right softkey).  
5. Highlight Setas and press  
6. Highlight VoiceCalls, Voicemail, Messaging, Calendar/Alarm,  
.
Start-upTone, Power-offTone or PhoneBook and press  
.
The following two items need an extra step:  
Ⅲ
VoiceCalls requires you to highlight WithCallerID or  
NocallerID and press  
.
Ⅲ
PhoneBook requires you to highlight the Contacts entry you  
want to assign and press  
.
(A message appears confirming that the ringer has been assigned.)  
ToassignadownloadedringerfromtheSettingsmenu:  
ᮣ
Please see one of the following:  
Ⅲ
“Selecting Ringer Types for Voice Calls” on page 36.  
Ⅲ
“Selecting Ringer Types for Voicemail, Messages, or  
Calendar/Alarm” on page 37.  
Ⅲ
“Setting a Start-up/Power-off Tone” on page 38.  
Ⅲ
“Selecting a Ringer for an Entry” on page 92.  
Note: You may assign a ringer to more than one type of call.  
PurchasingRingers  
You can purchase ringers directly from your phone by following the  
instructions on page 251 or through www.sprintpcs.com.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Screen Savers  
Accessing Screen Savers  
Download unique images to use as screen savers – or make it easy to  
tell who’s calling by assigning specific images to numbers in your  
Contacts list.  
Tip: For complete instructions on downloading, see “Downloading Premium  
Services Content” on page 250.  
DownloadingScreenSavers  
TodownloadanavailableScreenSavertoyourphone:  
1. Press  
2. Select Downloads and press  
3. Highlight ScreenSavers and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Highlight GetNew and press . (The browser will launch and  
take you to the Screen Savers download menu.)  
5. Use your navigation key to highlight and select a Screen Saver  
you wish to download. (For more information on navigating the  
Web, see “Navigating the Web” on page 233.)  
6. From the item information page, select Buy. (The screen saver  
will download automatically. When the NewDownload screen  
appears, the screen saver has been successfully downloaded to  
your phone.)  
Note: If you have not previously purchased an item, you will be prompted to  
create your purchasing profile.  
7. Select an option to continue:  
Ⅲ
Select Next (left softkey) to assign the downloaded screen  
saver. Your Sprint PCS Vision session will end and you will  
be redirected to the appropriate phone menu screen.  
Ⅲ
Press  
to quit the browser and return to standby mode.  
Note: You may store a limited number of downloaded Screen Savers on your  
phone, depending on the file sizes.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
256  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AssigningDownloadedScreenSavers  
Downloaded Screen Savers may be assigned directly from the  
Downloads menu or through the Settings menu.  
ToassignadownloadedScreenSaverfromtheDownloadsmenu:  
1. Press  
2. Select Downloads and press  
3. Highlight ScreenSavers and press  
to access the main menu.  
.
.
4. Highlight a downloaded Screen Saver and press Options (right  
softkey).  
5. Select Set as and press  
.
6. Highlight one of IncomingCalls, ScreenSaver, or PhoneBook and  
press . The following item needs an extra step:  
Ⅲ
ScreenSaver requires you to select Main LCD or Sub LCD  
and press  
.
Ⅲ
PhoneBook requires you to highlight your desired Contacts  
entry and press  
.
(A message appears confirming that the image has been assigned.)  
Note: Depending on the data, you can select where to assign downloaded images:  
Image data can be assigned to Incoming Calls, Screen Saver, or Phone Book.  
Animation data can be assigned to Standby, Outgoing Calls, or Service Search.  
Note: You may assign a Screen Saver to more than one task.  
PurchasingScreenSavers  
You can purchase Screen Savers directly from your phone by following  
the instructions on page 251, or through www.sprintpcs.com.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Web  
Exploring theWeb  
With Web access on your Sprint PCS Vision Phone, you can browse  
full-color graphic versions of your favorite Websites, making it easier  
than ever to stay informed while on the go. Follow sports scores and  
breaking news and weather and shop on your Sprint PCS Vision  
Phone anywhere on the Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.  
In addition to the features already covered in this section, the  
Sprint PCS Vision home page offers access to these colorful,  
graphically rich Web categories. Many sites are available under more  
than one menu – choose the one that’s most convenient for you.  
ⅷ
News. Get up-to-the-minute news regarding finance, business,  
sports, and entertainment at sites like CNNtoGo, Bloomberg,  
USA Today, and ABCNews.  
ⅷ
Weather. Access The Weather Channel to get current weather  
conditions and forecasts.  
ⅷ
Entertainment. Get the latest buzz on your favorite stars as well as  
movie and music reviews at Websites like E! Online, Pocket  
TM  
BoxOffice , and TastNtalk.  
ⅷ
Sports. Enjoy current news, statistics, and sports scores, as well as  
updates of events in progress at ESPN.com and other sports sites.  
ⅷ
MyAccount. Check minutes and Sprint PCS Vision usage, view  
your current invoice, or make a payment.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
258  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the Browser Menu  
Navigating the Web from your phone using the Sprint PCS Vision  
home page is easy once you get the hang of it. For details on how to  
navigate the Web, select menu items, and more, see “Navigating the  
Web” on page 233.  
Although the Sprint PCS Vision home page offers a broad and  
convenient array of sites and services for you to browse, not all sites  
are represented, and certain functions, such as going directly to  
specific Websites, are not available. For these and other functions,  
you will need to use the browser menu. The browser menu offers  
additional functionality to expand your use of the Web on your  
Sprint PCS Vision Phone.  
OpeningtheBrowserMenu  
The browser menu may be opened anytime you have an active  
Sprint PCS Vision session, from any page you are viewing.  
Toopenthebrowsermenu:  
ᮣ
Press (right softkey) from any page during an active  
Sprint PCS Vision session. (The browser menu will display.)  
(To launch a Sprint PCS Vision session, please see “Launching a  
Sprint PCS Vision Connection” on page 231.)  
Options available under the browser menu include:  
ⅷ
Home. Returns the browser to the Sprint PCS Vision home page.  
ⅷ
Forward. Allows you to go forward to the pages you have visited.  
ⅷ
Markthispage. Allows you to create new bookmarks.  
ⅷ
ViewBookmarks. Allows you to view and access bookmarked sites.  
ⅷ
Search. Launches a Google search.  
ⅷ
ShowURL. Displays the URL (Website address) of the site you’re  
currently viewing.  
ⅷ
GotoURL.... Allows you to navigate directly to a Website by  
entering its URL (Website address).  
ⅷ
History. Displays the pages you have visited.  
ⅷ
Refreshthispage. Reloads the current Web page.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ⅷ
More... Displays the additional menu options.  
Ⅲ
RestartBrowser. Restarts the browser application.  
Ⅲ
SendPage. Allows you to send a URL you’re viewing through  
SMS text messaging.  
Ⅲ
Preferences. Allows you to configure and manage your  
browser settings. (Edit Home Page, Revert Home Page, Font  
Size, Color Setting, Show Images, Delete Cookies, Send  
Referrer, Title Tag, Sound Volume, and About Browser.)  
CreatingaBookmark  
Bookmarks allow you to store the address of your favorite Websites  
for easy access at a later time.  
Tocreateabookmark:  
1. Launch the Web page you want to mark.  
2. Press (right softkey) to go to the browser menu.  
3. Select Markthispage and press  
or OK (left softkey).  
Note: Bookmarking a page does not store the page contents, just its address.  
Some pages cannot be bookmarked. Whether a particular Web page may be  
marked is controlled by its creator.  
AccessingaBookmark  
Toaccessabookmark:  
1. Access the browser menu by pressing (right softkey).  
2. Select ViewBookmarks and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Highlight the bookmark you’d like to access and press  
or  
OK (left softkey) to go to the Website.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
260  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
EditingaBookmark  
Toeditabookmark:  
1. Launch the Web and press (right softkey) to access the  
browser menu.  
2. Select ViewBookmarks and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Select the bookmark you wish to edit and press (right  
softkey).  
4. Select EditAddress or EditTitle and press OK (left softkey).  
5. Press Edit (right softkey), use your keypad to edit the address or  
title, and press OK (left softkey).  
6. To save the bookmark, press OK (left softkey).  
DeletingaBookmark  
Todeleteabookmark:  
1. Launch the Web and press (right softkey) to access the  
browser menu.  
2. Select ViewBookmarks and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Highlight the bookmark you wish to erase and press (right  
softkey).  
4. Select Delete and press OK (left softkey).  
5. Press Yes (right softkey).  
Tip: To delete all bookmarks, select Delete All during step 4 above.  
MovingaBookmark  
Tomoveabookmark:  
1. Access the ViewBookmarks menu as outlined above in steps 1-2,  
and press (right softkey).  
2. Select Reorder and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Highlight the bookmark you wish to move and press Move (left  
softkey).  
4. Move the bookmark to a new location by pressing the  
navigation key up or down and press Drop (left softkey).  
5. When you’re finished, press Finish (right softkey).  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GoingtoaSpecificWebsite  
TogotoaparticularWebsitebyenteringaURL(Websiteaddress):  
1. Launch the Web and press (right softkey) to display the  
browser menu.  
2. Select GotoURL... and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Select Address and press OK (left softkey).  
4. Use your keypad to enter the URL of the Website you wish to  
go to and press OK (left softkey).  
Note: Not all Websites are viewable on your phone.  
ReloadingaWebPage  
Toreload(refresh)aWebpage:  
1. Launch the Web and press (right softkey) to display the  
browser menu.  
2. Select Refreshthispage and press OK (left softkey).  
RestartingtheWebBrowser  
If the Web browser appears to be malfunctioning or stops  
responding, you can usually fix the problem by simply restarting  
the browser.  
TorestarttheWebbrowser:  
1. From an active Sprint PCS Vision connection, press (right  
softkey) to display the browser menu.  
2. Select More... and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Select RestartBrowser and press OK (left softkey).  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
262  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SendingaWebPage  
This feature allows you to send a URL (Website address) you’re  
viewing through SMS text messaging.  
TosendaWebpage:  
1. From an active Sprint PCS Vision connection, press (right  
softkey) to display the browser menu.  
2. Select More... and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Select SendPage and press OK (left softkey).  
4. To complete and send a Web Page, follow steps 5-13 in “Sending  
a Text Message” on page 239.  
AdjustingtheBrowserSoundVolume  
Toadjustthebrowsersoundvolume:  
1. From an active Sprint PCS Vision connection, press (right  
softkey) to display the browser menu.  
2. Select More... and press OK (left softkey).  
3. Select Preferences and press OK (left softkey).  
4. Select SoundVolume and press OK (left softkey).  
5. Select your desired volume level by pressing the navigation key  
up or down and press  
.
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
263  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sprint PCSVision FAQs  
HowwillIknowwhenmyphoneisreadyforSprintPCSVision  
service?  
When your phone is ready, your User Address will be displayed in the  
Phone#/UserID menu. Go to Settings > PhoneInfo > Phone#/UserID.  
HowdoIsign-inforthefirsttime?  
You are automatically signed in to access Sprint PCS Vision services  
when you turn on your phone.  
HowdoIknowwhenmyphoneisconnectedtoSprintPCSVision  
services?  
Your phone automatically connects when Sprint PCS Vision service  
is used or an incoming message arrives. Your phone will also display  
the  
icon. (Connecting takes about 10-12 seconds.)  
CanImakecallsanduseSprintPCS Visionservicesatthesametime?  
You cannot use voice and Sprint PCS Vision services simultaneously.  
If you receive a call while Sprint PCS Vision service is active, the call  
will be forwarded to voicemail. You can place an outgoing call  
anytime, but it will interrupt any in-progress Sprint PCS Vision session.  
Whenismydataconnectionactive?  
Your connection is active when data is being transferred. Outgoing  
calls are allowed; incoming calls go directly to voicemail. When  
active, the (Sending) or (Receiving) indicator flashes on your  
phone’s display screen.  
Whenismydataconnectiondormant?  
If no data is received for 10 seconds, the connection goes dormant.  
When the connection is dormant, voice calls are allowed. (The  
connection may become active again quickly.) If no data is received  
for an extended period of time, the connection will terminate.  
CanIsignoutofdataservices?  
You can sign out without turning off your phone; however, you will  
not be able to browse the Web or use other Sprint PCS Vision services.  
While signed out, you can still place or receive phone calls, check  
voicemail, and use other voice services. You may sign in again at any  
time. To sign out, go to Settings > PCSVision > DisableVision in your  
phone’s menu.  
Section 3B: Sprint PCS Vision  
264  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 3C  
SM  
Sprint PCS Voice Command  
In This Section  
SM  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
GettingStartedWithSprintPCSVoiceCommand  
CreatingYourOwnAddressBook  
MakingaCallWithSprintPCSVoiceCommand  
AccessingInformationUsingSprintPCSVoiceCommand  
WithSprint, thefirstwirelessprovidertoofferinnovativeSprintPCS  
VoiceCommandtechnology, reachingyourfriends, family, andco-  
workershasneverbeeneasier–especiallywhenyou’reonthego.  
You can even listen to Web-based information such as news, stock  
quotes, weather, sports, and much more. Your voice does it all  
with Sprint PCS Voice Command.  
This section outlines the Sprint PCS Voice Command service.  
Section 3C: Sprint PCS Voice Command  
265  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SM  
GettingStartedWithSprintPCSVoiceCommand  
With Sprint PCS Voice Command:  
ⅷ
You can store all your contacts’ phone numbers, so you can  
simply say the name of the person you want to call.  
ⅷ
There’s no need to punch in a lot of numbers, memorize  
voicemail passwords, or try to dial while you’re driving.  
ⅷ
You can call anyone in your address book – even if you don’t  
remember their phone number.  
It’sEasytoGetStarted  
ᮣ
Just dial  
from your Sprint PCS Vision Phone to  
contact Sprint Customer Service to activate the service and  
listen to the brief instructions directly from your phone.  
There is a monthly charge for Sprint PCS Voice Command.  
CreatingYour OwnAddress Book  
You can program up to 500 names into your personal address book,  
with each name having up to five phone numbers. That’s 2,500  
phone numbers, and with the advanced technology of Sprint PCS  
Voice Command, you can have instant access to all of them.  
There are four ways to update your address book:  
ⅷ
UseVoiceRecordings. Simply dial  
and say, “Add name.”  
You will then be asked to say the name and number you want to  
add to your personal address book. Your address book can store  
up to 20 voice recorded names at once.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
OntheWeb. Go to www.talk.sprintpcs.com to receive a fully  
functional Web-based address book to create and update  
your contacts.  
UseanExistingAddressBook. Automatically merge address books  
SM  
from desktop software applications with Sprint Sync Services for  
no additional charge. Simply click on the “Click to synchronize”  
button within your Sprint PCS Voice Command personal address  
book at www.talk.sprintpcs.com.  
CallDirectoryAssistance. If you don’t have a computer or Internet  
access handy, you can have Sprint PCS Directory Assistance look  
up phone numbers for you and automatically add them to your  
address book. Just say “Call operator” and we’ll add two names  
and numbers to your address book for our standard directory  
assistance charge.  
ⅷ
Section 3C: Sprint PCS Voice Command  
266  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MakingaCallWithSprintPCSVoiceCommand  
ToplaceacallwithSprintPCSVoiceCommand:  
1. Press  
and create your address book once you’ve  
signed up for Sprint PCS Voice Command. (You’ll hear a tone  
followed by the prompt “Ready.”)  
2. After the “Ready” prompt, simply say, in a natural voice,  
“Call” and the name of the person or the number you’d  
like to call. (For example, you can say, “Call Jane Smith at work,”  
“Call John Baker on the mobile phone,” “Call 555-1234,” or  
“Call Bob Miller.”)  
3. Your request will be repeated and you will be asked to verify.  
Say “Yes” to call the number or person. (The number will  
automatically be dialed.) Say “No” if you wish to cancel.  
Tip: Keep in mind that Sprint PCS Voice Command recognizes not only your voice,  
but any voice, so that others can experience the same convenience if they use  
your phone.  
For more helpful hints on Sprint PCS Voice Command, including a list  
of recognized commands and an interactive tutorial, visit  
www.talk.sprintpcs.com.  
Accessing Information Using Sprint PCS  
Voice Command  
ToaccessinformationusingSprintPCSVoiceCommand:  
1. Press  
.
2. Say “Call the Web.” (To access, listen to and respond to email,  
once email has been set up, say “Call My Email.”)  
3. Choose from a listing of information categories like news,  
weather, sports, and more.  
Note: Sprint PCS Voice Command is not available while roaming off the  
Sprint Nationwide PCS Network.  
Section 3C: Sprint PCS Voice Command  
267  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 4  
Safety Guidelines  
and  
Warranty Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 4A  
Safety  
In This Section  
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
ࡗ
Getting the Most Out of Your Reception  
MaintainingSafeUseofandAccesstoYourPhone  
CaringfortheBattery  
Acknowledging Special Precautions and the FCC Notice  
Consumer Information on Wireless Phones  
Owner’sRecord  
User’s Guide Proprietary Notice  
PartofgettingthemostoutofyourSprintPCSVisionPhoneislearning  
howthephoneworksandhowtocareforit. This section outlines  
performance and safety guidelines that help you understand the  
basic features of your phone’s operation.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
269  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting the Most Out ofYour Reception  
KeepingTabsonSignalStrength  
The quality of each call you make or receive depends on the signal strength in your  
area. Your phone informs you of the current signal strength by displaying a number  
of bars next to the signal strength icon. The more bars displayed, the stronger the  
signal. If you’re inside a building, being near a window may give you better  
reception.  
Understanding the Power Save Feature  
If your phone is unable to find a signal after 15 minutes of searching, a Power Save  
feature is automatically activated. If your phone is active, it periodically rechecks  
service availability; you can also check it yourself by pressing any key. Anytime the  
Power Save feature is activated, a message is displayed on the screen. When a signal  
is found, your phone returns to standby mode.  
UnderstandingHowYourPhoneOperates  
Your phone is basically a radio transmitter and receiver. When it’s turned on, it  
receives and transmits radiofrequency (RF) signals. When you use your phone, the  
system handling your call controls the power level. This power can range from  
0.01µ watts to 0.2 watts in digital mode.  
KnowingRadioFrequencySafety  
The design of your Sprint PCS Vision Phone complies with updated NCRP  
standards described below.  
In 1991-92, the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) and the  
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) joined in updating ANSI’s 1982  
standard for safety levels with respect to human exposure to RF signals. More than  
120 scientists, engineers and physicians from universities, government health  
agencies and industries developed this updated standard after reviewing the  
available body of research. In 1993, the Federal Communications Commission  
(FCC) adopted this updated standard in a regulation. In August 1996, the FCC  
adopted hybrid standard consisting of the existing ANSI/IEEE standard and the  
guidelines published by the National Council of Radiation Protection and  
Measurements (NCRP).  
MaintainingYourPhone’sPeakPerformance  
There are several simple guidelines to operating your phone properly and  
maintaining safe, satisfactory service.  
ⅷ
Hold the phone with the antenna raised, fully-extended, and over your shoulder.  
ⅷ
Try not to hold, bend, or twist the phone’s antenna.  
ⅷ
Don’t use the phone if the antenna is damaged.  
ⅷ
Speak directly into the mouthpiece.  
ⅷ
Avoid exposing your phone and accessories to rain or liquid spills. If your phone  
does get wet, immediately turn the power off and remove the battery.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
270  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Note:For the best care of your phone, only Sprint authorized personnel should service your phone  
and accessories. Faulty service may void the warranty.  
Maintaining Safe Use of andAccess to  
Your Phone  
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEAD TO SERIOUS  
PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE  
UsingYourPhoneWhileDriving  
Talking on your phone while driving (or operating the phone without a hands-free  
device) is prohibited in some jurisdictions. Laws vary as to specific restrictions.  
Remember that safety always comes first.  
When using your phone in the car:  
ⅷ
Get to know your phone and its features, such as speed dial  
and redial.  
ⅷ
When available, use a hands-free device.  
ⅷ
Position your phone within easy reach.  
ⅷ
Let the person you are speaking to know you are driving; if necessary, suspend  
the call in heavy traffic or hazardous  
weather conditions.  
ⅷ
Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving.  
ⅷ
Dial sensibly and assess the traffic; if possible, place calls when stationary or  
before pulling into traffic.  
ⅷ
Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations that may divert your  
attention from the road.  
ⅷ
Dial  
to report serious emergencies. It’s free from your  
wireless phone.  
ⅷ
ⅷ
Use your phone to help others in emergencies.  
Call roadside assistance or a special non-emergency wireless number when  
necessary.  
Tip:Purchase an optional hands-free car kit at your local Sprint Store, or call the Sprint PCS  
SM  
Accessory Hotline at 1-800-974-2221 or by dialing  
Vision Phone.  
on your Sprint PCS  
FollowingSafetyGuidelines  
To operate your phone safely and efficiently, always follow any special regulations  
in a given area. Turn your phone off in areas where use is forbidden or when it may  
cause interference or danger.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
271  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UsingYourPhoneNearOtherElectronicDevices  
Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from radiofrequency (RF) signals.  
However, RF signals from wireless phones may affect inadequately shielded  
electronic equipment.  
RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic  
operating systems and/or entertainment systems in motor vehicles. Check with the  
manufacturer or their representative to determine if these systems are adequately  
shielded from external RF signals. Also check with the manufacturer regarding any  
equipment that has been added to your vehicle.  
Consult the manufacturer of any personal medical devices, such as pacemakers and  
hearing aids, to determine if they are adequately shielded from external RF signals.  
Note:Always turn off the phone in health care facilities and request permission before using the  
phone near medical equipment.  
TurningOffYourPhoneBeforeFlying  
Turn off your phone before boarding any aircraft. To prevent possible interference  
with aircraft systems, the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) regulations  
require you to have permission from a crew member to use your phone while the  
plane is on the ground. To prevent any risk of interference, FCC regulations  
prohibit using your phone while the plane is in the air.  
TurningOffYourPhoneinDangerousAreas  
To avoid interfering with blasting operations, turn your phone off when in a  
blasting area or in other areas with signs indicating two-way radios should be  
turned off. Construction crews often use remote-control RF devices to set off  
explosives.  
Turn your phone off when you’re in any area that has a potentially explosive  
atmosphere. Although it’s rare, your phone and accessories could generate sparks.  
Sparks can cause an explosion or fire, resulting in bodily injury or even death.  
These areas are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include:  
ⅷ
Fueling areas such as gas stations.  
ⅷ
Below deck on boats.  
ⅷ
Fuel or chemical transfer or storage facilities.  
ⅷ
Areas where the air contains chemicals or particles such as grain, dust, or metal  
powders.  
ⅷ
Any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle’s  
engine.  
Note:Never transport or store flammable gas, liquid or explosives in the compartment of your  
vehicle that contains your phone or accessories.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
272  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RestrictingChildren’sAccesstoYourPhone  
Your phone is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it as they could hurt  
themselves and others, damage the phone or make calls that increase your  
Sprint PCS Invoice.  
Caring for the Battery  
ProtectingYourBattery  
The guidelines listed below help you get the most out of your battery’s  
performance.  
ⅷ
Use only Sprint-approved batteries and chargers. These chargers are designed to  
maximize battery life. Using other batteries or chargers voids your warranty and  
may cause damage.  
ⅷ
In order to avoid damage, charge the battery only in temperatures that range  
from 32º F to 113º F (0º C to 45º C).  
ⅷ
Don’t use the battery charger in direct sunlight or in high humidity areas, such  
as the bathroom.  
ⅷ
Never dispose of the battery by incineration.  
ⅷ
Keep the metal contacts on top of the battery clean.  
ⅷ
Don’t attempt to disassemble or short-circuit the battery.  
ⅷ
The battery may need recharging if it has not been used for a long period of  
time.  
ⅷ
It’s best to replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable  
performance. It can be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing.  
ⅷ
Don’t store the battery in high temperature areas for long periods of time. It’s  
best to follow these storage rules:  
Less than one month:  
-4º F to 140º F (-20º C to 60º C)  
More than one month:  
-4º F to 113º F (-20º C to 45º C)  
DisposalofLithiumIon(LiIon)Batteries  
For safe disposal options of your LiIon batteries, contact your nearest Sprint  
authorized service center.  
SpecialNote:Be sure to dispose of your battery properly. In some areas, the  
disposal of batteries in household or business trash may  
be prohibited.  
Note:For safety, do not handle a damaged or leaking LiIon battery.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
273  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Acknowledging Special Precautions and the  
FCC Notice  
FCC Notice  
This phone may cause TV or radio interference if used in close proximity to  
receiving equipment. The FCC can require you to stop using the phone if such  
interference cannot be eliminated.  
Vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (propane or butane) must comply with the  
National Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58). For a copy of this standard, contact  
the National Fire Protections Association, One Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA  
02269, Attn.: Publication Sales Division.  
Cautions  
Any changes or modifications to your phone not expressly approved in this  
document could void your warranty for this equipment and void your authority to  
operate this equipment. Only use approved batteries, antennas and chargers. The  
use of any unauthorized accessories may be dangerous and void the phone  
warranty if said accessories cause damage or a defect to the phone.  
Although your phone is quite sturdy, it is a complex piece of equipment and can be  
broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending or sitting on it.  
Body-WornOperation  
To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines, if you wear a handset on  
your body, use the Sprint supplied or approved carrying case, holster or other  
body-worn accessory. If you do not use a body-worn accessory, ensure the antenna  
is at least 1.5 cm from your body when transmitting. Use of non-Sprint approved  
accessories may violate FCC RF exposure guidelines.  
For more information about RF exposure, visit the FCC Website at www.fcc.gov.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
274  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SpecificAbsorptionRates(SAR)forWirelessPhones  
The SAR is a value that corresponds to the relative amount of RF energy absorbed in  
the head of a user of a wireless handset.  
The SAR value of a phone is the result of an extensive testing, measuring and  
calculation process. It does not represent how much RF the phone emits. All  
phone models are tested at their highest value in strict laboratory settings. But  
when in operation, the SAR of a phone can be substantially less than the level  
reported to the FCC. This is because of a variety of factors including its proximity to  
a base station antenna, phone design and other factors. What is important to  
remember is that each phone meets strict federal guidelines. Variations in SARs do  
not represent a variation in safety.  
All phones must meet the federal standard, which incorporates a substantial  
margin of safety. As stated above, variations in SAR values between different model  
phones do not mean variations in safety. SAR values at or below the federal standard  
of 1.6 W/kg are considered safe for use by the public.  
The highest reported SAR values of the MM-5600 are:  
AMPS/CDMAmodes(Part22):  
Head: 0.571 W/kg; Body-worn: 1.420 W/kg  
PCSmode(Part24):  
Head: 0.723 W/kg; Body-worn: 1.180 W/kg  
FCCRadiofrequencyEmission  
This phone meets the FCC Radiofrequency Emission Guidelines.  
FCC ID number: AEZSCP-56H. More information on the phone’s SAR can be found  
from the following FCC Website: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
275  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Consumer Information onWireless Phones  
(The following information comes from a consumer information Website jointly  
sponsored by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Federal  
Communications Commission (FCC), entitled “Cell Phone Facts: Consumer  
Information on Wireless Phones.” The information reproduced herein is dated  
July 29, 2003. For further updates, please visit the Website:  
http://www.fda.gov/cellphones/qa.html.)  
Whatisradiofrequencyenergy(RF)?  
Radiofrequency (RF) energy is another name for radio waves. It is one form of  
electromagnetic energy that makes up the electromagnetic spectrum. Some of  
the other forms of energy in the electromagnetic spectrum are gamma rays, x-  
rays and light. Electromagnetic energy (or electromagnetic radiation) consists of  
waves of electric and magnetic energy moving together (radiating) through  
space. The area where these waves are found is called an electromagnetic field.  
Radio waves are created due to the movement of electrical charges in antennas.  
As they are created, these waves radiate away from the antenna. All  
electromagnetic waves travel at the speed of light. The major differences  
between the different types of waves are the distances covered by one cycle of  
the wave and the number of waves that pass a certain point during a set time  
period. The wavelength is the distance covered by one cycle of a wave. The  
frequency is the number of waves passing a given point in one second. For any  
electromagnetic wave, the wavelength multiplied by the frequency equals the  
speed of light. The frequency of an RF signal is usually expressed in units called  
hertz (Hz). One Hz equals one wave per second. One kilohertz (kHz) equals one  
thousand waves per second, one megahertz (MHz) equals one million waves per  
second, and one gigahertz (GHz) equals one billion waves per second.  
RF energy includes waves with frequencies ranging from about 3000 waves per  
second (3 kHz) to 300 billion waves per second (300 GHz). Microwaves are a  
subset of radio waves that have frequencies ranging from around 300 million  
waves per second (300 MHz) to three billion waves per second (3 GHz).  
Howisradiofrequencyenergyused?  
Probably the most important use of RF energy is for telecommunications. Radio  
and TV broadcasting, wireless phones, pagers, cordless phones, police and fire  
department radios, point-to-point links and satellite communications all rely on  
RF energy.  
Other uses of RF energy include microwave ovens, radar, industrial heaters and  
sealers, and medical treatments. RF energy, especially at microwave  
frequencies, can heat water. Since most food has a high water content,  
microwaves can cook food quickly. Radar relies on RF energy to track cars and  
airplanes as well as for military applications. Industrial heaters and sealers use  
RF energy to mold plastic materials, glue wood products, seal leather items such  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
276  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
as shoes and pocketbooks, and process food. Medical uses of RF energy include  
pacemaker monitoring and programming.  
Howisradiofrequencyradiationmeasured?  
RF waves and RF fields have both electrical and magnetic components. It is  
often convenient to express the strength of the RF field in terms of each  
component. For example, the unit “volts per meter” (V/m) is used to measure  
the electric field strength, and the unit “amperes per meter” (A/m) is used to  
express the magnetic field strength. Another common way to characterize an RF  
field is by means of the power density. Power density is defined as power per  
unit area. For example, power density can be expressed in terms of milliwatts  
(one thousandth of a watt) per square centimeter (mW/cm2 or microwatts (one  
millionth of a watt) per square centimeter (µW/cm2).  
The quantity used to measure how much RF energy is actually absorbed by the  
body is called the Specific Absorption Rate or SAR. The SAR is a measure of the  
rate of absorption of RF energy. It is usually expressed in units of watts per  
kilogram (W/kg) or milliwatts per gram (mW/g).  
WhatbiologicaleffectscanbecausedbyRFenergy?  
The biological effects of radiofrequency energy should not be confused with the  
effects from other types of electromagnetic energy.  
Very high levels of electromagnetic energy, such as is found in X-rays and gamma  
rays can ionize biological tissues. Ionization is a process where electrons are  
stripped away from their normal locations in atoms and molecules. It can  
permanently damage biological tissues including DNA, the genetic material.  
Ionization only occurs with very high levels of electromagnetic energy such as  
X-rays and gamma rays. Often the term radiation is used when discussing  
ionizing radiation (such as that associated with nuclear power plants).  
The energy levels associated with radiofrequency energy, including both radio  
waves and microwaves, are not great enough to cause the ionization of atoms  
and molecules. Therefore, RF energy is a type of non-ionizing radiation. Other  
types of non-ionizing radiation include visible light, infrared radiation (heat) and  
other forms of electromagnetic radiation with relatively low frequencies.  
Large amounts of RF energy can heat tissue. This can damage tissues and  
increase body temperatures. Two areas of the body, the eyes and the testes, are  
particularly vulnerable to RF heating because there is relatively little blood flow  
in them to carry away excess heat.  
The amount of RF radiation routinely encountered by the general public is too  
low to produce significant heating or increased body temperature. Still, some  
people have questions about the possible health effects of low levels of RF  
energy. It is generally agreed that further research is needed to determine what  
effects actually occur and whether they are dangerous to people. In the  
meantime, standards-setting organizations and government agencies are  
continuing to monitor the latest scientific findings to determine whether  
changes in safety limits are needed to protect human health.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
277  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FDA, EPA and other US government agencies responsible for public health and  
safety have worked together and in connection with WHO to monitor  
developments and identify research needs related to RF biological effects.  
WhatlevelsofRFenergyareconsideredsafe?  
Various organizations and countries have developed standards for exposure to  
radiofrequency energy. These standards recommend safe levels of exposure for  
both the general public and for workers. In the United States, the FCC has used  
safety guidelines for RF environmental exposure since 1985.  
The FCC guidelines for human exposure to RF electromagnetic fields are  
derived from the recommendations of two expert organizations, the National  
Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) and the Institute of  
Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). In both cases, the recommendations  
were developed by scientific and engineering experts drawn from industry,  
government, and academia after extensive reviews of the scientific literature  
related to the biological effects of RF energy.  
Many countries in Europe and elsewhere use exposure guidelines developed by  
the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP).  
The ICNIRP safety limits are generally similar to those of the NCRP and IEEE,  
with a few exceptions. For example, ICNIRP recommends different exposure  
levels in the lower and upper frequency ranges and for localized exposure from  
certain products such as hand-held wireless telephones. Currently, the World  
Health Organization is working to provide a framework for international  
harmonization of RF safety standards.  
The NCRP, IEEE, and ICNIRP all have identified a whole-body Specific  
Absorption Rate (SAR) value of 4 watts per kilogram (4 W/kg) as a threshold  
level of exposure at which harmful biological effects may occur. Exposure  
guidelines in terms of field strength, power density and localized SAR were then  
derived from this threshold value. In addition, the NCRP, IEEE, and ICNIRP  
guidelines vary depending on the frequency of the RF exposure. This is due to  
the finding that whole-body human absorption of RF energy varies with the  
frequency of the RF signal. The most restrictive limits on whole-body exposure  
are in the frequency range of 30-300 MHz where the human body absorbs RF  
energy most efficiently. For products that only expose part of the body, such as  
wireless phones, exposure limits in terms of SAR only are specified.  
The exposure limits used by the FCC are expressed in terms of SAR, electric and  
magnetic field strength, and power density for transmitters operating at  
frequencies from 300 kHz to 100 GHz. The specific values can be found in two  
FCC bulletins, OET Bulletins 56 and 65:  
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#56;  
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#65.  
WhyhastheFCCadoptedguidelinesforRFexposure?  
The FCC authorizes and licenses products, transmitters, and facilities that  
generate RF and microwave radiation. It has jurisdiction over all transmitting  
services in the U.S. except those specifically operated by the Federal  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
278  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Government. While the FCC does not have the expertise to determine radiation  
exposure guidelines on its own, it does have the expertise and authority to  
recognize and adopt technically sound standards promulgated by other expert  
agencies and organizations, and has done so. (Our joint efforts with the FDA in  
developing this website is illustrative of the kind of inter-agency efforts and  
consultation we engage in regarding this health and safety issue.)  
Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), the FCC has  
certain responsibilities to consider whether its actions will significantly affect  
the quality of the human environment. Therefore, FCC approval and licensing of  
transmitters and facilities must be evaluated for significant impact on the  
environment. Human exposure to RF radiation emitted by FCC-regulated  
transmitters is one of several factors that must be considered in such  
environmental evaluations. In 1996, the FCC revised its guidelines for RF  
exposure as a result of a multi-year proceeding and as required by the  
Telecommunications Act of 1996.  
Radio and television broadcast stations, satellite-earth stations, experimental  
radio stations and certain wireless communication facilities are required to  
undergo routine evaluation for RF compliance when they submit an application  
to the FCC for construction or modification of a transmitting facility or renewal  
of a license. Failure to comply with the FCC’s RF exposure guidelines could lead  
to the preparation of a formal Environmental Assessment, possible  
Environmental Impact Statement and eventual rejection of an application.  
Technical guidelines for evaluating compliance with the FCC RF safety  
requirements can be found in the FCC’s OET Bulletin 65.  
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/documents/bulletins/#65  
Low-powered, intermittent, or inaccessible RF transmitters and facilities are  
normally excluded from the requirement for routine evaluation for RF exposure.  
These exclusions are based on standard calculations and measurement data  
indicating that a transmitting station or equipment operating under the  
conditions prescribed is unlikely to cause exposures in excess of the guidelines  
under normal conditions of use. Such exclusions are not exclusions from  
compliance, but, rather, exclusions from routine evaluation. The FCC’s policies  
on RF exposure and categorical exclusion can be found in Section 1.1307(b) of  
the FCC’s Rules and Regulations [(47 CFR 1.1307(b)].  
HowcanIobtaintheSpecificAbsorptionRate(SAR)valueformy  
wirelessphone?  
The FCC requires that wireless phones sold in the United States demonstrate  
compliance with human exposure limits adopted by the FCC in 1996. The  
relative amount of RF energy absorbed in the head of a wireless telephone-user  
is given by the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR), as explained above. The FCC  
requires wireless phones to comply with a safety limit of 1.6 watts per kilogram  
(1.6 W/kg) in terms of SAR.  
Information on SAR for a specific phone model can be obtained for many  
recently manufactured phones using the FCC identification (ID) number for that  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
279  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
model. The FCC ID number is usually printed somewhere on the case of the  
phone. Sometimes it may be necessary to remove the battery pack to find the  
number. Once you have the ID number, go to the following Web address:  
www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid. On this page, you will see instructions for entering the  
FCC ID number. Type the FCC ID number exactly as requested (the Grantee  
Code is the first three characters, the Equipment Product Code is the rest of the  
FCC ID number). Then click on “Start Search.” The “Grant of Equipment  
Authorization” for your telephone should appear. Read through the grant for the  
section on “SAR Compliance,” “Certification of Compliance with FCC Rules for  
RF Exposure” or similar language. This section should contain the value(s) for  
typical or maximum SAR for your phone.  
Phones and other products authorized since June 2, 2000, should have the  
maximum SAR levels noted directly on the “Grant of Equipment Authorization.”  
For phones and products authorized between about mid-1998 and June 2000,  
detailed information on SAR levels is typically found in the exhibits associated  
with the grant. Once a grant is accessed, the exhibits can be viewed by clicking  
on “View Exhibit.” Grants authorized prior to 1998 are not part of the electronic  
database but, rather, have been documented in the form of paper records.  
The FCC database does not list phones by model number. However, consumers  
may find SAR information from other sources as well. Some wireless phone  
manufacturers make SAR information available on their own Web sites. In  
addition, some non-government Web sites provide SARs for specific models of  
wireless phones. However, the FCC has not reviewed these sites and makes no  
guarantees of their accuracy. Finally, phones certified by the Cellular  
Telecommunications and Internet Association (CTIA) are required to provide  
SAR information to consumers in the instructional materials that come with  
the phones.  
Dohands-freekitsforwirelessphonesreducerisksfromexposuretoRF  
emissions?  
Since there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from wireless  
phones, there is no reason to believe that hands-free kits reduce risks. Hands-  
free kits can be used with wireless phones for convenience and comfort. These  
systems reduce the absorption of RF energy in the head because the phone,  
which is the source of the RF emissions, will not be placed against the head. On  
the other hand, if the phone is mounted against the waist or other part of the  
body during use, then that part of the body will absorb more RF energy. Wireless  
phones marketed in the U.S. are required to meet safety requirements regardless  
of whether they are used against the head or against the body. Either  
configuration should result in compliance with the safety limit.  
DowirelessphoneaccessoriesthatclaimtoshieldtheheadfromRF  
radiationwork?  
Since there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from wireless  
phones, there is no reason to believe that accessories that claim to shield the  
head from those emissions reduce risks. Some products that claim to shield the  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
280  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
user from RF absorption use special phone cases, while others involve nothing  
more than a metallic accessory attached to the phone. Studies have shown that  
these products generally do not work as advertised. Unlike “hand-free” kits,  
these so-called “shields” may interfere with proper operation of the phone. The  
phone may be forced to boost its power to compensate, leading to an increase in  
RF absorption. In February 2002, the Federal trade Commission (FTC) charged  
two companies that sold devices that claimed to protect wireless phone users  
from radiation with making false and unsubstantiated claims. According to FTC,  
these defendants lacked a reasonable basis to substantiate their claim.  
Whatarewirelesstelephonebasestations?  
Fixed antennas used for wireless telecommunications are referred to as cellular  
base stations, cell stations, PCS (“Personal Communications Service”) stations or  
telephone transmission towers. These base stations consist of antennas and  
electronic equipment. Because the antennas need to be high in the air, they are  
often located on towers, poles, water tanks, or rooftops. Typical heights for  
freestanding base station towers are 50-200 feet.  
Some base stations use antennas that look like poles, 10 to 15 feet in length, that  
are referred to as “omni-directional” antennas. These types of antennas are  
usually found in rural areas. In urban and suburban areas, wireless providers  
now more commonly use panel or sector antennas for their base stations. These  
antennas consist of rectangular panels, about 1 by 4 feet in dimension. The  
antennas are usually arranged in three groups of three antennas each. One  
antenna in each group is used to transmit signals to wireless phones, and the  
other two antennas in each group are used to receive signals from wireless  
phones.  
At any base station site, the amount of RF energy produced depends on the  
number of radio channels (transmitters) per antenna and the power of each  
transmitter. Typically, 21 channels per antenna sector are available. For a typical  
cell site using sector antennas, each of the three transmitting antennas could be  
connected to up to 21 transmitters for a total of 63 transmitters. However, it is  
unlikely that all of the transmitters would be transmitting at the same time.  
When omni-directional antennas are used, a cellular base station could  
theoretically use up to 96 transmitters, but this would be very unusual, and,  
once again, it is unlikely that all transmitters would be in operation  
simultaneously. Base stations used for PCS communications generally require  
fewer transmitters than those used for cellular radio transmissions, since PCS  
carriers usually have a higher density of base station antenna sites.  
Arewirelesstelephonebasestationssafe?  
The electromagnetic RF signals transmitted from base station antennas stations  
travel toward the horizon in relatively narrow paths. For example, the radiation  
pattern for an antenna array mounted on a tower can be likened to a thin  
pancake centered around the antenna system. The individual pattern for a single  
array of sector antennas is wedge-shaped, like a piece of pie. As with all forms of  
electromagnetic energy, the power decreases rapidly as one moves away from  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
281  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
the antenna. Therefore, RF exposure on the ground is much less than exposure  
very close to the antenna and in the path of the transmitted radio signal. In fact,  
ground-level exposure from such antennas is typically thousands of times less  
than the exposure levels recommended as safe by expert organizations. So  
exposure to nearby residents would be well within safety margins.  
Cellular and PCS base stations in the United States are required to comply with  
limits for exposure recommended by expert organizations and endorsed by  
government agencies responsible for health and safety. Measurements made  
near cellular and PCS base station antennas mounted on towers have confirmed  
that ground-level exposures are typically thousands of times less than the  
exposure limits adopted by the FCC. In fact, in order to be exposed to levels at or  
near the FCC limits for cellular or PCS frequencies an individual would  
essentially have to remain in the main transmitted radio signal (at the height of  
the antenna) and within a few feet from the antenna. This is, of course, very  
unlikely to occur.  
When cellular and PCS antennas are mounted on rooftops, RF levels on that roof  
or on others near by would probably be greater than those typically  
encountered on the ground. However, exposure levels approaching or  
exceeding safety guidelines should be encountered only very close to or directly  
in front of the antennas. In addition, for sector-type antennas, typically used for  
such rooftop base stations, RF levels to the side and in back of these antennas are  
insignificant. General guidelines on antenna installations and circumstances  
that might give rise to a concern about an facility’s conformance with FCC  
regulations can be found in A Local Government Official’s Guide to  
TransmittingAntenna RF Emission Safety:Rules, Procedures, and Practical  
Guidance. This Guide can be accessed at: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety.  
Whoregulatesexposuretoradiationfrommicrowaveovens, televisionsets  
andcomputermonitors?  
The Food and Drug Administration is responsible for protecting the public from  
harmful radiation emissions from these consumer products.  
DoestheFCCroutinelymonitorradiofrequencyradiationfromantennas?  
The FCC does not have the resources or the personnel to routinely monitor the  
emissions for all the thousands of transmitters that are subject to FCC  
jurisdiction. However, the FCC does have measurement instrumentation for  
evaluating RF levels in areas that may be accessible to the public or to workers. If  
there is evidence for potential non-compliance with FCC exposure guidelines  
for a FCC-regulated facility, staff from the FCC’s Office of Engineering and  
Technology or the FCC Enforcement Bureau can conduct and investigation, and,  
if appropriate, perform actual measurements. Circumstances that could give  
rise to a concern about an facility’s conformance with FCC regulations can be  
found in in A Local Government Official’s Guide toTransmittingAntenna RF  
Emission Safety:Rules, Procedures, and Practical Guidance. This Guide can be  
accessed at: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety. Potential exposure problems should  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
282  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
be brought to the FCC’s attention by contacting the FCC RF Safety Program at:  
202-418-2464 or by email: [email protected].  
DoestheFCCmaintainadatabasethatincludesinformationonthelocation  
andtechnicalparametersofallthetransmittingtowersitregulates?  
Each of the FCC Bureaus maintains its own licensing database system for the  
service(s) it regulates (e.g., television, cellular service, satellite earth stations.)  
The FCC issues two types of licenses: site specific and market based. In the case  
of site specific licensed facilities, technical operating information is collected  
from the licensee as part of the licensing process. However, in the case of  
market based licensing (e.g., PCS, cellular), the licensee is granted the authority  
to operate a radio communications system in a geographic area using as many  
facilities as are required, and the licensee is not required to provide the FCC with  
specific location and operating parameters of these facilities.  
Information on site specific licensed facilities can be found the “General Menu  
Reports” (GenMen) at http://gullfoss2.fcc.gov/cgi-bin/ws.exe/genmen/index.hts.  
The various FCC Bureaus also publish on at least a weekly basis, bulk extracts of  
their licensing databases. Each licensing database has its own unique file  
structure. These extracts consist of multiple, very large files. The FCC’s Office of  
Engineering and Technology (OET) maintains an index to these databases at  
http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/database/fadb.html. Entry points into the various  
databases include frequency, state/county, latitude/longitude, call-sign and  
licensee name. For further information on the Commission’s existing databases,  
you can contact Donald Campbell at [email protected] or 202-418-2405.  
Canlocalandstategovernmentalbodiesestablishlimitsfor  
RFexposure?  
Although some local and state governments have enacted rules and regulations  
about human exposure to RF energy in the past, the Telecommunications Act of  
1996 requires the Federal Government to control human exposure to RF  
emissions. In particular, Section 704 of the Act states that, “No State or local  
government or instrumentality thereof may regulate the placement,  
construction, and modification of personal wireless service facilities on the  
basis of the environmental effects of radio frequency emissions to the extent  
that such facilities comply with the Commission’s regulations concerning such  
emissions.” Further information on federal authority and FCC policy is available  
in a fact sheet from the FCC’s Wireless Telecommunications Bureau at  
www.fcc.gov/wtb.  
Dowirelessphonesposeahealthhazard?  
The available scientific evidence does not show that any health problems are  
associated with using wireless phones. There is no proof, however, that wireless  
phones are absolutely safe. Wireless phones emit low levels of radiofrequency  
energy (RF) in the microwave range while being used. They also emit very low  
levels of RF when in the stand-by mode. Whereas high levels of RF can produce  
health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
283  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. Many studies  
of low level RF exposures have not found any biological effects. Some studies  
have suggested that some biological effects may occur, but such findings have  
not been confirmed by additional research. In some cases, other researchers  
have had difficulty in reproducing those studies, or in determining the reasons  
for inconsistent results.  
WhatisFDA’sroleconcerningthesafetyofwirelessphones?  
Under the law, FDA does not review the safety of radiation-emitting consumer  
products such as wireless phones before they can be sold, as it does with new  
drugs or medical devices. However, the agency has authority to take action if  
wireless phones are shown to emit radiofrequency energy (RF) at a level that is  
hazardous to the user. In such a case, FDA could require the manufacturers of  
wireless phones to notify users of the health hazard and to repair, replace or  
recall the phones so that the hazard no longer exists.  
Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions, FDA  
has urged the wireless phone industry to take a number of steps, including the  
following:  
Ⅲ
Support needed research into possible biological effects of RF of the  
type emitted by wireless phones;  
Ⅲ
Design wireless phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the  
user that is not necessary for device function; and  
Ⅲ
Cooperate in providing users of wireless phones with the best possible  
information on possible effects of wireless phone use on human health  
FDA belongs to an interagency working group of the federal agencies that have  
responsibility for different aspects of RF safety to ensure coordinated efforts at  
the federal level. The following agencies belong to this working group:  
Ⅲ
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health  
Ⅲ
Environmental Protection Agency  
Ⅲ
Federal Communications Commission  
Ⅲ
Occupational Safety and Health Administration  
Ⅲ
National Telecommunications and Information Administration  
The National Institutes of Health participates in some interagency working  
group activities, as well.  
FDA shares regulatory responsibilities for wireless phones with the Federal  
Communications Commission (FCC). All phones that are sold in the United  
States must comply with FCC safety guidelines that limit RF exposure. FCC relies  
on FDA and other health agencies for safety questions about wireless phones.  
FCC also regulates the base stations that the wireless phone networks rely upon.  
While these base stations operate at higher power than do the wireless phones  
themselves, the RF exposures that people get from these base stations are  
typically thousands of times lower than those they can get from wireless  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
284  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
phones. Base stations are thus not the primary subject of the safety questions  
discussed in this document.  
Whatkindsofphonesarethesubjectofthisupdate?  
The term “wireless phone” refers here to hand-held wireless phones with built-  
in antennas, often called “cell,” “mobile,” or “PCS” phones. These types of  
wireless phones can expose the user to measurable radiofrequency energy (RF)  
because of the short distance between the phone and the user’s head. These RF  
exposures are limited by Federal Communications Commission safety  
guidelines that were developed with the advice of FDA and other federal health  
and safety agencies. When the phone is located at greater distances from the  
user, the exposure to RF is drastically lower because a person’s RF exposure  
decreases rapidly with increasing distance from the source. The so-called  
“cordless phones,” which have a base unit connected to the telephone wiring in  
a house, typically operate at far lower power levels, and thus produce RF  
exposures well within the FCC’s compliance limits.  
Whataretheresultsoftheresearchdonealready?  
The research done thus far has produced conflicting results, and many studies  
have suffered from flaws in their research methods. Animal experiments  
investigating the effects of radiofrequency energy (RF) exposures characteristic  
of wireless phones have yielded conflicting results that often cannot be  
repeated in other laboratories. A few animal studies, however, have suggested  
that low levels of RF could accelerate the development of cancer in laboratory  
animals. However, many of the studies that showed increased tumor  
development used animals that had been genetically engineered or treated with  
cancer-causing chemicals so as to be pre-disposed to develop cancer in the  
absence of RF exposure. Other studies exposed the animals to RF for up to 22  
hours per day. These conditions are not similar to the conditions under which  
people use wireless phones, so we don’t know with certainty what the results of  
such studies mean for human health.  
Three large epidemiology studies have been published since December 2000.  
Between them, the studies investigated any possible association between the  
use of wireless phones and primary brain cancer, glioma, meningioma, or  
acoustic neuroma, tumors of the brain or salivary gland, leukemia, or other  
cancers. None of the studies demonstrated the existence of any harmful health  
effects from wireless phone RF exposures. However, none of the studies can  
answer questions about long-term exposures, since the average period of phone  
use in these studies was around three years.  
WhatresearchisneededtodecidewhetherRFexposurefromwireless  
phonesposesahealthrisk?  
A combination of laboratory studies and epidemiological studies of people  
actually using wireless phones would provide some of the data that are needed.  
Lifetime animal exposure studies could be completed in a few years. However,  
very large numbers of animals would be needed to provide reliable proof of a  
cancer promoting effect if one exists. Epidemiological studies can provide data  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
285  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
that is directly applicable to human populations, but 10 or more years’ follow-up  
may be needed to provide answers about some health effects, such as cancer.  
This is because the interval between the time of exposure to a cancer-causing  
agent and the time tumors develop - if they do - may be many, many years. The  
interpretation of epidemiological studies is hampered by difficulties in  
measuring actual RF exposure during day-to-day use of wireless phones. Many  
factors affect this measurement, such as the angle at which the phone is held, or  
which model of phone is used.  
WhatisFDAdoingtofindoutmoreaboutthepossiblehealtheffectsof  
wirelessphoneRF?  
FDA is working with the U.S. National Toxicology Program and with groups of  
investigators around the world to ensure that high priority animal studies are  
conducted to address important questions about the effects of exposure to  
radiofrequency energy (RF).  
FDA has been a leading participant in the World Health Organization  
International Electromagnetic Fields (EMF) Project since its inception in 1996.  
An influential result of this work has been the development of a detailed agenda  
of research needs that has driven the establishment of new research programs  
around the world. The Project has also helped develop a series of public  
information documents on EMF issues.  
FDA and the Cellular Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) have a  
formal Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) to do  
research on wireless phone safety. FDA provides the scientific oversight,  
obtaining input from experts in government, industry, and academic  
organizations. CTIA-funded research is conducted through contracts to  
independent investigators. The initial research will include both laboratory  
studies and studies of wireless phone users. The CRADA will also include a  
broad assessment of additional research needs in the context of the latest  
research developments around the world.  
WhatstepscanItaketoreducemyexposuretoradiofrequencyenergyfrom  
mywirelessphone?  
If there is a risk from these products--and at this point we do not know that there  
is--it is probably very small. But if you are concerned about avoiding even  
potential risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your exposure to  
radiofrequency energy (RF). Since time is a key factor in how much exposure a  
person receives, reducing the amount of time spent using a wireless phone will  
reduce RF exposure.  
Ⅲ
If you must conduct extended conversations by wireless phone every day,  
you could place more distance between your body and the source of the  
RF, since the exposure level drops off dramatically with distance. For  
example, you could use a headset and carry the wireless phone away from  
your body or use a wireless phone connected to a remote antenna.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
286  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Again, the scientific data do not demonstrate that wireless phones are harmful.  
But if you are concerned about the RF exposure from these products, you can  
use measures like those described above to reduce your RF exposure from  
wireless phone use.  
Whataboutchildrenusingwirelessphones?  
The scientific evidence does not show a danger to users of wireless phones,  
including children and teenagers. If you want to take steps to lower exposure to  
radiofrequency energy (RF), the measures described above would apply to  
children and teenagers using wireless phones. Reducing the time of wireless  
phone use and increasing the distance between the user and the RF source will  
reduce RF exposure.  
Some groups sponsored by other national governments have advised that  
children be discouraged from using wireless phones at all. For example, the  
government in the United Kingdom distributed leaflets containing such a  
recommendation in December 2000. They noted that no evidence exists that  
using a wireless phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. Their  
recommendation to limit wireless phone use by children was strictly  
precautionary; it was not based on scientific evidence that any health hazard  
exists.  
Whataboutwirelessphoneinterferencewithmedicalequipment?  
Radiofrequency energy (RF) from wireless phones can interact with some  
electronic devices. For this reason, FDA helped develop a detailed test method  
to measure electromagnetic interference (EMI) of implanted cardiac  
pacemakers and defibrillators from wireless telephones. This test method is  
now part of a standard sponsored by the Association for the Advancement of  
Medical instrumentation (AAMI). The final draft, a joint effort by FDA, medical  
device manufacturers, and many other groups, was completed in late 2000. This  
standard will allow manufacturers to ensure that cardiac pacemakers and  
defibrillators are safe from wireless phone EMI.  
FDA has tested hearing aids for interference from handheld wireless phones and  
helped develop a voluntary standard sponsored by the Institute of Electrical and  
Electronic Engineers (IEEE). This standard specifies test methods and  
performance requirements for hearing aids and wireless phones so that that no  
interference occurs when a person uses a “compatible” phone and a  
“compatible” hearing aid at the same time. This standard was approved by the  
IEEE in 2000.  
FDA continues to monitor the use of wireless phones for possible interactions  
with other medical devices. Should harmful interference be found to occur, FDA  
will conduct testing to assess the interference and work to resolve the problem.  
WhichotherfederalagencieshaveresponsibilitiesrelatedtopotentialRF  
healtheffects?  
Certain agencies in the Federal Government have been involved in monitoring,  
researching or regulating issues related to human exposure to RF radiation.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
287  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
These agencies include the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the  
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Occupational Safety and Health  
Administration (OSHA), the National Institute for Occupational Safety and  
Health (NIOSH), the National Telecommunications and Information  
Administration (NTIA) and the Department of Defense (DOD).  
By authority of the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968, the  
Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the FDA develops  
performance standards for the emission of radiation from electronic products  
including X-ray equipment, other medical devices, television sets, microwave  
ovens, laser products and sunlamps. The CDRH established a product  
performance standard for microwave ovens in 1971 limiting the amount of RF  
leakage from ovens. However, the CDRH has not adopted performance  
standards for other RF-emitting products. The FDA is, however, the lead federal  
health agency in monitoring the latest research developments and advising  
other agencies with respect to the safety of RF-emitting products used by the  
public, such as cellular and PCS phones.  
The FDA’s microwave oven standard is an emission standard (as opposed to an  
exposure standard) that allows specific levels of microwave leakage (measured  
at five centimeters from the oven surface). The standard also requires ovens to  
have two independent interlock systems that prevent the oven from generating  
microwaves the moment that the latch is released or the door of the oven is  
opened. The FDA has stated that ovens that meet its standards and are used  
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations are safe for consumer and  
industrial use. More information is available from: www.fda.gov/cdrh.  
The EPA has, in the past, considered developing federal guidelines for public  
exposure to RF radiation. However, EPA activities related to RF safety and health  
are presently limited to advisory functions. For example, the EPA now chairs an  
Inter-agency Radiofrequency Working Group, which coordinates RF health-  
related activities among the various federal agencies with health or regulatory  
responsibilities in this area.  
OSHA is responsible for protecting workers from exposure to hazardous  
chemical and physical agents. In 1971, OSHA issued a protection guide for  
exposure of workers to RF radiation [29 CFR 1910.97]. However, this guide was  
later ruled to be only advisory and not mandatory. Moreover, it was based on an  
earlier RF exposure standard that has now been revised. At the present time,  
OSHA uses the IEEE and/or FCC exposure guidelines for enforcement purposes  
under OSHA’s “general duty clause” (for more information see:http://www.osha-  
slc.gov/SLTC/radiofrequencyradiation/index.html.  
NIOSH is part of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. It conducts  
research and investigations into issues related to occupational exposure to  
chemical and physical agents. NIOSH has, in the past, undertaken to develop RF  
exposure guidelines for workers, but final guidelines were never adopted by the  
agency. NIOSH conducts safety-related RF studies through its Physical Agents  
Effects Branch in Cincinnati,Ohio.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
288  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The NTIA is an agency of the U.S. Department of Commerce and is responsible  
for authorizing Federal Government use of the RF electromagnetic spectrum.  
Like the FCC, the NTIA also has NEPA responsibilities and has considered  
adopting guidelines for evaluating RF exposure from U.S. Government  
transmitters such as radar and military facilities.  
The Department of Defense (DOD) has conducted research on the biological  
effects of RF energy for a number of years. This research is now conducted  
primarily at the U.S. Air Force Research Laboratory located at Brooks Air Force  
Base, Texas. The DOD Web site for RF biological effects information is listed  
with other sites in conjunction with a question on other sources of information,  
below.  
Whofundsandcarriesoutresearchonthebiologicaleffectsof  
RFenergy?  
Research into possible biological effects of RF energy is carried out in  
laboratories in the United States and around the world. In the U.S., most  
research has been funded by the Department of Defense, due to the extensive  
military use of RF equipment such as radar and high-powered radio transmitters.  
In addition, some federal agencies responsible for health and safety, such as the  
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the U.S. Food and Drug  
Administration (FDA), have sponsored and conducted research in this area. At  
the present time, most of the non-military research on biological effects of RF  
energy in the U.S. is being funded by industry organizations. More research is  
being carried out overseas, particularly in Europe.  
In 1996, the World Health Organization (WHO) established the International  
EMF Project to review the scientific literature and work towards resolution of  
health concerns over the use of RF technology. WHO maintains a Web site that  
provides extensive information on this project and about RF biological effects  
and research (www.who.ch/peh-emf).  
FDA, EPA and other US government agencies responsible for public health and  
safety have worked together and in connection with WHO to monitor  
developments and identify research needs related to RF biological effects.  
HowdoesFCCAuditCellPhoneRF?  
After FCC grants permission for a particular cellular telephone to be marketed,  
FCC will occasionally conduct “post-grant” testing to determine whether  
production versions of the phone are being produced to conform with FCC  
regulatory requirements. The manufacturer of a cell phone that does not meet  
FCC’s regulatory requirements may be required to remove the cell phone from  
use and to refund the purchase price or provide a replacement phone, and may  
be subject to civil or criminal penalties. In addition, if the cell phone presents a  
risk of injury to the user, FDA may also take regulatory action. The most  
important post-grant test, from a consumer’s perspective, is testing of the RF  
emissions of the phone. FCC measures the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of the  
phone, following a very rigorous testing protocol. As is true for nearly any  
scientific measurement, there is a possibility that the test measurement may be  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
289  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
less than or greater than the actual RF emitted by the phone. This difference  
between the RF test measurement and actual RF emission is because test  
measurements are limited by instrument accuracy, because test measurement  
and actual use environments are different, and other variable factors. This  
inherent variability is known as “measurement uncertainty.” When FCC  
conducts post-grant testing of a cell phone, FCC takes into account any  
measurement uncertainty to when determining whether regulatory action is  
appropriate. This approach ensures that when FCC takes regulatory action, it  
will have a sound, defensible scientific basis.  
FDA scientific staff reviewed the methodology used by FCC to measure cell  
phone RF, and agreed it is an acceptable approach, given our current  
understanding of the risks presented by cellular phone RF emissions. RF  
emissions from cellular phones have not been shown to present a risk of injury  
to the user when the measured SAR is less than the safety limits set by FCC (an  
SAR of 1.6 w/kg). Even in a case where the maximum measurement uncertainty  
permitted by current measurement standards was added to the maximum  
permissible SAR, the resulting SAR value would be well below any level known  
to produce an acute effect. Consequently, FCC’s approach with measurement  
uncertainty will not result in consumers being exposed to any known risk from  
the RF emitted by cellular telephones.  
FDA will continue to monitor studies and literature reports concerning acute  
effects of cell phone RF, and concerning chronic effects of long-term exposure  
to cellular telephone RF (that is, the risks from using a cell phone for many  
years). If new information leads FDA to believe that a change to FCC’s  
measurement policy may be appropriate, FDA will contact FCC and both  
agencies will work together to develop a mutually-acceptable approach.  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
290  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Owner’s Record  
The model number, regulatory number and serial number are located on a  
nameplate inside the battery compartment. Record the serial number in the space  
provided below. This will be helpful if you need to contact us about your phone in  
the future.  
Model: Sprint PCS Vision Multimedia Phone MM-5600 by Sanyo  
Serial No.:  
User’s Guide Proprietary Notice  
CDMA Technology is licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more of  
the following patents:  
4,901,307 5,109,390 5,267,262 5,416,797  
5,506,865 5,544,196 5,657,420 5,101,501  
5,267,261 5,414,796 5,504,773 5,535,239  
5,600,754 5,778,338 5,228,054 5,337,338  
5,710,784 5,056,109 5,568,483 5,659,569  
5,490,165 5,511,073  
T9 Text Input is licensed by Tegic Communications and is covered by U.S. Pat.  
5,818,437, U.S. Pat. 5,953,541, U.S. Pat. 6,011,554 and other patents pending.  
User’s Guide template version 3D (09-01-03)  
Section 4A: Safety Guidelines  
291  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Section 4B  
Terms & Conditions and  
Manufacturer’s Warranty  
In This Section  
ࡗ
TermsandConditions  
ࡗ
Manufacturer’sWarranty  
YourSprintPCSVisionPhonehasbeendesignedtoprovideyouwith  
reliable, worry-freeservice. If for any reason you have a problem  
with your equipment, please refer to the manufacturer’s warranty.  
This section contains the Terms and Conditions of Service for  
your Sprint PCS Phone and Service and the manufacturer’s warranty  
for your Sprint PCS Phone.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
292  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Terms and Conditions  
TermsandConditionsofServices  
(Effective June 30, 2004)  
Thanks for choosing Sprint. These terms and conditions are part of your agreement  
with Sprint for Sprint PCS Services.  
Please note these terms may not be the most current version. You can get a current  
version of the terms on our website at www.sprintpcs.com or by requesting a copy  
from us at 1-888-211-4PCS.  
A para solicitar esta literatura en español, por favor contactar a  
1-888-211-4PCS(4727).  
General. This agreement (“Agreement”) covers the terms on which we agree to  
provide and you agree to accept any service or product we make available to you,  
including your wireless services, wireless devices, etc. (collectively “Services”).  
You accept this Agreement when you do any of the following: (a) provide your  
written or electronic signature; (b) accept through an oral or electronic statement;  
(c) attempt to or in any way use any of the Services; (d) pay for any Services; or (e)  
open any materials or package that says you are accepting when you open it. The  
Agreement includes the terms in this document together with the terms associated  
with the Services you select (as described in our marketing materials, e.g., service  
plan brochures, or on our website). You represent that you are at least 18 years old.  
In this document, we use the words “we,” “us,” “our” or “Sprint” to refer to Sprint  
Spectrum L.P. and its affiliates doing business as Sprint PCS.  
Agreement. We may change the Agreement at any time with notice. Any changes to  
the Agreement are effective when we publish them. If you use our Services or make  
any payment to us on or after the effective date of the changes, you accept the  
changes. If we change a material term of the Agreement and that change has a  
material adverse effect on you, you may terminate the Agreement without an Early  
Termination Fee by calling 1-888-567-5528 within 30 days after the changes go into  
effect. You understand and agree that taxes, Universal Service fees and other  
charges imposed by the government or based on government calculations may  
increase or decrease on a monthly basis, and that this paragraph does not apply to  
any increases in such taxes, Universal Service fees or other charges.  
ActivatingService. Before activation, we may check your credit and verify your  
identity. You must have and maintain satisfactory credit to receive and continue to  
receive Services. We may charge a nonrefundable activation fee, deposit,  
prepayment or other fee to establish or maintain Services.  
TermCommitments. Unless we specifically tell you otherwise, our service plans  
require that you maintain service for a minimum term (“Term Service Plan”), usually  
1 or 2 years. After satisfying this minimum term, your service plan will continue on a  
month-to-month basis unless you have agreed to extend the term for additional  
period(s). Certain service, promotional or product offers may require that you agree  
to or extend a Term Service Plan. As discussed below, we may charge you an Early  
Termination Fee if you deactivate a Term Service Plan before the end of the term.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
293  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
UsingServices. You agree to not use our Services in an unlawful, fraudulent or  
abusive manner. You may not resell or lease Services to anyone. Sprint is not  
responsible for any opinions, advice, statements, services applications or other  
information provided by third parties and accessible through our various Services,  
including the internet. Neither Sprint, its vendors or licensors guarantees the  
accuracy, completeness or usefulness of information that is obtained through these  
Services. You are responsible for evaluating such content. Youarealsoresponsible  
foranyuseofourServicesthroughanywirelessdeviceonyouraccountincluding,  
butnotlimitedto, usebychildrenorminors. Westronglyrecommendthatyouclosely  
monitoranysuchusage.  
ChangingServices. Changes to Services will generally be effective at the start of  
your next full invoicing cycle. In certain instances, the changes may take place  
sooner, in which case your invoice will reflect pro-rated charges. Certain changes  
may be conditioned upon payment of an Early Termination Fee or certain other  
charges.  
TerminationofServices. Consistent with this Agreement: (a) we may terminate  
Services at any time with notice to you and, in certain instances, without notice;  
and (b) you may terminate Services at any time with prior notice to us.  
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, IF YOU TERMINATE YOUR  
TERMSERVICEPLAN EARLY, OR WE DO SO FOR GOOD CAUSE, YOU WILL BE  
REQUIRED TO PAY THE APPLICABLE EARLY TERMINATION FEE ASSOCIATED  
WITH YOUR SERVICES. We will not charge an Early Termination Fee for  
deactivations consistent with our Return Policy or for service plans being provided  
on a month-to-month basis. If any Services are terminated before the end of your  
current invoicing cycle, we will not prorate charges to the date of termination, and  
you will not receive a credit or refund for any unused Services.  
WirelessDevices, Numbers&E-mailAddresses. We did not manufacture your  
wireless device and we are not responsible for any defects or for the acts or  
omissions of the manufacturer. The only warranties on your device are any limited  
warranties extended by the manufacturer directly to you or passed on to you  
through us. Your device may not accept Services directly from any other carrier.  
You do not have any rights to any number, e-mail address or other identifier we may  
assign to your device or account; you may not modify, change or transfer any of  
these except as we allow or as allowed for by law. In certain instances, you may  
transfer your number from another carrier to us, or from us to another carrier. We  
do not guarantee that transfers to or from us will be successful. If you transfer your  
number away from us, the terms of this Agreement (e.g., Early Termination Fee,  
etc.) still apply. If a transfer to Sprint is not successful, you will be responsible for  
any discounts provided to you with the purchase of your device. See our printed in-  
store materials or visit www.sprintpcs.com for additional important information on  
number transfers.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
294  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Coverage. Available coverage areas for Services are generally identified in our  
mapping brochures and at www.sprintpcs.com. This may include coverage on our  
digital network (the “Sprint Nationwide PCS Network”) as well as coverage we  
make available to you through agreements with other carriers (“off network” or  
“roaming” coverage).  
Allcoveragemapsarehighlevelrepresentationsofoutdoorcoverageandthereare  
gapsincoveragewithinareasshownascoveredonthemaps. Coverageisnot  
availableeverywhere, norcanweguaranteeyouwillreceivecoverageatalltimes,  
orwithoutinterruptionsordelays(e.g., droppedcalls, blockedcalls, etc.)inthe  
coverageareasweidentify. ActualcoverageandqualityofServicesmaybeaffected  
byconditionswithinorbeyondourcontrol, includingnetworkproblems, software,  
signalstrength, yourequipment, structures(includingbuildingsinwhichyoumaybe  
located), atmospheric, geographic, ortopographicconditions.  
RoamingCoverage. You are roaming anytime your phone indicates that you are  
roaming. Roaming coverage is only available with certain devices and, unless  
included as part of your Services, will result in additional charges. Roaming calls  
placed “manually” (through an operator or with a credit card) will always incur  
separate and additional charges. Depending on your phone settings, you may  
automatically roam if there is a gap or interruption in coverage within the Sprint  
Nationwide PCS Network coverage area and roaming coverage areas. See your  
phone guide for how to adjust phone settings. Certain features and services may  
not be available in roaming coverage areas (including PCS Vision, voicemail, call  
waiting, call forwarding, etc.).  
Charges. Carefully review the terms of your Services. You will be assessed charges  
based on the terms of your Services including, without limitation, monthly  
recurring charges and charges based on actual usage (e.g., charges for long  
distance, roaming, call forwarding, directory assistance, etc.). Airtime and other  
time based usage charges are calculated from when your device first initiates  
contact with a network until the network connection is broken, whether or not  
you were actually successful in connecting to the intended destination. However,  
you will not be charged for voice calls that ring and do not pick up, or if you get a  
busy signal. For voice calls received by your device, you are charged from the time  
shortly before the phone starts ringing until the call is terminated. You are charged  
for an entire voice call based on the time period in which the call is initiated. Partial  
minutes of use are rounded up to the next minute.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
295  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SprintPCSVisionCharges. Vision usage is measured in bytes, not in minutes. Bytes  
are rounded up to kilobytes. Usage rounding occurs at the top of each clock hour  
while in a session and at the end of each session and is then charged to you based  
on the terms of your Services. Depending on your Services, usage may be charged  
against an allowance or on a fixed price per kilobyte. Usage charges may be  
rounded up to the next cent at monthly or other intervals. In certain instances, you  
may not know that your session has not ended. As long as your device is connected  
to our network, you will incur data usage charges. You will be charged for all data  
directed to the internet address (or “IP address”) assigned to your device,  
regardless of who initiates the activity or whether your device actually receives the  
data. This includes, but is not limited to, the amount of data associated with the  
particular information/item (e.g. game, ringer, email, etc.), additional data used in  
accessing, transporting and routing this information/item on our network, data  
from partial or interrupted downloads, re-sent data, and data associated with  
unsuccessful attempts to reach websites or use applications. Based on these and a  
number of other factors (e.g., the specific application, network performance, etc.)  
data used and charged to you will vary widely, even for the same activity. Estimates  
of data usage - for example, the size of downloadable files - will not be accurate or a  
reliable predictor of actual usage. Your invoice will not separately identify the  
number of kilobytes attributable to your use of specific sites, sessions or services.  
TaxesandSurcharges. We invoice you for taxes, fees and other charges levied by or  
remitted directly to federal, state, local or foreign governments including, without  
limitation, sales, gross receipts, Universal Service, use, and excise taxes. If you  
claim any tax exemption, you must provide us with a valid tax-exempt document.  
Tax exemptions are not applied retroactively. We also invoice you for surcharges  
that we collect and keep to pay for the costs of complying with government  
programs such as number pooling and portability, and Enhanced 911 service; these  
charges are not the taxes nor government imposed assessments.  
Invoicing&Payment. Invoicing cycles and dates may change from time to time.  
Monthly recurring and related charges for Services are generally invoiced one  
invoicing cycle in advance. Other charges are invoiced soon after they are  
incurred. Most usage is generally applied to the invoicing cycle in which they are  
incurred, but in some instances may be applied to subsequent invoicing cycles.  
You are responsible for all charges associated with any device activated on your  
account, regardless of who used the device. You must pay all charges by the due  
date on the invoice. Pastdueamountsaccruelatechargesuntilpaidattherateof5%  
permonthoratthehighestrateallowedbylawandmayresultinimmediate  
suspensionofyouraccount. If you agree to any auto-payment option through  
banking or credit account, we may initiate payment from the account for all  
amounts we invoice you without additional authorization or notice. Based on your  
credit or payment history, we may require certain forms of guaranteed payment as a  
condition of maintaining Services. If we invoice you for amounts on behalf of a  
third-party, payments received are first applied to amounts due to us. You may be  
charged additional fees for certain methods of payment and for payments denied by  
a financial institution. Acceptance of payments (even if marked “paid in full”) does  
not waive our right to collect all amounts that you owe us.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
296  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DisputedCharges. Disputes concerning any charges invoiced must be raised within  
60 days of the date of the invoice. You accept all charges not disputed in this time  
period. Disputes can only be made by calling or writing us as directed on your  
invoice.  
AccountSpendingLimit&Deposits. We may impose an account spending limit  
(“ASL”) on any account without notice. We will notify you of an ASL based on your  
credit or payment history and may reduce the ASL at any time with prior notice. An  
ASL should not be relied on to manage usage on your account. We may suspend an  
account without prior notice when the account balance reaches the ASL, even if  
the account is not past due. Services can be restored upon payment of an amount  
that brings the account balance below the ASL and any past due amounts. If we  
require a deposit for you to establish or maintain an account, we will hold the  
deposit as partial guarantee of payment for Services. We may change the deposit  
amount at any time with notice for good reason. Except as we allow, a deposit may  
not be used to pay any invoice or delay payment. The deposit amount, the length of  
time we hold the deposit and changes to the deposit amount are determined based  
on your credit and payment history. The rate of interest, if any, on the deposit is  
subject to change. We may mix deposits with our other funds. If your account is  
terminated for any reason, we may without notice apply your deposit to any  
outstanding charges. We may send any remaining deposit amounts to your last  
known address within 75 days after account termination. If the funds are returned  
to us, you may claim these funds for one year from the date of return. Any money  
held during this one-year period will not accrue interest for your benefit and are  
subject to a servicing fee charged against the balance. You forfeit any portion of the  
money left after the one-year period.  
OtherSprintPCSVisionTerms. You will not receive voice calls while using Vision.  
Vision is not available for use with server devices or host computer applications,  
other systems that drive continuous heavy traffic or data sessions, or as substitutes  
for private lines or frame relay connections. Unlimited Vision plans/options may  
not be used with Sprint PCS phones or smart phones being used as a modem in  
connection with other equipment (e.g., computers, etc.) through use of  
connection kits or other phone-to-computer/PDA accessories, or Bluetooth or  
other wireless technology. We may terminate services without notice for any  
misuse. You may have access to certain games, ringers, screen savers and other  
items on our Vision site (“Premium Services”) that are available for an additional  
charge. You will be billed for Premium Service purchases on your Sprint PCS  
invoice based on the charges as specified at purchase. Subject to the terms of the  
content purchased, we may delete premium and non-premium items downloaded  
to any storage areas we may provide, including any pictures, games and other  
content. We may limit the amount of Premium Services you may purchase in a  
specific timeframe (month, week, day, or other time period).  
VoiceCommand. Calls to 911 or similar emergency numbers cannot be placed  
through the Voice Command feature. See our printed in-store materials or visit  
www.sprintpcs.com for additional important information on this option.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
297  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WirelessWeb. Wireless Web Services may be available depending on your device  
and Service plan/option. This is not a Vision service. Usage is calculated on minutes  
used and generally deducts from your Service plan minutes. See our printed in-  
store materials or visit www.sprintpcs.com for additional important information on  
this option.  
LostorStolenEquipment. If your device is lost or stolen, please notify us  
immediately by calling 1-888-211-4PCS. Youareresponsibleforallchargesincurred  
beforeyounotifyusofthelossortheft. You agree to cooperate reasonably with us in  
investigating suspected unlawful or fraudulent use.  
Messaging. You may incur charges in accessing, sending or receiving messages on  
your device. We may impose limits on the number of voicemail, text, email or other  
messages that can be retained through your account. Indicators of messages on  
your device, including mailbox icons, may not always provide an up to date  
indication of new messages and you may at times need to manually reset or clear  
your mailbox indicator. Legitimate messages may be interrupted by software aimed  
at prevention of SPAM or similar messages.  
CallerID. If you do not want people you call to receive the number assigned to your  
phone, call us at 1-888-211-4PCS for information about automatic Caller ID  
blocking. The number assigned to your phone can be blocked on a per-call basis by  
dialing *67 + Destination Number + TALK (or similar key). Caller ID blocking is not  
available when using Vision or Wireless Web services.  
TTYAccess. A TTY (also known as TDD or Text Telephone) is a  
telecommunications device that allows people who are deaf or hard of hearing, or  
who have speech or language disabilities, to communicate by telephone. TTY  
doesn’t work with all devices. If you have a TTY-capable device, it may not function  
effectively, or at all, when attempting 911 calls and should not be relied on for such  
calls.  
DisclaimerofWarranties. WE MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OF WARRANTIES,  
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING (TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW) ANY  
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  
PURPOSE CONCERNING YOUR SERVICES OR WIRELESS DEVICE. WE DO NOT  
PROMISE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE SERVICES AND YOU AGREE TO  
HOLD US HARMLESS FOR ALL SUCH PROBLEMS.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
298  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LimitationofLiability. Neither we nor our vendors, suppliers or licensors are liable  
for any damages arising out of or in connection with any: (a) act or omission by  
your, or another person or company; (b) providing or failing to provide Services,  
including deficiencies or problems with your wireless device, our network  
coverage or Services (e.g., dropped, blocked, interrupted calls/messages, etc.); (c)  
traffic or other accidents, or any health-related claims allegedly arising from the use  
of Services, any wireless devices or related accessories; (d) content or information  
accessed while using our Services, such as through the internet; (e) interruption or  
failure in accessing or attempting to access emergency services from your phone,  
including through 911, E911 or otherwise; or (f) events due to factors beyond our  
control, including acts of God (including, without limitation, weather-related  
phenomena, fire or earthquake), war, riot, strike, or orders of governmental  
authority. Intheeventwearefoundtoberesponsibletoyouformonetarydamages  
relatingtotheServices(includingwirelessdevices), youagreethatanysuch  
damageswillnotexceedthepro-ratedmonthlyrecurringchargeforyourServices  
duringtheaffectedperiod.  
NOCONSEQUENTIALOROTHERDAMAGES. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE WE  
LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR SPECIAL  
DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN  
CONNECTION WITH PROVIDING OR FAILING TO PROVIDE SERVICES, PHONES  
OR OTHER EQUIPMENT USED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SERVICES,  
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, OR  
COST OF REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. THIS SECTION SURVIVES  
TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.  
MANDATORYARBITRATIONOFDISPUTES. INSTEAD OF SUING IN COURT, YOU  
AND SPRINT AGREE TO ARBITRATE ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, CONTROVERSIES OR  
DISPUTES AGAINST EACH OTHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS  
AGREEMENT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE SERVICES, ANY  
PHONES/EQUIPMENT, OR ADVERTISING, EVEN IF IT ARISES AFTER YOUR  
SERVICES HAVE TERMINATED, AND INCLUDING CLAIMS YOU MAY BRING  
AGAINST SPRINT’S EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AFFILIATES OR OTHER  
REPRESENTATIVES, OR THAT SPRINT MAY BRING AGAINST YOU (“CLAIMS”).  
THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT APPLIES TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ITS  
PROVISIONS, NOT STATE LAW, GOVERN ALL QUESTIONS OF WHETHER A CLAIM  
IS SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. THIS PROVISION DOES NOT PREVENT EITHER  
YOU OR SPRINT FROM BRINGING APPROPRIATE CLAIMS IN SMALL CLAIMS  
COURT, BEFORE THE FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION OR A STATE  
PUBLIC UTILITIES COMMISSION.  
YOU AND SPRINT FURTHER AGREE THAT NEITHER SPRINT NOR YOU WILL JOIN  
ANY CLAIM WITH THE CLAIM OF ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN A  
LAWSUIT, ARBITRATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING; THAT NO CLAIM EITHER  
SPRINT OR YOU HAS AGAINST THE OTHER SHALL BE RESOLVED ON A CLASS-  
WIDE BASIS; AND THAT NEITHER SPRINT NOR YOU WILL ASSERT A CLAIM IN A  
REPRESENTATIVE CAPACITY ON BEHALF OF ANYONE ELSE. IF FOR ANY  
REASON THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION DOES NOT APPLY TO A CLAIM, WE  
AGREE TO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
299  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A single arbitrator engaged in the practice of law will conduct the arbitration. The  
arbitration will be filed with and the arbitrator will be selected according to the  
rules of either JAMS or the National Arbitration Forum (“NAF”), or, alternatively, as  
we may mutually agree. We agree to act in good faith in selecting an arbitrator. The  
arbitration will be conducted by and under the then-applicable rules of JAMS or  
NAF, wherever the arbitration is filed or, if the arbitrator is chosen by mutual  
agreement of the parties, the then-applicable rules of JAMS will apply unless the  
parties agree otherwise. All expedited procedures prescribed by the applicable  
rules will apply. We agree to pay our respective arbitration costs, except as  
otherwise required by rules of JAMS or NAF, as applicable, but the arbitrator can  
apportion these costs as appropriate. The arbitrator’s decision and award is final  
and binding, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court with  
jurisdiction.  
If any party files a judicial or administrative action asserting a claim that is subject to  
arbitration and another party successfully stays such action or compels arbitration,  
the party filing that action must pay the other party’s costs and expenses incurred  
in seeking such stay or compelling arbitration, including attorneys’ fees.  
If any portion of this Mandatory Arbitration of Disputes section is determined to be  
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Section remains in full force and  
effect.  
Miscellaneous. You may notify us by calling us at 1-888-211-4PCS, or use that  
number to get our current address for written notice. We may send you notice to  
your last known address in our invoicing records, or by calling leaving you a voice  
message on your wireless device or home phone. Properly addressed written  
notice is effective three days after deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid. This  
Agreement is governed by and must be construed under federal law and the laws of  
the State of Kansas, without regard to choice of law principles. If either of us  
waives or fails to enforce any requirement under this Agreement in any one  
instance, that does not waive our right to later enforce that requirement. If any part  
of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, the rest of this Agreement  
remains in full force and effect. Section headings are for descriptive, non-  
interpretive purposes only. You may not assign this Agreement to any other person  
or entity without our prior written approval. This Agreement (including any  
referenced documents and attachments) makes up the entire agreement between  
us and replaces all prior written or spoken agreements.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
300  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TermsofPictureMailService  
The Picture Mail service (“Service”) – including access to and use of the services at  
www.sprint.com/picturemail – is provided to you by Sprint under the following terms  
and conditions and incorporate the Terms and Conditions set forth at  
www.sprintpcs.com which include the Terms and Conditions of Service provided  
with your Sprint PCS Phone User’s Guide, terms regarding copyright and  
trademark matters, and other terms relating to the use of our services. Your use of  
the Service indicates your acceptance of all of these terms (collectively “Terms”).  
Sprint may change these Terms from time to time at our discretion with or without  
notice to you. Any changes will be posted on the Service.  
1. Eligibility  
The Service is provided to individuals who are at least 18 years old and to minors  
who have parental permission. We encourage parents and guardians to take an  
active role in protecting the privacy and security of their children. If you as a parent  
have any concerns regarding this issue, please feel free to contact us at  
[email protected].  
2. MembershipFees  
Picture Mail is available at an additional monthly charge (in addition to any charges  
you may pay for Sprint PCS Vision services) through Sprint and provides you basic  
services, such as the ability to store and share pictures taken on select Sprint PCS  
Vision Picture Phones or devices. Additional features or services (beyond basic  
services) may also be available from time to time for an additional charge. If you  
have previously not signed up for the Service with activation of your Sprint PCS  
Service Plan, you may add this Service to your account for an additional monthly  
charge through a Sprint PCS Vision Picture Phone.  
3. PictureMailPassword  
We will have access to your Picture Mail Password and User Name. We may remind  
you of your password, at your request, by sending an email to the address you used  
when creating your account. We will not disclose your Picture Mail Password to  
third parties, but we may access your account if necessary to maintain the Service,  
to comply with lawful requests from governmental authorities, or in response to  
court orders, subpoenas, complaints.  
4. PhotoLoss  
Sprint does not warrant that pictures or albums stored will not be deleted,  
modified or damaged. If pictures or images are particularly valuable, have  
sentimental or other intangible value or are otherwise unique or irreplaceable,  
reliable storage alternatives should be used, including hard copy duplication and  
electronic back up and storage.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
301  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. UseofRelatedSoftware  
Any software that is provided for download and installation on your personal  
computer or electronic device in connection with the Service is licensed under the  
terms and conditions of a separate software license agreement. These license  
agreements are available for your review upon download, installation and/or use of  
that software.  
6. UseofPictureMail  
Solely for the purposes of displaying your pictures to selected persons and fulfilling  
your print orders, you grant us permission to use, download, upload, copy, print,  
display, reproduce, modify, publish, post, transmit and distribute any material  
included in your albums.  
7. MemberConduct  
(a) In consideration for use of the Service, you agree to provide true, accurate,  
current and complete information about you as prompted during the registration  
process, and to maintain and update this information to keep it true, accurate,  
current and complete.  
(b) You are responsible for maintaining the confidentiality of your Picture Mail  
Password and Account, and you agree to be fully responsible for all activities which  
occur through anyone’s use of your Picture Mail Password or account, whether or  
not authorized by you. You agree to notify Sprint immediately of any unauthorized  
use of your password or account or any other breach of security.  
(c) You must provide at your own expense all equipment and software required to  
use the Service, including computer and photography equipment, application  
software, modems, and access to the Internet. We are not responsible for delays  
resulting from incompatibility of such equipment and software, or from improper  
configuration or maintenance of such equipment and software.  
(d) While we do not control the content of any member submissions to the Service  
and do not have any obligation to monitor such content, if we have any reason to  
believe that any language, content, graphics or other materials contained within  
your content is inappropriate, we may, in our sole discretion, refuse to process any  
print orders, remove your pictures from our servers, suspend your account, restrict  
access to it, remove content from it, or terminate it.  
(e) You agree (1) not to use the Service for illegal purposes; (2) not to interfere with  
or disrupt the Service or servers or networks or software or data connected to the  
Service; (3) to comply with all requirements, procedures, policies and regulations of  
networks connected to the Service; and (4) to comply with all applicable laws  
regarding the transmission of technical data exported from the United States. You  
agree to abide by all applicable local, state, national, and international laws and  
regulations in your use of the Service and in your use of any software downloaded  
from the Service, including, without limitation, copyright, trademark, obscenity and  
defamation laws.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
302  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(f) You agree not to interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Service by other  
users of the Service. You agree not to attempt to gain unauthorized access to other  
computer systems or networks connected to the Service.  
(g) You agree not to transmit through the Service, or upload to it (1) any pictures or  
other content in violation of the copyrights, privacy rights or other rights of any  
other person; (2) any unlawful, harassing, libelous, privacy invading, abusive,  
hateful, threatening, harmful, vulgar, defamatory, obscene or otherwise  
objectionable material of any kind; (3) any material that violates the rights of  
another, including, but not limited to, the intellectual property rights of another;  
(4) any material that harms minors; (5) any material that violates any applicable  
local, state, national, or international law or regulation; or (6) “junk mail,” “spam,”  
“chain letters,” or unsolicited mass distribution of email.  
8. PrivacyStatement  
In order to register you as a member of the Service, we ask you to supply us with  
some basic information (email address, user selected Picture Mail Password, name)  
during the registration process and, occasionally, at other times while using the  
Service. All uses of your information will be in accordance with our privacy policy,  
as set forth in the following Privacy Policy. As this policy may be updated from time  
to time, a current version can be found at www.sprintpcs.com.  
PRIVACYPOLICY  
(a) Sprint respects the privacy of its customers, and other individuals and  
businesses using the Websites owned and operated by Sprint and its Affiliates  
(“Sprint Websites”). This updated Privacy Policy effective October 22, 2001, is to  
keep you informed about the types of information collected on Sprint Websites and  
how the information is used and protected. The revised Privacy Policy includes  
information about advertisements on Sprint Websites and access to your account  
information.  
Sprint protects the privacy of its local, long distance and wireless customers  
consistent with the Federal Telecommunications Act and rules and regulations  
issued by the Federal Communications Commission.  
Sprint’s Privacy Policy for its high speed Internet services can be accessed at:  
www.sprint.com/privacypolicy/broadbandservices.  
There are two types of information that may be exchanged between the Sprint site  
and the user during each visit to a Sprint site. They are:  
1. General technical data transmitted between your computer and the Sprint site  
that does not identify you personally.  
2. Personally identifiable information that you voluntarily share. The types of  
personally identifiable information that you might share include your name,  
address, phone number, email address and credit card number.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
303  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(b)AnonymousInformation  
In order to provide you with the information and services that you look for from the  
Sprint Websites, Sprint gathers certain types of information from you that are not  
personally identifiable. This is called anonymous information and includes:  
1. The type of Internet browser you use when you visit  
2. The types of computer operating system you use  
3. The search engine you use to access the Sprint Websites (such as “AOL.com,”  
“Yahoo.com” or “Go.com”)  
4. The specific Sprint Website that you visit (sprint.com, sprintpcs.com, etc.).  
The anonymous information collected is not associated with you personally or  
your business. Sprint uses this anonymous information in the aggregate to improve  
Sprint Websites and the services we provide through those sites.  
(c)UseOfCookies  
Sprint Websites may use “cookies” to collect the anonymous information described  
in this Privacy Policy. Cookies are bits of encrypted data that are loaded by a Sprint  
server onto your computer or other device when you visit a Sprint Website. The  
server can retrieve the cookies the next time you visit a site and use them to identify  
the computer as a return visitor. Sprint uses cookies to collect non-personally  
identifiable information and generically track usage patterns on the Sprint Websites  
in order to monitor activity and administer the sites. Sprint also uses information  
obtained from cookies to improve Sprint Websites, and make decisions concerning  
advertising, product offerings and services. Most users can disable cookies from  
their Internet browsers, receive a warning before a cookie is placed on their  
computer, and erase all cookies from their computer hard drives by following the  
instructions provided by the browser.  
(d)AdvertisementsOnSprintWebsites  
Advertising companies deliver ads on some Sprint Websites. You should be aware  
that when you click on these ads, the advertising companies may also deploy  
cookies to receive anonymous information about ad viewing by Internet users on  
Sprint Websites and other Websites. This information is associated with your Web  
browser, but cannot be associated with your name or email address without your  
permission. Therefore, advertising companies may know where your computer  
goes on the Web, but they do not know who you are unless you tell them. Sprint  
does not provide personally identifiable information about its customers or Sprint  
Website visitors to these advertising companies.  
(e)PersonallyIdentifiableInformation  
Sprint may ask you to provide what is often referred to as “personally identifiable  
information” such as your name, address, telephone number and email address  
when you use Sprint Websites to: purchase a service or product online, enter a  
contest or sweepstakes, ask to receive information, respond to a survey, register  
with a Sprint Website, access your account, ask for a personalized service, request  
customer service online, or apply for a job. You always have the alternative of  
mailing or calling Sprint with the information requested if you do not wish to  
provide it online. Personally identifiable information provided at a Sprint Website  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
304  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
to order Sprint services other than Internet services will be protected in the same  
manner as when the information is provided by other means such as over the  
telephone or by mail. We protect customer information obtained from the local,  
long distance and wireless service customers of Sprint consistent with federal laws  
governing telecommunications services and with regulations issued by the Federal  
Communications Commission. Sprint’s Privacy Policy for its Internet services can  
be accessed at: www.sprint.com/privacypolicy/broadbandservices.  
We use personally identifiable information provided at a Sprint Website in the  
following ways unless otherwise specified:  
1. For its intended purpose (such as to complete an online order for service).  
2. To provide you with information about new Sprint PCS Products and Services  
or products and services offered in conjunction with Sprint business partners.  
(f)DisclosureToThirdParties  
Sprint will not sell or disclose to outside parties any personally identifiable  
information obtained from a Sprint online service or the registration at a Sprint  
Website without your consent except under the following circumstances:  
1. When required by law,  
2. When disclosure is necessary to protect the safety of a customer, third party or  
Sprint’s property,  
3. If it is required in connection with any sale or transfer of all or a portion of  
Sprint’s assets.  
When Sprint uses agents, contractors or other companies to perform services on  
its behalf, Sprint will require that they protect your personally identifiable  
information consistent with this Privacy Policy. Sprint may share the anonymous  
information described in this Privacy Policy with third parties from time-to-time.  
(g)EmailCommunications  
Email is an increasingly popular communication tool through which you and your  
business may communicate with Sprint. Likewise, Sprint may use email to  
communicate with you, respond to your email, and to tell you about new products  
and services. If you do not wish to receive email promotions and new products and  
service announcements from Sprint, please follow the instructions that appear at  
the end of the email communication that you receive from Sprint to have your  
name removed from the list.  
(h)Security  
Sprint utilizes several encryption methods to ensure that the data you submit on  
any of the Sprint Websites is secure. Through this “secure session,” information  
that you input into a Sprint online order form will be sent and will arrive privately  
and unaltered at a Sprint server. This security prohibits access to your information  
by other companies and Web users.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
305  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
(i)Children  
Sprint does not intend to collect personally identifiable information from  
individuals under 18 years of age. If Sprint becomes aware that a user who is under  
18 is using a Sprint Website, Sprint will specifically instruct that individual that they  
are not to submit information on Sprint Websites without a parent or guardian’s  
consent. If a child has provided Sprint with personally identifiable information  
without the knowledge of Sprint, a parent or guardian of the child may contact  
Sprint at [email protected] and Sprint will delete the child’s information from  
our existing files.  
(j)Links  
Some Sprint Websites contain links to other Websites that are owned and operated  
by parties other than Sprint. Please be aware that this Privacy Policy does not  
extend to any Websites other than those owned and controlled by Sprint.  
(k)AccountInformation  
You may always contact us at [email protected] or by telephone or mail to  
verify your name, address, email address, telephone number and/or billing  
information. Sprint will correct any information that is inaccurate.  
(l)Questions  
If you have questions or comments regarding this Privacy Policy, you may contact  
us at [email protected]. If you have submitted personally identifiable  
information, and would like that information deleted from our records, please  
contact us at our email address, [email protected]. We will use reasonable  
efforts to delete that information from our files.  
(m)Updates  
Sprint may amend this Privacy Policy from time-to- time. These changes will be  
posted online.  
9. UsageandStorage  
We and our suppliers assume no responsibility for: (1) any full or partial loss,  
deletion or failure to store your pictures or any other data; (2) any notice or lack of  
notice of such loss, deletion or failure to store your data; or (3) any correct or  
erroneous informing of or failure to inform user of such loss, deletion or failure to  
store your data. From time to time we may establish an upper limit on the size of  
data storage that you are permitted to use on the Service and/or an upper limit on  
the frequency or amount of usage that you are permitted on the Service or related  
software. We may establish a reasonable period of time (for example, three  
months) such that if you do not use the Service at least once during such period, we  
may terminate the Service to you for non-use, and delete pictures and other data  
that you may have stored through the Service.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
306  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10. NoResaleofServiceorSoftware  
Your membership account is intended only for personal, noncommercial use. You  
agree not to reproduce, duplicate, copy, sell, resell or exploit for any commercial  
purposes, any portion of the Service, use of the Service, access to the Service, or  
related software.  
11. ProprietaryRights  
You agree that content, including but not limited to software, text, pictures,  
graphics, video, music, sound, or other materials or information, contained in the  
Service or contained in sponsor advertisements or presented to you through the  
Service or advertisers is protected by copyrights, trademarks, service marks,  
patents, or other proprietary rights, laws, and/or treaties. You agree that you are  
permitted to use such materials and information only as expressly authorized by us  
or the true owner of the right in question and you may not copy, reproduce,  
transmit, distribute, or create derivative works of such materials or information  
without proper express, written authorization from us or the true owner of the  
right in question.  
12. ChangestotheServiceandTerminationoftheService  
(a) We may change these Terms from time to time without notice to you. Should  
you object to any of these Terms or any changes to them, or should you become  
dissatisfied with the Service in any way, your only recourse is to immediately: (1)  
discontinue use of the Service; and (2) terminate the Service and notify us of the  
termination. Termination of the Service may, in some instances, require you to  
change your Sprint PCS Service Plan.  
(b) We may discontinue the Service or any feature or portion of the Service at any  
time, with or without notice. You agree that upon modification or discontinuance  
of the Service, we may delete the data you have stored on the Service.  
(c) You agree that we may terminate your membership in the Service and delete any  
and all information, posting, communications, albums and pictures at any time,  
without notice, if we believe: (1) that you have failed to use the Service at least  
once during a reasonable span of time as determined by us; (2) that you have  
violated or acted inconsistently with the letter or spirit of these Terms; (3) that you  
have violated our rights or the rights of other users or parties; or (4) that you have  
abused or misused the Service in any way, including but not limited to exceeding  
any limits that we may place on the amount of data that any individual may store on  
the Service.  
(d) We reserve the right at all times to disclose any information posted by you or any  
other user as necessary to satisfy any law, regulation or governmental request, or to  
edit, remove, or refuse to post any information or materials, in whole or in part,  
that in our sole discretion are objectionable or in violation of these terms and  
conditions.  
(e) Except as otherwise set forth in this provision, in the event your Service is  
terminated we will make reasonable efforts to provide 30 days prior notice before  
may delete any data from the Service.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
307  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13. Disclaimers  
(a) We hereby disclaim any and all responsibility or liability for the accuracy,  
content, completeness, legality, reliability, operability or availability of information  
or material in this Service. We further disclaim any responsibility for the deletion,  
misdelivery, failure to store or untimely delivery of any information or material. We  
disclaim any responsibility for any harm resulting from downloading or accessing  
any information or material through the Service. You agree that you, the member,  
will bear all risk associated with any content that you access.  
(b) All processing of film, prints, slides, negatives or digital images is subject to our  
Terms. You agree that your sole remedy for any damage or loss of any materials that  
you submit to us for processing, printing, storage, transmission or other handling,  
even if caused by negligence or other fault, will only entitle you to replacement  
with a like amount of unexposed film and processing. EXCEPT FOR THE  
EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF REPLACEMENT, THE HANDLING OF ANY FILM, PRINT,  
SLIDE, NEGATIVE OR DIGITAL IMAGE IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OR LIABILITY  
AND RECOVERY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IS  
EXCLUDED.  
(c) THIS SITE AND ALL PRODUCTS, SERVICES AND CONTENT PROVIDED  
THROUGH IT ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” AND WITH NO  
WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY  
APPLICABLE LAW, WE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND,  
WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED  
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,  
TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. WE DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES FOR THE  
SECURITY, RELIABILITY, TIMELINESS, AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS SERVICE,  
OR THAT THIS SITE OR OUR SERVER IS FREE OF VIRUSES OR OTHER HARMFUL  
COMPONENTS. WE DISCLAIM, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,  
ANY WARRANTIES FOR OTHER SERVICES OR GOODS RECEIVED THROUGH OR  
ADVERTISED ON THIS SERVICE OR RECEIVED THROUGH ANY LINKS PROVIDED  
IN THE SERVICE, AS WELL AS FOR ANY INFORMATION OR ADVICE RECEIVED  
THROUGH THE SERVICE OR THROUGH ANY LINKS PROVIDED IN THE SERVICE.  
(d) YOU EXPRESSLY AGREE THAT, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY  
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL SPRINT BE LIABLE TO  
ANY USER ON ACCOUNT OF THAT USER’S USE OR MISUSE OF AND RELIANCE  
ON THE SITE OR ITS ASSOCIATED PRODUCTS AND SERVICES. SUCH  
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL APPLY TO PREVENT RECOVERY OF DIRECT,  
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, AND  
PUNITIVE DAMAGES (EVEN IF WE HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF  
SUCH DAMAGES). SUCH LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL APPLY WHETHER  
THE DAMAGES ARISE FROM USE OR MISUSE OF AND RELIANCE ON THE SITE,  
PRODUCTS OR SERVICES, FROM INABILITY TO USE THE SITE OR FROM THE  
INTERRUPTION, SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION OF THE SITE OR DAMAGES  
INCURRED BY REASON OF OTHER SERVICES OR GOODS RECEIVED THROUGH  
OR ADVERTISED ON THIS SERVICE OR RECEIVED THROUGH ANY LINKS  
PROVIDED ON THIS SITE, AS WELL AS BY REASON OF ANY INFORMATION OR  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
308  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ADVICE RECEIVED THROUGH OR ADVERTISED ON THE SERVICES OR RECEIVED  
THROUGH ANY LINKS PROVIDED IN THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  
(e) BECAUSE SOME JURISDICTIONS PROHIBIT THE EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN  
WARRANTIES OR THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR  
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY  
NOT APPLY TO YOU. OUR OWN AND OUR SUPPLIERS’ TOTAL LIABILITY FOR  
DAMAGES, LOSSES, AND CAUSES OF ACTION, REGARDLESS OF LEGAL THEORY,  
WILL IN NO EVENT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE DOLLAR AMOUNT YOU HAVE  
PAID TO US UNDER THESE TERMS, OR US $25.00, WHICHEVER IS GREATER.  
14. Indemnity  
You agree to indemnify and hold Sprint and its parents, suppliers, licensors,  
subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, and employees harmless from any claim or demand,  
including reasonable attorneys’ fees, made by any third party due to or arising out  
of: (1) use of the Service by you or by anyone using your account; (2) violation of  
these Terms by you or by anyone using your account; or (3) violation or  
infringement by you, or by anyone using your account, of intellectual property  
rights or any other rights of any other person.  
15. GeneralProvisions  
We may assign our rights and duties under these Terms to any third party at any  
time without notice to you. These Terms and the relationship between you and  
Sprint shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to its  
conflict of law provisions. You and Sprint agree to submit to the personal and  
exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located within the State of California. You agree  
that regardless of any statute or law to the contrary, any claim or cause of action  
arising out of or related to use of the Service must be filed within one (1) year after  
such claim or cause of action arose or be forever barred. The failure of Sprint to  
exercise or enforce any right or provision of these Terms shall not constitute a  
waiver of such right or provision.  
If any provision of these Terms is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be  
invalid, the parties nevertheless agree that the court should endeavor to give effect  
to the parties’ intentions as reflected in the provision, and that the other provisions  
of the Terms shall be valid and remain in full force and effect.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
309  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Manufacturer’s Warranty  
CustomerLimitedWarranty  
SPRINT SPECTRUM, L.P., (Sprint) offers you a limited warranty that the enclosed  
subscriber unit (Product), including accessories in the product package, will be  
free from defects in material or workmanship as follows:  
SUBSCRIBER UNIT:  
A. SPRINT ONE (1) YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY: For a period of one (1) year from  
the date of purchase, Sprint will, at its option, either pay the parts and labor charges  
®
to any authorized PCS Phone service facility to repair or replace a defective  
product (with new or rebuilt parts/replacements). After this one (1) year period,  
you must pay all parts, shipping and labor charges.  
B. REPAIRS: For a period equal to the remainder of the original limited warranty  
period on an original Product or for the 180 days after the date of  
repair/replacement, whichever is longer, Sprint will repair or replace (with new or  
rebuilt replacement) defective parts or Product used in the repair or replacement  
of the original Product under this Limited Warranty.  
Proof of purchase in the from of a bill of sale or receipted invoice warranty repair  
document which is evidence that the Product is within the warranty period must  
be presented to obtain warranty service. This limited warranty is not transferable  
to any third party, including but not limited to any subsequent purchaser or owner  
of the Products.  
Transfer or resale of a Product will automatically terminate warranty coverage with  
respect to the Products.  
This limited warranty dose not cover and is void with respect to the following: (i)  
Products which have been improperly installed, repaired, maintained or modified  
(including the antenna); (ii) Products which have been subjected to misuse  
(including Products used in conjunction with hardware electrically or  
mechanically incompatible or used with accessories not supplied by Sprint), abuse  
accident, physical damage, abnormal operation, improper handling and storage,  
neglect, exposure to fire, water or excessive moisture or dampness or extreme  
changes in climate or temperature, (iii) Products operated outside published  
maximum ratings; (iv) cosmetic damage; (v) Products on which warranty stickers  
or Product serial numbers have been removed, altered, or rendered illegible; (vi)  
customer instruction; (vii) cost of installation, removal or reinstallation; (viii) signal  
reception problems (unless caused by defect in material and workmanship); (ix)  
damage the result of fire, flood, acts of God or other acts which are not the fault of  
Sprint and which the Product is not specified to tolerate, including damage caused  
by mishandling and blown fuses; (x) consumables (such as fuses); or (xi) any  
Products which have been opened, repaired, modified or altered by anyone other  
than Sprint or a Sprint authorized service center.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
310  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This warranty does not cover customer education, instruction, installation, set up  
adjustments, or signal reception problems.  
This warranty is valid only in the United States.  
USE WITH ACCESSORIES NOT SUPPLIED BY SPRINT OR OTHERWISE NOT  
EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED BY SPRINT MAY BE DANGEROUS.  
SPRINT SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY, AND SHALL HAVE NO  
OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE TO BUYER ANY OTHER REMEDY, FOR ANY AND ALL  
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, GENERAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL  
DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFITS, LOST SALES,  
LOSS OF USE OF THE PRODUCT, OR ANTICIPATED PROFITS ARISING OUT OF  
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE ANY PRODUCT (FOR EXAMPLE, WASTED AIRTIME  
CHARGES DUE TO THE MALFUNCTION OF A PRODUCT), DAMAGE DUE TO  
IMPROPER OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE, INSTALLATION, CONNECTION TO  
IMPROPER VOLTAGE SUPPLY. OR ATTEMPTED REPAIR OF THE PRODUCT BY  
ANYONE OTHER THAN A FACILITY AUTHORIZED BY SPRINT. THIS WARRANTY  
DOES NOT COVER PRODUCTS SOLD AS IS OR WITH ALL FAULTS, OR  
CONSUMABLES, (SUCH AS FUSES). THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY WHEN  
THE MALFUNCTION RESULTS FROM USE OF THE PRODUCT IN CONJUNCTION  
WITH ACCESSORIES, PRODUCTS OR ANCILLARY OR PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT  
NOT SUPPLIED BY OR EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED FOR USE BY SPRINT, AND  
WHERE IT IS DETERMINED BY SPRINT THAT THERE IS NO FAULT WITH THE  
PRODUCT ITSELF.  
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT, AS PROVIDED UNDER THE WARRANTY, IS YOUR  
SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THE LIMITED WARRANTY. TO  
THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW,  
SPRINT MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  
WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR AGAINST  
INFRINGEMENT WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED IN THE LIMITED  
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE  
ON THIS PRODUCT IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS  
WARRANTY.  
Some States do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential  
damages, or allow limitations on how long an implied warranty last, so the above  
limitations or exclusions may not apply to you.  
This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights  
which vary from State to State.  
For other Warranty Service Information, please call SPRINT CUSTOMER SERVICE  
at 1- 888- 211- 4727.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
311  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copyright(c) 2005 ACCESS Systems America Inc. ACCESS, NetFront are registered trademarks or trademarks  
owned by ACCESS Co., Ltd. in Japan and selected countries worldwide. NetFront is a registered trademark of  
NetFront Communications, Inc.in the United States and is used under a license. Portions of this software are  
based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.  
Copyright (c) 2005 InnoPath Software. All rights reserved.  
© 2005 Sprint All rights reserved. No reproduction in whole or in part without prior written approval. Sprint,  
the diamond logo design, and all other Sprint marks referenced herein are trademarks of Sprint  
Communications Company L.P. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.  
Section 4B: Terms & Conditions / Warranty  
312  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Caller ID 225  
Calling in Lock Mode 66  
Camera  
Index  
A
Camera Mode Options 170  
Camera Status Area 177  
Sending Pictures 196  
Sending Videos 197  
Storing Pictures 179  
Storing Videos 190  
Taking Pictures 167  
Taking Videos 185  
Video Mode Options 187  
Video Status Area 189  
Chat 249  
Abbreviated Dialing 31, 59  
Advanced Information 105  
Airplane Mode 53  
Alarm Clock 105  
Alert Notification 41  
Answering Calls 22  
Any Key Answer 58  
Area Name 46  
Auto Answer 56  
Automatic Speech Recognition  
116  
Contacts Directory  
Adding 87, 90  
Dialing 30  
Editing 90  
Erasing 90  
Finding 88  
Options 89  
Saving 28  
Secret 93  
B
Background 49  
Backlight 44  
Battery  
Capacity 17  
Charging 18  
Disposal 273  
Installing 17  
Removing 17  
Talk Time 17  
Customer Service 6  
D
C
Dialing Options 21  
Digit Training 123  
Digital Print Order Format 142  
Directory Assistance 7  
Display Settings 43  
Downloading 108  
Calculator 107  
Calendar 95  
Call Alarm 98  
Call Forwarding 227  
Call Guard 75  
Call History  
E
Erasing 85  
Making a Call 83  
Options 83  
Prepending 85  
Saving 84  
Viewing 82  
Email 246  
Emergency Calling 26  
Emoticons 32  
End-of-Call Options 28  
Entering Text 32  
Call Memo 129  
Call Waiting 225  
Callback Number 62  
Index  
313  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F
M
FCC Notice 274  
Font Size 50, 243  
Making Calls 20  
Mass storage 145  
Media Player 206  
Menu Diagram 78  
Message Notification 61  
Messaging 237  
Mini-Flashlight 58  
miniSD Card  
Mass storage 145  
miniSD Adapter 137  
miniSD Folders 139  
miniSD Settings 138  
PictBridge 143  
G
Games 252  
Getting Started with PCS Service  
3
Greeting 43  
H
Hard Pause 29  
Headset Mode 60  
Help 6  
I
Setting Digital Print Order  
Format 142  
Missed Call Notification 26, 153  
Muting 25  
Icon Indication 13, 136, 177, 189  
In-Call Options 27  
Instant Messaging 248  
My Buddy 49  
K
Key Press Echo 39  
N
Navigating Menus 77  
Net Guard 232  
L
Language 56  
LED Color 46  
Limit Use 66  
Location Settings 52  
Lock Code 66  
Locking Your Phone 64  
O
Online Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
200  
Open/Close Flip Option 57  
Index  
314  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
P
S
Passcode 69  
Safety Guidelines 269  
Scheduler 96  
Phone Number  
Dialing with Pauses 29  
Displaying 19  
Finding 29  
Saving 28  
Phone Status 124  
PictBridge 143  
Plus Code 30  
Power-off Tone 38  
Premium Services Content 250  
Prepend Dialing 85, 243  
Preset Messages 61  
Screen Call 131  
Screen Savers 256  
Secret Mode 93  
Security Menu 64  
Setting Up Your Voicemail 218  
Shortcut 55  
Side Key Guard 58  
Signature 62  
Silence All 42  
Sleep Mode 51  
Sound Settings 36  
Speakerphone 24  
Special Numbers 67  
Speed Dialing 31, 91, 162  
Sprint PCS Account Passwords 5  
Sprint PCS Picture Mail  
Password 169  
Q
Quiet Ringer 23  
R
Resetting  
Phone 68  
Sprint PCS Ready Link  
Adding 157, 158  
Contacts List 149  
Editing 157, 159  
Erasing 160  
Finding 156  
Making Calls 150  
Options 156  
Ready Link Guard 163  
Setting 147  
Picture Account 68  
Through SMS 69  
Return to Idle 51  
Ringer Types 36  
Roaming  
Analog Networks 73  
Digital Networks 72  
Setting 74  
Index  
315  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
V
Sprint PCS Services  
Call Forwarding 227  
Call Waiting 225  
Caller ID 225  
Customer Service 6  
Directory Assistance 7  
Operator Services 7  
Sprint PCS Video Mail 197  
Sprint PCS Vision  
Chat 249  
Version 104  
Voice Command  
Creating Address Book 266  
Getting Started 266  
Making a Call 267  
Voice Prompt 38  
Voice Recorder 125  
Voice Tags 119  
Voicemail  
Button Guide 220  
Clearing Message Icon 223  
Details 223  
Downloading Items 251  
Email 246  
Enabling and Disabling 70  
FAQs 264  
Menu Key 224  
Message Alerts 219  
Notification 218  
Options 221  
Retrieving 219  
Setting Up 4, 218  
Volume Settings  
During a Conversation 25  
Muting 25  
Games 252  
Instant Messaging 248  
Launching 231  
Messaging 237  
Multimedia 235  
Ringers 254  
Screen Savers 256  
User Name 229  
Ringer 25  
Web 258  
Sprint PCS Voice Command 265  
Stop Watch 106  
W
Warranty 310  
Web  
T
Launching 231  
Navigating 233  
Net Guard 232  
User Name 229  
World Clock 106  
Terms and Conditions 293  
Three-Way Call 226  
Tone Length 38  
TTY Use 54  
Turning Your Phone On and Off 16  
U
Unlocking Phone 3, 65  
User Address 104  
User Name 229  
Index  
316  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Pyramid Technologies Power Supply PS 26KX User Guide
Q Logic Switch 59022 11 A 4 13 User Guide
Radio Shack Stereo Receiver 31 5021 User Guide
Rover Lawn Mower 5377 12HP User Guide
Samsung CRT Television CL15K5MN User Guide
Samsung DVR SRD 450 User Guide
Samsung MP3 Player DVD V8600 User Guide
Samsung Refrigerator RB195ZASH User Guide
Sanyo Air Conditioner CH0951 User Guide
Sears Automobile Battery Charger 52261 User Guide